diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'perl-install/install/help')
73 files changed, 5936 insertions, 6219 deletions
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/help.pm b/perl-install/install/help/help.pm index 107527f8c..6215ad37f 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/help.pm +++ b/perl-install/install/help/help.pm @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ push @::textdomains, 'DrakX-help'; # you want it changed. sub acceptLicense() { N("Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It -covers the entire Mageia Linux distribution. If you agree with all the +covers the entire Mageia distribution. If you agree with all the terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button will reboot your computer.", N("Accept"), N("Quit")); } @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on \"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box.", N("User name"), N("Accept user"), N("Next"), N("Advanced"), N("Next"), N("Do you want to use this feature?")); } sub ask_mntpoint_s() { - N("Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive. + N("Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive. You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not @@ -64,40 +64,40 @@ separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\". -\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\", +\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\", \"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\"). -\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and -\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive. +\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and +\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive. -\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE -hard drives: +\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE +hard disk drives: - * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\"; + * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\"; - * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\"; + * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\"; - * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\"; + * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\"; - * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\". + * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\". -With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means +With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means \"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."); } sub chooseCd() { - N("The Mageia Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a + N("The %s installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be -installed.", N("Cancel")); +installed.", N("Mageia"), N("Cancel")); } sub choosePackages() { N("It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system. -There are thousands of packages available for Mageia Linux, and to make it +There are thousands of packages available for Mageia, and to make it simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar applications. -Mageia Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and +Mageia sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category installed. @@ -159,10 +159,10 @@ right to let you know the purpose of that package. !! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages, you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be -installed. By default Mageia Linux will automatically start any installed +installed. By default Mageia will automatically start any installed services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that -security holes were discovered after this version of Mageia Linux was +security holes were discovered after this version of Mageia was finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do or why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !! @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ best suits your needs."); sub configureX_chooser() { N("X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, -WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mageia Linux rely upon. +WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mageia rely upon. You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal graphical display. @@ -309,39 +309,39 @@ want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display configured.", N("No")); } sub doPartitionDisks() { - N("You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia Linux -operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an + N("You now need to decide where you want to install the %s +operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to -partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to +partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new -Mageia Linux system. +Mageia system. -Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible +Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the rest of this section and above all, take your time. -Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are +Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are available: * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts. * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on -your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then +your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions. The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's a good idea to keep them. - * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes + * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition. Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is -recommended if you want to use both Mageia Linux and Microsoft Windows on +recommended if you want to use both Mageia and Microsoft Windows on the same computer. Before choosing this option, please understand that after this @@ -350,13 +350,13 @@ than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows to store your data or to install new software. * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on -your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia Linux system, choose +your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this operation after you confirm. !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !! - * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by + * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch. @@ -367,7 +367,8 @@ drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only recommended if you have done something like this before and have some experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility, -refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''.", N("Use free space"), N("Use existing partition"), N("Use the free space on the Microsoft Windows® partition"), N("Erase entire disk"), N("Remove Microsoft Windows®"), N("Custom disk partitioning")); +refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''.", +N("Mageia"), N("Use free space"), N("Use existing partition"), N("Use the free space on the Microsoft Windows® partition"), N("Erase entire disk"), N("Remove Microsoft Windows®"), N("Custom disk partitioning")); } sub exitInstall() { N("There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is @@ -421,13 +422,13 @@ will not be able to recover it. Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions. Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new -Mageia Linux operating system installation. +Mageia operating system installation. Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for bad blocks on the disk.", N("Next"), N("Previous"), N("Advanced")); } sub installUpdates() { - N("By the time you install Mageia Linux, it's likely that some packages will + N("By the time you install %s, it's likely that some packages will have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates, you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you @@ -437,7 +438,7 @@ updated packages later. Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install -the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort.", N("Yes"), N("No"), N("Yes"), N("Install"), N("Cancel")); +the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort.", N("Mageia"), N("Yes"), N("No"), N("Yes"), N("Install"), N("Cancel")); } sub miscellaneous() { N("At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire @@ -447,7 +448,7 @@ exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use. If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able -to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mageia Linux +to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mageia Control Center. Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for @@ -455,21 +456,21 @@ security. Security messages will be sent to that address.", N("Security Administ } sub partition_with_diskdrake() { N("At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the -installation of your Mageia Linux system. If partitions have already been +installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another -partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive +partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive partitions must be defined. -To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select +To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive, ``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on. -To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options: +To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options: - * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive + * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive - * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap -partitions in the free space of your hard drive + * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap +partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive \"%s\": gives access to additional features: @@ -485,21 +486,21 @@ using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always work. * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was -originally on the hard drive. +originally on the hard disk drive. * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs. * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your -hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of +hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of partitioning. * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes. * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format) -and gives more information about the hard drive. +and gives more information about the hard disk drive. - * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will + * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will save your changes back to disk. When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition @@ -516,44 +517,39 @@ When a partition is selected, you can use: * Ctrl-m to set the mount point -To get information about the different file system types available, please +To get information about the different filesystem types available, please read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''. - -If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS -``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot -bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you -may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for -emergency boot situations.", N("Clear all"), N("Auto allocate"), N("More"), N("Save partition table"), N("Restore partition table"), N("Rescue partition table"), N("Reload partition table"), N("Removable media auto-mounting"), N("Wizard"), N("Undo"), N("Toggle between normal/expert mode"), N("Done")); +", N("Clear all"), N("Auto allocate"), N("More"), N("Save partition table"), N("Restore partition table"), N("Rescue partition table"), N("Reload partition table"), N("Removable media auto-mounting"), N("Wizard"), N("Undo"), N("Toggle between normal/expert mode"), N("Done")); } sub resizeFATChoose() { - N("More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive. + N("More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive. Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new -Mageia Linux operating system. +Mageia operating system. Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\" \"Capacity\". -\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\", +\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\", \"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\"). -\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and -\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive. +\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and +\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive. -\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE -hard drives: +\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE +hard disk drives: - * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\"; + * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\"; - * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\"; + * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\"; - * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\"; + * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\"; - * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\". + * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\". -With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means +With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means \"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc. -\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first +\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first disk or partition is called \"C:\")."); } sub selectCountry() { @@ -566,22 +562,22 @@ sub selectInstallClass() { found on your machine. DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an -upgrade of an existing Mageia Linux system: +upgrade of an existing Mageia system: * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written. -If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change -the file system, you should use this option. +If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change +the filesystem, you should use this option. * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages -currently installed on your Mageia Linux system. Your current partitioning +currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation. -Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mageia Linux systems +Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mageia systems running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior -to Mageia Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended.", N("Install"), N("Upgrade")); +to Mageia version \"8.1\" is not recommended.", N("Install"), N("Upgrade")); } sub selectKeyboard() { N("Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a @@ -616,7 +612,7 @@ the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section. About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is -still under development. For that reason, Mageia Linux's use of UTF-8 will +still under development. For that reason, Mageia's use of UTF-8 will depend on the user's choices: * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1 @@ -699,7 +695,7 @@ know what you're doing.", N("First sector of drive (MBR)"), N("Skip")); } sub setupDefaultSpooler() { N("Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other -operating systems may offer you one, but Mageia Linux offers two. Each of +operating systems may offer you one, but Mageia offers two. Each of the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration. * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice @@ -720,7 +716,7 @@ emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon. options and for managing the printer. If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing -system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mageia Linux +system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mageia Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button.", N("pdq"), N("pdq"), N("CUPS"), N("CUPS"), N("Expert")); } sub setupSCSI() { @@ -729,7 +725,7 @@ also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver. Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting -your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand. +your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand. If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the @@ -785,7 +781,7 @@ the card if you feel the configuration is wrong. * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access, you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the -Mageia Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to benefit +Mageia Control Center after the installation has finished to benefit from full in-line help. * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine @@ -802,23 +798,23 @@ firewall settings. * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the -Mageia Linux Control Center. +Mageia Control Center. * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good idea to review this setup.", N("Configure"), N("Keyboard"), N("Country / Region"), N("Configure"), N("More"), N("Timezone"), N("Configure"), N("Mouse"), N("Sound card"), N("TV card"), N("Configure"), N("ISDN card"), N("Configure"), N("Graphical Interface"), N("Configure"), N("Network"), N("Proxies"), N("Security Level"), N("Firewall"), N("Bootloader"), N("Services")); } sub takeOverHdChoose() { - N("Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new -Mageia Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost + N("Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new +Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost and will not be recoverable!"); } sub takeOverHdConfirm() { N("Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on -this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able -to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including +this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able +to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including any Windows data. Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions -present on this hard drive.", N("Next ->"), N("Next ->"), N("<- Previous")); +present on this hard disk drive.", N("Next ->"), N("Next ->"), N("<- Previous")); } diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/.gitignore b/perl-install/install/help/po/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cd1f2c943 --- /dev/null +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +*.mo diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/DrakX-help.pot b/perl-install/install/help/po/DrakX-help.pot index c5002c613..48524b132 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/DrakX-help.pot +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/DrakX-help.pot @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -94,24 +94,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" @@ -409,31 +409,31 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, " +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, " "choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -614,19 +614,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -642,21 +642,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -673,14 +673,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:526 @@ -721,34 +715,34 @@ msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:536 #, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" @@ -773,8 +767,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current " @@ -931,7 +925,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -990,7 +984,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1095,7 +1089,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:861 #, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1104,12 +1098,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:872 diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/af.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/af.po index 3b6ad45e3..e8061be6c 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/af.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/af.po @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ msgstr "Wil u hierdie funksie gebruik?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -149,24 +149,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Hier is 'n lys van die bestaande Linux partisies wat opgespoor is.\n" @@ -670,31 +670,31 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -710,14 +710,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1004,19 +1004,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1032,21 +1032,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1063,14 +1063,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Nou moet u asseblief besluit watter partisie(s) u gaan gebruik vir die\n" "installasie van u Mageia rekenaar.Indien die partisies reeds\n" @@ -1086,7 +1080,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"%s\": hierdie opsie wis alle partisies op die gekose skyf uit.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": hierdie opsie sal outomaties 'ext3' en 'swap' partisies in die\n" +" * \"%s\": hierdie opsie sal outomaties 'ext4' en 'swap' partisies in die\n" "vrye spasie op die hardeskyf skep.\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gee u toegang tot verdere keuses:\n" @@ -1136,11 +1130,6 @@ msgstr "" "Om inligting rakende die verskillende beskikbare lêerstelsels te bekom, " "lees\n" "asseblief die ext2FS hoofstuk in die \"Reference Manual\".\n" -"\n" -"Indien u op 'n PPC masjien installeer, sal u 'n klien HFS 'bootstrap'\n" -"partisie van ten minste 1MB wil skep. Dit sal deur 'yaboot' herlaai-\n" -" stelsel gebruik word. Maak dit bietjie groter vir spaar 'kernel' en\n" -"'ramdisk' beelde vir hulp in nood situasies." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1180,34 +1169,34 @@ msgstr "Skakel tussen normale/kenner modus" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Ons het meer as een Microsoft-partisie op u hardeskyf gevind.\n" @@ -1266,8 +1255,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1510,7 +1499,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1604,7 +1593,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1778,7 +1767,7 @@ msgstr "Grafiese koppelvlak" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1790,12 +1779,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Klik op \"%s\" sou u al die data an al die partisies wat tans op hierdie\n" "hardeskyf is wil uitwis. Wees versigtig! Na u \"%s\" geklik het, sal u nie\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/am.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/am.po index 1e95f833d..442f9ea69 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/am.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/am.po @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "ይህንን ሁኔታ መጠቀም ይፈልጋሉ?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -92,24 +92,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" @@ -406,31 +406,31 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -446,14 +446,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -610,19 +610,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -638,21 +638,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -669,14 +669,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:526 @@ -717,34 +711,34 @@ msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:536 #, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" @@ -769,8 +763,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -925,7 +919,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -984,7 +978,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1088,7 +1082,7 @@ msgstr "ንድፋዊ እይታ" #: ../help.pm:861 #, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1097,12 +1091,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:872 diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ar.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ar.po index 147a717b1..560ed1709 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/ar.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ar.po @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ msgstr "هل تريد استخدام هذه الميزة؟" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -141,24 +141,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "في الأعلى ستجد تجزيئات لينكس الموجودة والتي عثر عليها على القرص الصلب الخاص " @@ -686,31 +686,31 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -726,14 +726,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1026,19 +1026,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1054,21 +1054,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1085,14 +1085,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "عند هذه النقطة، تحتاج لاختيار أي التجزيئات ستستخدم\n" "لتثبيت نظام ماندريبا لينكس. إن كانت التجزيئات بالفعل\n" @@ -1108,7 +1102,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"%s\": هذا الخيار يحذف كل التجزيئات على القرص الصّلب المحدّد\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": هذا الخيار يمكّنك من إنشاء تجزيئات ext3 والذّاكرة البديلة آليّاً\n" +" * \"%s\": هذا الخيار يمكّنك من إنشاء تجزيئات ext4 والذّاكرة البديلة آليّاً\n" "في المساحة الشّاغرة لقرصك الصّلب\n" "\n" " * %s: يعطي حقّ الوصول إلى مزايا إضافيّة:\n" @@ -1159,13 +1153,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "لتحصل على معلومات حول أنواع أنظمة الملفّات المختلفة المتوفّرة، رجاءً\n" "اقرا فَصْل ext2FS من ``الدّليل المرجعي``.\n" -"\n" -"إن كنت تقوم بالتّثبيت على ماكينة PPC، ستحتاج أن تنشئ تجزيء HFS\n" -"``bootstrap`` صغير بحجم 1 ميجابايت على الأقلّ والذي سيستخدم بواسطة مُحمّل " -"الإقلاع yaboot.\n" -"إن اخترت أن تجعل التجزيء أكبر قليلاً، لنقل 50 ميجابايت، قد تجده\n" -"مفيد لتخزين نواة احتياطية وصور ramdisk من أجل\n" -"أوضاع الإقلاع الطّارئة." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1205,34 +1192,34 @@ msgstr "التغيير إلى الوضع العادي/وضع الخبير" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "تمّ اكتشاف أكثر من تجزيء ميكروسوفت على قرصك الصّلب.\n" @@ -1289,8 +1276,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1557,7 +1544,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1658,7 +1645,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1848,7 +1835,7 @@ msgstr "الواجهة الرسومية" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1860,12 +1847,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "اضغط \"%s\" إن كنت تريد حذف كل التجزيئات الموجودة على القرص\n" "الصلب. خذ حذرك، بعد ضغطك لزر \"%s\" لن تتمكن من استعادة\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/az.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/az.po index 8b5cce189..a0f1b6efb 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/az.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/az.po @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ msgstr "Bu xüsusiyyəti istifadə etmək istəyirsiniz?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -150,24 +150,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Burada sürücünüzdə tapılan Linuks bölmələri sıralanıb.\n" @@ -712,31 +712,31 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -752,14 +752,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1064,19 +1064,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1092,21 +1092,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1123,14 +1123,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Bu nöqtədə siz Mageia yüklənəcək bölmə(lər)i seçməlisiniz. Əgər\n" "bölmələr əvvəldən mövcuddursa (sistemdə əvvəllər qurulu olan GNU/Linuks \n" @@ -1148,7 +1142,7 @@ msgstr "" " * \"%s\": Bu seçim seçili sabit disk üstündəki bütün bölmələri silər\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": Bu seçim sizə avtomatik olaraq sabit diskinizin boş sahəsində\n" -"ext3 və dəyiş-toqquş sahəsi yaratma imkanı verəcək\n" +"ext4 və dəyiş-toqquş sahəsi yaratma imkanı verəcək\n" "\n" "\"%s\": Əlavə xüsusiyyətlərə yetişmə imkanı verir\n" "\n" @@ -1205,12 +1199,6 @@ msgstr "" "Fərqli fayl sistem növləri haqqında daha ətraflı mə'lumat üçün, xahiş " "edirik,\n" "``Reference Manual'' kitabının ext2FS bölümünü oxuyun.\n" -"\n" -"Əgər PPC kompüterdə qurulum aparırsınızsa, ən az 1 MBlıq balaca bir HFS \n" -"``bootstrap'' bölməsini yaboot açılış yükləyicisi üçün seçmək " -"istəyəcəksiniz.\n" -"Əgər daha çox yeriniz varsa, məsələn 50 MB, onda bütün kernel və ramdisk \n" -"açılış əkslərinizi təcili hallar üçün burada saxlaya bilərsiniz." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1250,34 +1238,34 @@ msgstr "Normal modla mütəxəssis modu arasında keç" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Sürücünüzdə bir və ya daha çox Microsoft bölməsi tapıldı.\n" @@ -1335,8 +1323,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1572,7 +1560,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1672,7 +1660,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1858,7 +1846,7 @@ msgstr "Qrafiki Ara Üz" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1870,12 +1858,12 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Sürücüdəki bütün mə'lumatları və bölmələri silmək üçün\n" "\"%s\" düyməsinə basın. Diqqətli olun,\"%s\" düyməsinə basdıqdan sonra\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/be.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/be.po index 459ade0c3..c8decfcc3 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/be.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/be.po @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "Вы жадаеце выкарыстоўваць aboot?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -92,24 +92,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" @@ -406,31 +406,31 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -446,14 +446,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -610,19 +610,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -638,21 +638,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -669,14 +669,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:526 @@ -717,34 +711,34 @@ msgstr "Звычайны рэжым" #: ../help.pm:536 #, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" @@ -769,8 +763,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -925,7 +919,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -984,7 +978,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1088,7 +1082,7 @@ msgstr "Запуск X пры старце сістэмы" #: ../help.pm:861 #, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1097,12 +1091,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:872 diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/bg.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/bg.po index 9d8f15e97..ed19a7912 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/bg.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/bg.po @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-15 13:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Boyan Ivanov <boyan17@bulgaria.com>\n" "Language-Team: Bulgarian <dict@linux.zonebg.com>\n" +"Language: bg\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -30,8 +31,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Преди да продължите, трябва внимателно да прочетете условията на лиценза. " "Той\n" -"покрива цялата Mageia дистрибуция, и, ако сте съгласни с всички " -"условия\n" +"покрива цялата Mageia дистрибуция, и, ако сте съгласни с всички условия\n" "в него, сложете отметка на \"%s\".Ако не сте съгласни,просто спрете " "компютъра си." @@ -137,7 +137,8 @@ msgstr "Искате ли да използвате тази особеност? #: ../help.pm:57 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -147,24 +148,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "По-горе са изброени засечените Linux дялове съществуващи\n" @@ -384,8 +389,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "!! Ако е избран сървърен пакет, било то умишлено или защото е част от цяла\n" "група, ще бъдете помолени за потвърждение, че наистина искате този сървър\n" -"да бъде инсталиран. В Mageia, всички сървъри тръгват по " -"подразбиране\n" +"да бъде инсталиран. В Mageia, всички сървъри тръгват по подразбиране\n" "при зареждане.Даже ако са сигурни и нямат известни проблеми, когато\n" "дистрибуцията се разпространява, може да се случи така, че да се появят\n" "дупки в сигурността, след като версията на Mageia е завършена. Ако\n" @@ -600,31 +604,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -640,14 +648,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -948,19 +957,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -976,21 +988,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1007,14 +1021,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "В този момент трябва да изберете кой дялове да бъдат използвани за " "инсталация\n" @@ -1075,13 +1083,6 @@ msgstr "" " * Ctrl-d, за да изтриете дял;\n" "\n" " * Ctrl-m, за да установите точка на монтиране.\n" -"\n" -"Ако инсталите на PPC машина, сигурно ще искате да създадете малък HFS\n" -"\"bootstrap\" дял от поне 1 МБ, който ще бъде използват от boot loader-ът\n" -"yaboot. Ако смятате да направите дяла по-голям, например 50 МБ, можете да " -"го\n" -"намерите за полезно място, където да съхранявате някое ядро или image на\n" -"ramdisk в случай на извънредни ситуации." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1121,34 +1122,40 @@ msgstr "Премини в нормален/експертен режим" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Беше засечен повече от един Microsoft Windows дял\n" @@ -1207,8 +1214,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1409,7 +1417,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1494,7 +1502,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1601,25 +1609,27 @@ msgstr "Графичен интерфейс" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" "Изберете твърдия диск, който искате да изтриете, за да\n" -"инсталирам новия ви Mageia дял. Внимание, всички данни на него ще " -"бъдат загубени\n" +"инсталирам новия ви Mageia дял. Внимание, всички данни на него ще бъдат " +"загубени\n" "и няма да могат да се възстановят." #: ../help.pm:866 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Цъкнете на \"%s\", ако искате да изтриете всички данни и\n" "дялове съществуващи на този твърд диск. Внимание, след цъкане на \"%s\", " diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/bn.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/bn.po index 56e79648e..90208f3c6 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/bn.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/bn.po @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ msgstr "এই সুবিধাটি কি আপনি ব্যবহা #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -145,24 +145,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "আপনার হার্ড ড্রাইভে বর্তমানে নিম্নলিখিত লিনাক্স পার্টিশনগুলো বিদ্যমান।\n" @@ -602,31 +602,31 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -642,14 +642,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -851,19 +851,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -879,21 +879,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -910,14 +910,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "এই সময়ে আপনাকে Mageia যে পার্টিশনে ইনস্টল হবে তা নির্বাচন\n" "করতে হবে। যদি আগে থেকেই পার্টিশন তৈরী থাকে, (GNU/Linux এর পুর্বের\n" @@ -932,7 +926,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"%s\": এই অপশনটি নির্বাচিত ড্রাইভের সব পার্টিশন মুছে দিবে\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": এই অপশনটি আপনার হার্ডড্রাইভের খালি অংশে স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে ext3 এবং\n" +" * \"%s\": এই অপশনটি আপনার হার্ডড্রাইভের খালি অংশে স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে ext4 এবং\n" "swap পার্টিশন তৈরী করতে দিবে।\n" "\n" "\"%s\": আরও ফিচার ব্যবহার করার সুযোগ দেয়:\n" @@ -980,12 +974,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "বিদ্যমান ফাইল সিস্টেমের ধরন সম্পর্কে জানতে হলে \"Reference Manual\" এর\n" "ext2FS অধ্যায়টি পড়ুন।\n" -"\n" -"আপনি যদি PPC মেশিনে ইনস্টল করেন, তাহলে আপনাকে yaboot বুটলোডারের\n" -"ব্যবহারের জন্য একটি ছোট অন্তত ১ এমবি এর HFS \"বুটস্ট্র্যাপ\" পার্টিশন তৈরী করতে " -"হবে।\n" -"আপনি যদি পার্টিশনটি আরও বড় করতে চান, যেমন ৫০ MB, আপনি কোন জরুরী বুট সমস্যার\n" -"জন্য একটি আলাদা কার্নেল এবং ramdisk তৈরী করে এই পার্টিশনে রাখতে পারেন।" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1027,34 +1015,34 @@ msgstr "সাধারণ/দক্ষ মোডের মধ্যে পর #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "আপনার হার্ড ড্রাইভে বর্তমানে নিম্নলিখিত লিনাক্স পার্টিশনগুলো বিদ্যমান।\n" @@ -1114,8 +1102,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1290,7 +1278,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1384,7 +1372,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1507,7 +1495,7 @@ msgstr "গ্রাফিকাল ইন্টারফেস" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1520,12 +1508,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "যদি এই হার্ড ড্রাইভে থাকা সব ডাটা এবং পার্টিশন মুছে ফেলতে চান তাহলে আপনি\n" "\"%s\"তে ক্লিক করুন। সাবধান, \"%s\"তে ক্লিক করার পর, উইন্ডোজ ডাটাসহ,\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/br.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/br.po index 386dfbb00..62a4b0104 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/br.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/br.po @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ # DrakX e Brezhoneg. # Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Mandriva -# Thierry Vignaud <tvignaud@mandriva.com>, 1999-2005 +# Thierry Vignaud <thierry.vignaud.com>, 1999-2005 # Jañ-Mai Drapier <jan-mai.drapier@mail.dotcom.fr>, 1999-2000 # msgid "" @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-12 12:22+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-06 19:37+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Thierry Vignaud <tvignaud@mandriva.com>\n" +"Last-Translator: Thierry Vignaud <thierry.vignaud.com>\n" "Language-Team: Brezhoneg <ofisk@wanadoo.fr>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ msgstr "Mennout a rit implijout an arc'hwel-mañ ?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -94,24 +94,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" @@ -416,31 +416,31 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -456,14 +456,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -620,19 +620,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -648,21 +648,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -679,14 +679,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:526 @@ -727,34 +721,34 @@ msgstr "Tremen er mod boas/mailh" #: ../help.pm:536 #, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" @@ -779,8 +773,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -937,7 +931,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -996,7 +990,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1100,7 +1094,7 @@ msgstr "Ketal Kevregañ" #: ../help.pm:861 #, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1109,12 +1103,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:872 diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/bs.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/bs.po index 659b8a845..62fc3cbbf 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/bs.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/bs.po @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ msgstr "Da li želite koristiti ovu mogućnost?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -148,24 +148,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Ovdje su navedene Linux particije koje već postoje na vašem hard disku.\n" @@ -706,31 +706,31 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -746,14 +746,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1050,19 +1050,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1078,21 +1078,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1109,14 +1109,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Sada trebate izabrati koje particije želite koristiti za instalaciju vašeg\n" "Mageia sistema. Ako su particije već definisane, iz prijašnje\n" @@ -1133,7 +1127,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"%s\": ova opcija briše sve particije na izabranom hard disku\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": ova opcija vam omogućuje da automatski napravite ext3\n" +" * \"%s\": ova opcija vam omogućuje da automatski napravite ext4\n" "i swap particije u slobodnom prostoru vašeg hard diska\n" "\n" "\"%s\" omogućuje pristup dodatnim mogućnostima:\n" @@ -1184,12 +1178,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Da biste dobili informacije o raznim tipovima datotečnog sistema koji\n" "su dostupni, pročitajte poglavlje o ext2FS iz ''Referentnog priručnika''.\n" -"\n" -"Ako instalirate na PPC računar, trebate napraviti malu HFS ''bootstrap''\n" -"particiju od najmanje 1 MB koju će koristiti yaboot bootloader. Ako se\n" -"odlučite da ovu particiju učinite nešto većom, npr. 50 MB, primjetićete\n" -"da je ona korisno mjesto za čuvanje rezervnog kernela ili ramdisk slika\n" -"za hitne slučajeve." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1229,34 +1217,34 @@ msgstr "Prekidač normalnog/ekspertnog moda" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Na vašem hard disku ustanovljeno je više od jedne Microsoft particije.\n" @@ -1314,8 +1302,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1582,7 +1570,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1685,7 +1673,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1875,7 +1863,7 @@ msgstr "Grafički interfejs" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1887,12 +1875,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Kliknite na \"%s\" ako želite obrisati sve podatke i particije koje\n" "su prisutne na ovom hard disku. Budite oprezni, jer nakon klikanja na\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ca.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ca.po index 9b14dac0b..1ef47d3af 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/ca.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ca.po @@ -1,26 +1,28 @@ # translation of ca.po to Catalan # translation of DrakX.po to Catalan # Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Softcatala, softcatala.org, 2000-2003 -# Albert Astals Cid <astals11@terra.es>, 2003-2004, 2005. # # +# Softcatala, softcatala.org, 2000-2003. +# Albert Astals Cid <astals11@terra.es>, 2003-2004, 2005. +# Francesc Pinyol Margalef <francesc.pinyol.m@gmail.com>, 2013. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-12 12:22+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-13 23:24+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Albert Astals Cid <astals11@terra.es>\n" -"Language-Team: Catalan <kde-i18n-ca@kde.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-21 13:36+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Francesc Pinyol Margalef <francesc.pinyol.m@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Catalan <>\n" +"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n!=1;\n" #: ../help.pm:14 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" "covers the entire Mageia distribution. If you agree with all the\n" @@ -29,10 +31,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Abans de continuar, llegiu atentament les clàusules de la llicència. " "Cobreix\n" -"tota la distribució Mageia. Si esteu d'acord amb tots els termes de " -"la\n" -"llicència, feu clic al quadre \"%s\"; si no, prémer el botó \"%s\"\n" -"reiniciarà el vostre ordinador." +"tota la distribució Mageia. Si esteu d'acord amb tots els termes de la\n" +"llicència, feu clic al quadre «%s»; si no, si premeu el botó \"%s\"\n" +"es reiniciarà el vostre ordinador." #: ../help.pm:20 #, c-format @@ -130,12 +131,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format msgid "User name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nom d'usuari" #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format msgid "Accept user" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Accepta l'usuari" #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format @@ -145,7 +146,8 @@ msgstr "Voleu utilitzar aquesta característica?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -155,24 +157,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Aquestes són les particions de Linux existents que s'han detectat al disc " @@ -217,7 +223,7 @@ msgstr "" "una \"b\" significa \"segona ID SCSI més baixa\", etc." #: ../help.pm:88 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "The Mageia installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n" "selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n" @@ -228,10 +234,10 @@ msgstr "" "La instal·lació del Mageia està repartida en diversos CD-ROM. Si\n" "un dels paquets escollits està en un altre CD-ROM, DrakX expulsarà el CD\n" "actual i us demanarà que n'inseriu un altre. Si no teniu el CD necessari a\n" -"mà, premeu \"%s\" i els paquets corresponents no s'instal·laran." +"mà, premeu «%s» i els paquets corresponents no s'instal·laran." #: ../help.pm:95 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n" "There are thousands of packages available for Mageia, and to make it\n" @@ -289,25 +295,25 @@ msgid "" "megabytes." msgstr "" "Ha arribat el moment d'indicar els programes que voleu instal·lar en el\n" -"sistema. Mageia té milers de paquets, i per facilitar-ne la\n" +"sistema. Mageia té milers de paquets, i per a facilitar-ne la\n" "gestió s'han distribuït en grups d'aplicacions similars.\n" "\n" "Mageia agrupa els paquets en quatre categories. Podeu mesclar i fer\n" "coincidir aplicacions de grups diversos, de manera que una instal·lació\n" -"d'``Estació de treball'' pot perfectament tenir instal·lades aplicacions\n" -"de la categoria ``Servidor'' \n" +"d'«Estació de treball» pot perfectament tenir instal·lades aplicacions\n" +"de la categoria «Servidor» \n" +"\n" " * \"%s\": si voleu utilitzar l'ordinador com a estació de treball,\n" "seleccioneu un o més grups de la categoria estació de treball.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": si penseu utilitzar la vostra màquina per programar, escolliu\n" -"els grups adients d'aquesta categoria. El grup especial \"LSB\"\n" +" * \"%s\": si penseu utilitzar la vostra màquina per a programar, escolliu\n" +"els grups adients d'aquesta categoria. El grup especial «LSB»\n" "configurarà el vostre sistema per tal que compleixi tant com sigui\n" -"possible amb les especificacions Linux Standard Base.\n" +"possible les especificacions Linux Standard Base.\n" "\n" -" Seleccionar el grup \"LSB\" també instal·larà un kernel \"2.4\",\n" -"en comptes del \"2.6\". Això es fa per assegurar que els sistema\n" -"compleixi al 100%% amb LSB. Si no seleccioneu el grup \"LSB\"\n" -"encara tindreu un sistema que compleix la LSB quasi al 100%%.\n" +" Si seleccioneu el grup «LSB» s'assegura que els sistema\n" +"compleix al 100%% amb LSB. Si no seleccioneu el grup «LSB»\n" +"encara tindreu un sistema que compleix la LSB gairebé al 100%%.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": si l'ordinador s'ha d'utilitzar com a servidor, seleccioneu\n" "quins dels serveis més habituals voleu instal·lar\n" @@ -319,24 +325,26 @@ msgstr "" "Si moveu el cursor per sobre d'un nom de grup veureu una breu explicació\n" "d'aquest grup.\n" "\n" -"Podeu marcar la casella \"%s\", que és útil si esteu familiaritzat amb els\n" -"diversos paquets o si voleu tenir un control total sobre el que " +"Podeu marcar la casella «%s», que és útil si esteu familiaritzats amb els\n" +"diversos paquets o si voleu tenir un control total sobre allò que " "s'instal·larà.\n" "\n" -"Si heu començat la instal·lació en el mode \"%s\", podeu desseleccionar \n" +"Si comenceu la instal·lació en el mode «%s», podeu desseleccionar \n" "tots els grups si voleu evitar que s'instal·li cap paquet nou. Això és\n" "útil per reparar o actualitzar un sistema existent.\n" +"\n" "Si desseleccioneu tots els grups quan estigueu fent una\n" "instal·lació normal (i no una actualització), se us presentarà un diàleg \n" "proposant-vos diferents opcions per a una instal·lació mínima:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": instal·la els mínims paquets necessaris per tenir un\n" +" * «%s»: instal·la els mínims paquets necessaris per a tenir un\n" "entorn gràfic funcional\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": instal·la el sistema base i les utilitats bàsiques amb la seva\n" -"documentació. Aquesta instal·lació és adequada per configurar un servidor;\n" +" * «%s»: instal·la el sistema base i les utilitats bàsiques amb la seva\n" +"documentació. Aquesta instal·lació és adequada per a configurar un " +"servidor;\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": instal·la el nombre mínim de paquets necessari per aconseguir un\n" +" * «%s»: instal·la el nombre mínim de paquets necessari per a aconseguir un\n" "sistema Linux operatiu, només amb una interfície de línia d'ordres. Aquesta\n" "instal·lació ocupa uns 65 MB." @@ -358,7 +366,7 @@ msgid "Truly minimal install" msgstr "Instal·lació mínima real" #: ../help.pm:152 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n" "a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n" @@ -405,17 +413,16 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "!! Si heu seleccionat un paquet de servidor, intencionadament o perquè\n" "formava part d'un grup, se us demanarà que confirmeu si realment voleu\n" -"instal·lar aquests servidors. Per defecte, Mageia " -"iniciaràautomàticament qualsevol servidor durant l'arrencada. Tot i que\n" +"instal·lar aquests servidors. Per defecte, Mageia iniciarà \n" +"automàticament qualsevol servidor durant l'arrencada. Tot i que\n" "siguin segurs i no tinguin cap problema conegut quan es publica la\n" "distribució, és totalment possible que es descobreixin forats de seguretat\n" "després que aquesta versió de Mageia quedi finalitzada.\n" "Si no sabeu què se suposa que fa un servei en particular, o per què s'està\n" -"instal·lant, feu clic a \"%s\". Per defecte, si feu clic a \"%s\" els " -"serveis\n" +"instal·lant, feu clic a «%s». Per defecte, si feu clic a «%s» els serveis\n" "llistats s'instal·laran i s'iniciaran automàticament durant l'arrencada. !!\n" "\n" -"L'opció \"%s\" s'utilitza per inhabilitar el diàleg d'advertència que\n" +"L'opció «%s» s'utilitza per inhabilitar el diàleg d'advertència que\n" "apareix quan l'instal·lador selecciona automàticament un paquet per " "resoldre\n" "dependències. Alguns paquets estan relacionats els uns amb els\n" @@ -432,7 +439,7 @@ msgstr "" "anteriorment\n" "al final d'una altra instal·lació. Vegeu el segon suggeriment de l'últim " "pas\n" -"per saber com crear aquest disquet." +"per a saber com crear aquest disquet." #: ../help.pm:183 #, c-format @@ -514,7 +521,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:213 #, c-format msgid "Hardware clock set to GMT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rellotge de maquinari establert a GMT" #: ../help.pm:213 #, c-format @@ -545,7 +552,7 @@ msgstr "" "més convenient." #: ../help.pm:234 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" "on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" @@ -605,7 +612,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "X (per sistema X Window) és el cor de la interfície gràfica de GNU/Linux\n" "de què depenen tots els entorns gràfics (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, \n" -"WindowMaker, etc.) que venen amb Mageia.\n" +"WindowMaker, etc.) que vénen amb Mageia.\n" "\n" "Veureu una relació de diferents paràmetres que podeu canviar per aconseguir\n" "una visualització gràfica òptima.\n" @@ -617,7 +624,7 @@ msgstr "" "de la llista la targeta que realment tingueu instal·lada.\n" "\n" " En cas que hi hagi diferents servidors disponibles per a la vostra\n" -"targeta, amb o sense acceleració 3D, se us demanarà que escolliu el que\n" +"targeta, amb acceleració 3D o sense, se us demanarà que escolliu el que\n" "més us convingui.\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -644,7 +651,7 @@ msgstr "" " Depenent del maquinari aquesta entrada pot no aparèixer.\n" "\n" " El sistema intentarà obrir una pantalla gràfica amb la resolució\n" -"desitjada. Si podeu veure el missatge durant la prova i responeu \"%s\",\n" +"desitjada. Si podeu veure el missatge durant la prova i responeu «%s»,\n" "DrakX passarà al pas següent. Si no el podeu veure, vol dir que la\n" "configuració detectada automàticament no era del tot correcta i la prova\n" "finalitzarà automàticament al cap de 12 segons, portant-vos de nou al menú.\n" @@ -655,7 +662,7 @@ msgstr "" "Opcions\n" "\n" " Aquí podeu decidir si voleu que l'ordinador canviï automàticament a una\n" -"interfície gràfica en arrencar. Òbviament, voldreu activar \"%s\" si\n" +"interfície gràfica en arrencar. Òbviament, voldreu activar «%s» si\n" "l'ordinador ha d'actuar com a servidor, o si no heu aconseguit\n" "configurar la pantalla." @@ -719,34 +726,38 @@ msgstr "" "ha de ser un servidor, o si no heu pogut configurar la pantalla." #: ../help.pm:319 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -762,14 +773,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -799,23 +811,23 @@ msgstr "" "Segons la configuració del vostre disc dur, hi ha diverses opcions\n" "possibles:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": aquesta opció particionarà automàticament les unitats buides.\n" +" * «%s»: aquesta opció particionarà automàticament les unitats buides.\n" "Amb aquesta opció no se us farà cap pregunta més.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": l'auxiliar ha detectat una o més particions de Linux al vostre\n" +" * «%s»: l'auxiliar ha detectat una o més particions de Linux al vostre\n" "disc dur. Si voleu utilitzar-les, escolliu aquesta opció. Se us demanarà\n" "que trieu els punts de muntatge associats a cadascuna de les particions.\n" "Els punts de muntatge existents se seleccionen per defecte, i en la\n" "majoria dels casos és bona idea conservar-los.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\" Si teniu el Microsoft Windows instal·lat al disc dur i n'ocupa\n" +" * «%s». Si teniu el Microsoft Windows instal·lat al disc dur i n'ocupa\n" "tot l'espai disponible, caldrà crear espai lliure per a GNU/Linux. Per\n" "fer-ho, podeu suprimir la partició i les dades del Windows\n" -"(consulteu la solució ``Esborrar completament el disc'') o canviar\n" +"(consulteu la solució «Esborrar completament el disc») o canviar\n" "la mida de la partició FAT o NTFS de Windows. Aquest canvi de mida\n" "es pot dur a terme sense cap pèrdua de dades, sempre que la\n" "partició de Windows hagi estat desfragmentada prèviament.\n" -"És molt recomanable, fer una còpia de seguretat de les dades.\n" +"És molt recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat de les dades.\n" "Aquesta opció és la més recomanable si voleu utilitzar tant\n" "Mageia com Microsoft Windows al mateix ordinador.\n" "\n" @@ -824,26 +836,26 @@ msgstr "" "lliure a Microsoft Windows per emmagatzemar-hi dades o instal·lar-hi més " "programari.\n" "\n" -" *\"%s\": si voleu suprimir totes les dades i particions que teniu al disc\n" +" *«%s»: si voleu suprimir totes les dades i particions que teniu al disc\n" "dur i substituir-les pel sistema Mageia, podeu escollir aquesta\n" "opció. Aneu amb compte, però, perquè, un cop la confirmeu, no podreu\n" "fer-vos enrere.\n" "\n" -" ¡¡ Si trieu aquesta opció, totes les dades del disc s'esborraran !!.\n" +" ¡¡ Si trieu aquesta opció, totes les dades del disc s'esborraran. !!\n" "\n" -" *\"%s\": aquesta opció apareix quan el disc dur està completament ple\n" +" *«%s». Aquesta opció apareix quan el disc dur està completament ple\n" "per Microsoft Windows. Escollir aquest opció esborrarà tot el contingut del " "disc i\n" "començarà de nou, particionant des de zero.\n" " ¡¡ Si trieu aquesta opció, totes les dades del disc s'esborraran !!.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": si voleu particionar el disc dur manualment, podeu triar aquesta\n" +" * «%s»: si voleu particionar el disc dur manualment, podeu triar aquesta\n" "opció. Aneu amb compte: és una opció molt potent però també perillosa, ja\n" "que podeu perdre fàcilment totes les dades. Per tant, aquesta opció només " "és\n" "recomanable si heu fet abans alguna cosa similar i teniu una mica\n" "d'experiència. Trobareu més instruccions sobre la utilitat DiskDrake a la\n" -"secció ``Gestió de les particions'' de la ``Guia d'iniciació''." +"secció «Gestió de les particions» de la «Guia d'iniciació»." #: ../help.pm:377 #, c-format @@ -853,7 +865,7 @@ msgstr "Utilitza les particions existents" #: ../help.pm:370 #, c-format msgid "Use the free space on the Microsoft Windows® partition" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilitza l'espai lliure en la partició Microsoft Windows®" #: ../help.pm:370 #, c-format @@ -940,20 +952,20 @@ msgstr "Genera un disquet per a la instal·lació automàtica" #: ../help.pm:405 #, c-format msgid "Replay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Repeteix" #: ../help.pm:405 #, c-format msgid "Automated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Automatitzat" #: ../help.pm:405 #, c-format msgid "Save packages selection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desa la selecció de paquets" #: ../help.pm:408 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n" "reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n" @@ -977,12 +989,9 @@ msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n" "bad blocks on the disk." msgstr "" -"Per poder utilitzar les particions que s'acaben de definir cal formatar-les\n" -"(la formatació consisteix a crear-hi un sistema de fitxers).\n" -"\n" -"En aquest punt, potser voldreu tornar a formatar algunes de les particions\n" -"existents per eliminar les dades que contenen. Si és així, seleccioneu\n" -"també aquestes particions.\n" +"Si heu triat la reutilització d'algunes de les particions de GNU/Linux,\n" +"potser voleu reformatar-ne algunes i esborrar les dades que contenen.\n" +"Per a fer-ho, seleccioneu també aquestes particions.\n" "\n" "Tingueu en compte que no cal tornar a formatar totes les particions que ja\n" "existien; heu de tornar a formatar les particions que continguin el sistema\n" @@ -992,16 +1001,16 @@ msgstr "" "Aneu amb compte en seleccionar les particions; després de la formatació,\n" "totes les dades s'hauran suprimit i no en podreu recuperar cap.\n" "\n" -"Feu clic a \"%s\" quan estigueu a punt per formatar les particions.\n" +"Feu clic a «%s» quan estigueu a punt per formatar les particions.\n" "\n" -"Feu clic a \"%s\" si voleu seleccionar una altra partició per instal·lar\n" +"Feu clic a «%s» si voleu seleccionar una altra partició per instal·lar\n" "el nou sistema Mageia.\n" "\n" -"Feu clic a \"%s\" si voleu seleccionar particions on cercar-hi blocs " +"Feu clic a «%s» si voleu seleccionar particions on cercar-hi blocs " "defectuosos." #: ../help.pm:437 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "By the time you install Mageia, it's likely that some packages will\n" "have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n" @@ -1015,20 +1024,20 @@ msgid "" "will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n" "the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort." msgstr "" -"Ara esteu instal·lant Mageia, és probable que alguns paquets\n" +"En el moment d'instal·lar Mageia, és probable que alguns paquets\n" "hagin estat actualitzats des de la data de llançament. Alguns errors poden\n" "haver estat resolts, i problemes de seguretat poden estar ja corregits.\n" "Per beneficiar-vos d'aquestes actualitzacions, les podeu baixar d'Internet.\n" -"Trieu \"%s\" si teniu una connexió a Internet operativa, o \"%s\" si\n" +"Trieu «%s» si teniu una connexió a Internet operativa, o bé «%s» si\n" "preferiu instal·lar-les més tard.\n" "\n" -"Si trieu \"%s\" apareixerà una llista de llocs des d'on podeu baixar les\n" +"Si trieu «%s» apareixerà una llista de llocs des d'on podeu baixar les\n" "actualitzacions. Escolliu la ubicació més propera. Aleshores, apareixerà\n" -"un arbre de selecció de paquets: comproveu la selecció i premeu \"%s\" per\n" -"baixar i instal·lar els paquets seleccionats, o \"%s\" per abandonar." +"un arbre de selecció de paquets: comproveu la selecció i premeu «%s» per\n" +"baixar i instal·lar els paquets seleccionats, o bé «%s» per abandonar." #: ../help.pm:450 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n" "for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" @@ -1053,7 +1062,7 @@ msgstr "" "el nivell de seguretat més tard amb l'eina draksec del\n" "Centre de Control Mageia.\n" "\n" -"Ompliu el camp \"%s\" amb l'adreça electrònica de la persona responsable\n" +"Ompliu el camp «%s» amb l'adreça electrònica de la persona responsable\n" "de la seguretat. Els missatges de seguretat s'enviaran a aquesta adreça." #: ../help.pm:461 @@ -1062,24 +1071,27 @@ msgid "Security Administrator" msgstr "Administrador de seguretat" #: ../help.pm:464 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1095,21 +1107,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1126,14 +1140,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Ara és quan heu de decidir quina(es) partició(ns) voleu utilitzar per\n" "instal·lar el sistema Mageia. Si ja s'han definit les particions\n" @@ -1142,49 +1150,48 @@ msgstr "" "s'han de definir particions al disc dur.\n" "\n" "Per crear particions, primer heu de seleccionar un disc dur. Podeu\n" -"seleccionar el disc que s'ha de particionar fent clic a ``hda'' per a la\n" -"primera unitat IDE, ``hdb'' per a la segona, ``sda'' per a la primera " -"unitat\n" +"seleccionar el disc que s'ha de particionar fent clic a «hda» per a la\n" +"primera unitat IDE, «hdb» per a la segona, «sda» per a la primera unitat\n" "SCSI, etc.\n" "\n" "Per particionar el disc dur seleccionat, podeu utilitzar aquestes opcions:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": aquesta opció suprimeix totes les particions que hi ha al\n" +" * «%s»: aquesta opció suprimeix totes les particions que hi ha al\n" "disc dur seleccionat.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": aquesta opció us permet crear automàticament les particions\n" -"ext3 i d'intercanvi en l'espai lliure del disc dur.\n" +" * «%s»: aquesta opció us permet crear automàticament les particions\n" +"ext4 i d'intercanvi en l'espai lliure del disc dur.\n" "\n" -"\"%s\": dóna accés a funcions addicionals:\n" +"«%s»: dóna accés a funcions addicionals:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": desa la taula de particions en un disquet. És útil per a una\n" +" * «%s»: desa la taula de particions en un disquet. És útil per a una\n" "recuperació posterior de la taula de particions si fos necessari. És molt\n" "recomanable que efectueu aquesta operació.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": permet restaurar d'un disquet una taula de particions que hi\n" +" * «%s»: permet restaurar d'un disquet una taula de particions que hi\n" "hagueu desat prèviament.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": si la taula de particions està malmesa, podeu provar de\n" +" * «%s»: si la taula de particions està malmesa, podeu provar de\n" "recuperar-la utilitzant aquesta opció. Aneu amb compte i recordeu que no\n" "sempre funciona.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": descarta tots els canvis fets i torna a carregar la taula\n" +" * «%s»: descarta tots els canvis fets i torna a carregar la taula\n" "de particions original.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": si desseleccioneu aquesta opció fareu que els usuaris hagin\n" +" * «%s»: si desseleccioneu aquesta opció fareu que els usuaris hagin\n" "de muntar i desmuntar manualment les unitats de suports extraïbles, com ara\n" "els disquets i els CD-ROM.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": utilitzeu aquesta opció si voleu utilitzar un auxiliar per\n" +" * «%s»: utilitzeu aquesta opció si voleu utilitzar un auxiliar per\n" "particionar el vostre disc dur. Es recomana que l'utilitzeu si no teniu\n" "sòlids coneixements sobre particionament.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": utilitzeu aquesta opció per cancel·lar els canvis.\n" +" * «%s»: utilitzeu aquesta opció per cancel·lar els canvis.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": permet accions addicionals en les particions (tipus,\n" +" * «%s»: permet accions addicionals en les particions (tipus,\n" "opcions, format) i dóna més informació sobre el disc dur.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": quan hagueu acabat de particionar el disc dur, aquesta opció\n" +" * «%s»: quan hagueu acabat de particionar el disc dur, aquesta opció\n" "desarà els canvis al disc.\n" "\n" "En definir la mida d'una partició, podeu acabar d'afinar-la mitjançant\n" @@ -1202,29 +1209,23 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * Ctrl+m per definir el punt de muntatge\n" "\n" -"Per a més informació sobre els diferents sistemes de fitxers disponibles,\n" -"llegiu el capítol sobre ext2FS del ``Manual de Referència''.\n" -"\n" -"Si esteu fent la instal·lació en un ordinador PPC, voldreu crear una\n" -"petita partició ``bootstrap'' HFS d'un mínim d'1 MB per a ús del carregador\n" -"d'arrencada yaboot. Si decidiu fer-la una mica més gran, per exemple de\n" -"50 MB, us serà d'utilitat per emmagatzemar un nucli de recanvi i imatges\n" -"del disc RAM per a situacions d'emergència durant l'arrencada." +"Per a més informació sobre els diversos sistemes de fitxers disponibles,\n" +"llegiu el capítol sobre ext2FS del «Manual de Referència».\n" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Save partition table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desa la taula de particions" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Restore partition table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recupera la taula de particions" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Rescue partition table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rescata la taula de particions" # #: ../help.pm:526 @@ -1235,12 +1236,12 @@ msgstr "Muntatge automàtic dels dispositius extraïbles" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Wizard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Auxiliar" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Undo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desfés" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1248,71 +1249,74 @@ msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode" msgstr "Commuta entre els modes normal i expert" #: ../help.pm:536 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "S'ha detectat més d'una partició de Microsoft a la unitat de disc.\n" "Si us plau, trieu quina d'elles voleu redimensionar per instal·lar el nou\n" "sistema operatiu Mageia.\n" "\n" -"Cada partició està identificada d'aquesta manera: \"Nom Linux\",\n" -"\"Nom Windows\" \"Capacitat\".\n" +"Cada partició està identificada d'aquesta manera: «Nom Linux»,\n" +"«Nom Windows» «Capacitat».\n" "\n" -"\"Nom Linux\" es compon de: \"tipus d'unitat de disc dur\",\n" -"\"número d'unitat de disc dur\", \"número de la partició\"\n" -"(per exemple, \"hda1\").\n" +"«Nom Linux» es compon de: «tipus d'unitat de disc dur»,\n" +"«número d'unitat de disc dur», «número de la partició»\n" +"(per exemple, «hda1»).\n" "\n" -"\"Tipus d'unitat de disc dur\" és \"hd\" si la vostre unitat de disc dur és\n" -"IDE i \"sd\" si és SCSI.\n" +"«Tipus d'unitat de disc dur» és «hd» si la vostra unitat de disc dur és\n" +"IDE i «sd» si és SCSI.\n" "\n" -"\"Número de la unitat de disc dur\" és sempre una lletra després d'\"hd\" o\n" -"\"sd\". Amb unitats de disc IDE:\n" +"«Número de la unitat de disc dur» és sempre una lletra després d'«hd» o\n" +"bé «sd». Amb unitats de disc IDE:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" significa \"unitat de disc mestra en el controlador IDE primari\",\n" +" * «a» significa «unitat de disc mestra en el controlador IDE primari»,\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" significa \"unitat de disc esclava en el controlador IDE primari" -"\",\n" +" * «b» significa «unitat de disc esclava en el controlador IDE primari»,\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" significa \"unitat de disc mestra en el controlador IDE secundari" -"\",\n" +" * «c» significa «unitat de disc mestra en el controlador IDE secundari»,\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" significa \"unitat de disc esclava en el controlador IDE secundari" -"\".\n" +" * «d» significa «unitat de disc esclava en el controlador IDE secundari».\n" "\n" -"Amb les unitats de disc SCSI, una \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI més baixa\",\n" -"una \"b\" significa \"segona ID SCSI més baixa\", etc.\n" +"Amb les unitats de disc SCSI, una «a» significa «ID SCSI més baixa»,\n" +"una «b» significa «segona ID SCSI més baixa», etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Nom Windows\" és la lletra de la vostra unitat de disc sota Windows (el\n" -"primer disc o partició s'anomena \"C:\")." +"«Nom Windows» és la lletra de la vostra unitat de disc sota Windows (el\n" +"primer disc o partició s'anomena «C:»)." #: ../help.pm:567 #, c-format @@ -1328,7 +1332,7 @@ msgstr "" "obtenir una llista de països completa." #: ../help.pm:572 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n" "found on your machine.\n" @@ -1339,8 +1343,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1351,30 +1356,30 @@ msgid "" "running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n" "to Mageia version \"8.1\" is not recommended." msgstr "" -"Aquest pas només s'activa si s'ha trobat una partició GNU/Linux antiga\n" +"Aquest pas només s'activa si s'ha trobat una partició GNU/Linux existent\n" "al vostre ordinador.\n" "\n" -"DrakX necessita saber si voleu realitzar una instal·lació nova o\n" +"DrakX necessita saber si voleu realitzar una instal·lació nova o bé\n" "una actualització d'un sistema Mageia existent:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": aquesta opció destrueix gairebé del tot el sistema antic. Si\n" +" * «%s». Aquesta opció destrueix gairebé del tot el sistema existent. Si\n" "voleu canviar les particions dels discs durs, o el sistema de fitxers,\n" "heu d'utilitzar aquesta opció. No obstant això, i depenent de l'esquema de\n" "particionament que tingueu, podeu evitar que part de les dades existents\n" -"(per exemple els directoris \"home\") se sobreescriguin.\n" +"(per exemple els directoris «home») se sobreescriguin.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": aquest tipus d'instal·lació us permet actualitzar els paquets\n" +" * «%s». Aquest tipus d'instal·lació us permet actualitzar els paquets\n" "que ja estan instal·lats al sistema Mageia. L'esquema de\n" "particionament actual i les dades d'usuari no queden afectades. La\n" "majoria de les altres fases de configuració queden disponibles, de\n" "manera similar a una instal·lació estàndard.\n" "\n" -"L'opció “Actualitza” ha de funcionar correctament en sistemes Mandriva\n" -"Linux amb la versió \"8.1\" o posteriors. No es recomana realitzar una\n" -"actualització en versions de Mageia anteriors a la \"8.1\"." +"L'opció «Actualitza» hauria de funcionar correctament en sistemes Mandriva\n" +"Linux amb la versió «8.1» o posteriors. No es recomana realitzar una\n" +"actualització en versions de Mandriva anteriors a la «8.1»." #: ../help.pm:594 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n" "particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n" @@ -1394,7 +1399,7 @@ msgid "" "keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts." msgstr "" "DrakX seleccionarà automàticament la configuració de teclat correcta\n" -"segons l'idioma que hagueu escollit a Secció. Comproveu que la selecció\n" +"segons l'idioma que hagueu escollit. Comproveu que la selecció\n" "us vagi bé o escolliu una altra configuració de teclat.\n" "\n" "Tanmateix, pot ser que tingueu un teclat que no correspongués exactament al\n" @@ -1406,15 +1411,14 @@ msgstr "" "tots dos casos, aquesta fase de la instal·lació us permetrà triar un teclat\n" "adequat d'una llista.\n" "\n" -"Feu clic al botó \"%s\" per veure la llista completa de teclats " -"disponibles.\n" +"Feu clic al botó «%s» per veure la llista completa de teclats disponibles.\n" "\n" "Si trieu una disposició de teclat basada en un alfabet no llatí, el diàleg\n" "següent us permetrà escollir la tecla que servirà per canviar entre les\n" "configuracions llatina i no llatina." #: ../help.pm:612 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n" "\n" @@ -1456,22 +1460,24 @@ msgid "" "by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n" "change the language settings for that particular user." msgstr "" +"El primer pas consisteix a triar l'idioma preferit.\n" +"\n" "L'idioma preferit que trieu afectarà a l'idioma de la documentació,\n" "l'instal·lador i a tot el sistema en general. Seleccioneu primer la\n" "regió on us trobeu i després l'idioma que parleu.\n" "\n" -"Si feu clic al botó \"%s\" podreu seleccionar altres idiomes que vulgueu\n" +"Si feu clic al botó «%s» podreu seleccionar altres idiomes que vulgueu\n" "instal·lar a la vostra estació de treball. S'instal·laran els fitxers\n" "d'idioma específics de la documentació i de les aplicacions. Per exemple,\n" "si heu de tenir usuaris espanyols a l'ordinador, podeu triar l'anglès com a\n" -"idioma per defecte a la vista d'arbre i marcar \"%s\" a la secció Avançat.\n" +"idioma per defecte a la vista d'arbre i «%s» a la secció Avançat.\n" "\n" -"En quant al suport UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode és una nova codificació de\n" +"Quant al suport UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode és una nova codificació de\n" "caràcters que cobreix tots els idiomes existents. El suport complet a\n" -"GNU/Linux encara està sota desenvolupament. Per aquesta raó, Mageia\n" +"GNU/Linux encara està en desenvolupament. Per aquesta raó, Mageia\n" "l'usarà o no depenent de les opcions que esculli l'usuari:\n" "\n" -" * Si escolliu un idioma amb una codificació existent forta(idiomes\n" +" * Si escolliu un idioma amb una codificació existent forta (idiomes\n" "llatins, rus, japonès, xinès, coreà, thai, grec, turc, la majoria dels\n" "idiomes iso-8859-2), la codificació existent s'usarà per defecte;\n" "\n" @@ -1480,19 +1486,18 @@ msgstr "" " * Si s'instal·len dos o més idiomes i aquests idiomes no usen la mateixa\n" "codificació, llavors s'usarà unicode per tot el sistema;\n" "\n" -" * Finalment, es pot forçar l'ús de unicode si s'escull la opció\"%s\"\n" +" * Finalment, es pot forçar l'ús de unicode si s'escull la opció «%s»\n" "independentment dels idiomes escollits.\n" "\n" "Noteu que no esteu limitats a escollir només un idioma addicional. Podeu\n" "triar diversos idiomes addicionals, i fins i tot instal·lar-los tots\n" -"activant la casella \"%s\". Si habiliteu un idioma esteu instal·lant les\n" +"activant la casella «%s». Si habiliteu un idioma esteu instal·lant les\n" "traduccions, els tipus de lletra, els verificadors ortogràfics, etc. " "d'aquest idioma.\n" "\n" -"Per passar d'un dels idiomes a un altre, podeu executar com a \"root\"\n" -"l'ordre \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" per canviar l'idioma de tot el sistema. " -"Si\n" -"l'executeu com a usuari normal, només es canviarà l'idioma d'aquest\n" +"Per passar d'un dels idiomes a un altre, podeu executar com a «root»\n" +"l'ordre «/usr/sbin/localedrake» per canviar l'idioma de tot el sistema.\n" +"Si l'executeu com a usuari normal, només es canviarà l'idioma d'aquest\n" "usuari concret." #: ../help.pm:650 @@ -1503,10 +1508,10 @@ msgstr "Espanyol" #: ../help.pm:643 #, c-format msgid "Use Unicode by default" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilitza unicode per defecte" #: ../help.pm:646 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n" "mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n" @@ -1543,29 +1548,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "DrakX generalment detecta el nombre de botons que té el vostre ratolí.\n" "Si no pot, assumeix que teniu un ratolí de dos botons i el configurarà per\n" -"emular el tercer botó. Es pot ``prémer' ' el tercer botó d'un ratolí de dos\n" +"emular el tercer botó. Es pot «prémer» el tercer botó d'un ratolí de dos\n" "botons fent clic simultàniament als botons dret i esquerre. DrakX\n" "detectarà automàticament si el ratolí utilitza la interfície PS/2, sèrie o " "USB.\n" "\n" "En cas que tingueu un ratolí de 3 botons sense rodeta, podeu escollir\n" -"\"%s\". DrakX configurarà el ratolí per tal de simular la rodeta,\n" +"«%s». DrakX configurarà el ratolí per tal de simular la rodeta,\n" "per fer-ho premeu el botó central i moveu el ratolí a dalt i a baix.\n" "\n" "Si per alguna raó voleu especificar un altre tipus de ratolí,\n" "seleccioneu-lo a la llista.\n" "\n" +"Podeu seleccionar l'entrada «%s» per a escollir un ratolí de tipus\n" +"«genèric», que funcionarà amb gairebé qualsevol ratolí.\n" +"\n" "Si escolliu un ratolí diferent del ratolí per defecte, es mostrarà una\n" "pantalla de prova. Utilitzeu els botons i la roda per verificar que la\n" "configuració és correcta i que el ratolí funciona bé. Si el ratolí no\n" "funciona bé, premeu la barra d'espai o la tecla [Intro] per cancel·lar la\n" "prova i tornar a la llista.\n" "\n" -"De vegaDES, la roda del ratolí no es detecta automàticament. En aquest cas,\n" +"De vegades, la roda del ratolí no es detecta automàticament. En aquest cas,\n" "haureu de seleccionar-lo a la llista. Assegureu-vos de triar el que\n" "correspon al port a què esta connectat el ratolí. Després de seleccionar un\n" -"ratolí i prémer el botó \"%s\", a la pantalla apareixerà un ratolí. Mogueu " -"la\n" +"ratolí i prémer el botó «%s», a la pantalla apareixerà un ratolí. Mogueu la\n" "roda del ratolí per assegurar-vos que s'ha activat correctament, comprovant\n" "que es mou també a la pantalla; després comproveu els botons i que el " "cursor\n" @@ -1591,7 +1598,7 @@ msgstr "" "Windows s'anomena \"ttyS0\" a GNU/Linux." #: ../help.pm:684 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n" "time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n" @@ -1604,30 +1611,32 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" "know what you're doing." msgstr "" -"LILO i GRUB són carregadors d'arrencada de GNU/Linux. Normalment,\n" -"aquesta fase es realitza de manera totalment automàtica. DrakX analitzarà\n" -"el sector d'arrencada del disc i actuarà conforme al que hi trobi:\n" +"Un carregador d'arrencada és un petit programa que l'ordinador executa\n" +"durant l'arrencada. És l'encarregat d'iniciar tot el sistema. Normalment, \n" +"la instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada es realitza de manera \n" +"totalment automàtica. DrakX analitzarà el sector d'arrencada del disc \n" +"i actuarà conforme al que hi trobi:\n" "\n" " * si troba un sector d'arrencada del Windows, el reemplaçarà amb un sector\n" "d'arrencada de GRUB/LILO. D'aquesta manera podreu carregar GNU/Linux\n" -"o un altre SO.\n" +"o bé un altre SO.\n" "\n" -" * si troba un sector d'arrencada grub o LILO, el reemplaçarà amb un nou.\n" +" * si troba un sector d'arrencada GRUB o LILO, el reemplaçarà amb un de " +"nou.\n" "\n" -"Si no pot prendre una decisió, DrakX us preguntarà on ha de col·locar el\n" -"carregador d'arrencada. Normalment, \"%s\" és el lloc més segur. Si " -"escolliu\n" -"\"%s\" no s'instal·larà cap carregador d'arrencada. Utilitzeu-lo només si\n" -"sabeu que esteu fent." +"Si no pot prendre una decisió, DrakX us preguntarà on ha de col·locar el\n" +"carregador d'arrencada. Normalment, «%s» és el lloc més segur. Si escolliu\n" +"«%s» no s'instal·larà cap carregador d'arrencada. Utilitzeu-lo només si\n" +"sabeu què esteu fent." #: ../help.pm:745 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n" "operating systems may offer you one, but Mageia offers two. Each of\n" @@ -1655,34 +1664,33 @@ msgid "" "Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button." msgstr "" "Ara cal seleccionar el sistema d'impressió del vostre ordinador. Altres\n" -"sistemes operatius us poden oferir un, però el Mageia n'ofereix\n" +"sistemes operatius us en poden oferir un, però el Mageia n'ofereix\n" "dos. Cada sistema d'impressió és el més convenient per a un tipus de\n" "configuració determinat.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\", acrònim de \"print, do not queue\" (imprimeix, no facis cua), és\n" +" * «%s», acrònim de «print, do not queue» (imprimeix, no facis cua), és\n" "la millor opció si teniu una connexió directa amb la impressora i voleu\n" "evitar els embussos a l'hora d'imprimir, i no teniu impressores de xarxa.\n" -"(\"%s\" només gestionarà xarxes molt senzilles i és una mica lenta quan\n" -"s'usa en xarxa.) Escolliu \"pdq\" si és la vostra primera incursió\n" -"en GNU/Linux.\n" +"(«%s» només gestionarà xarxes molt senzilles i és una mica lenta quan\n" +"s'usa en xarxa.) Escolliu «pdq» si és la vostra primera incursió\n" +"a GNU/Linux.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\" `` Common Unix Printing System'', Sistema d'impressió comú de\n" -"Unix, és una elecció excel·lent tant si voleu imprimir a la vostra\n" +" * «%s» «Common Unix Printing System» (sistema d'impressió comú de\n" +"Unix), és una elecció excel·lent tant si voleu imprimir a la vostra\n" "impressora local com a l'altra punta del món. És senzilla de configurar i\n" -"pot actuar com a servidor o client per a l'antic sistema d'impressió \"lpd" -"\"\n" +"pot actuar com a servidor o client per a l'antic sistema d'impressió «lpd»\n" "i, per tant, és compatible amb sistemes operatius antics que encara\n" "necessitin serveis d'impressió. És força potent, però la configuració " "bàsica\n" -"és gairebé tan senzilla com la de \"pdq\". Si necessiteu emular un servidor\n" -"\"lpd\", heu d'habilitar el dimoni \"cups-lpd\". \"%s\" inclou frontals\n" +"és gairebé tan senzilla com la de «pdq». Si necessiteu emular un servidor\n" +"«lpd», heu d'habilitar el dimoni «cups-lpd». «%s» inclou frontals\n" "gràfics per a la impressió o per escollir les opcions d'impressió\n" "i per gestionar la impressora.\n" "\n" "Si ara feu una tria, i després veieu que el sistema d'impressió no us\n" "agrada, podeu canviar-lo executant el PrinterDrake des del Centre de " -"control\n" -"de Mageia i fent clic al botó Expert." +"Control\n" +"de Mageia i fent clic al botó «%s»." #: ../help.pm:768 #, c-format @@ -1692,7 +1700,7 @@ msgstr "pdq" #: ../help.pm:724 #, c-format msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CUPS" #: ../help.pm:724 #, c-format @@ -1707,7 +1715,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1742,18 +1750,18 @@ msgstr "" "manualment." #: ../help.pm:789 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n" "here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n" "system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver." msgstr "" -"\"%s\": si es detecta una targeta de so al vostre sistema, es mostra aquí.\n" +"«%s»: si es detecta una targeta de so al vostre sistema, es mostra aquí.\n" "Si veieu que la targeta de so que es mostra no és la que realment teniu al\n" -"sistema, podeu fer clic al botó i seleccionar un altre programa de control." +"sistema, podeu fer clic al botó i seleccionar un altre controlador." #: ../help.pm:794 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n" "about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n" @@ -1821,66 +1829,68 @@ msgstr "" "tenir algunes o totes les entrades següents. Cada entrada consta\n" "de l'element de configuració que cal configurar, seguit d'un breu\n" "resum de la configuració actual.\n" -"Feu clic al botó \"%s\" corresponent per canviar-ho.\n" +"Feu clic al botó «%s» corresponent per canviar-ho.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": comproveu la configuració actual del mapa de teclat i\n" +" * «%s»: comproveu la configuració actual del mapa de teclat i\n" "canvieu-la si és necessari.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": comproveu la selecció actual de país. Si no sou a aquest\n" -"país, feu clic al botó \"%s\" i escolliu-ne un altre. Si el vostre\n" -"país no és a la primera llista que es mostra, feu clic al botó \"%s\"\n" +" * «%s»: comproveu la selecció actual de país. Si no sou a aquest\n" +"país, feu clic al botó «%s» i escolliu-ne un altre. Si el vostre\n" +"país no és a la primera llista que es mostra, feu clic al botó «%s»\n" "per obtenir una llista de països completa.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": per defecte, DrakX dedueix la vostra zona horària en\n" -"funció del país que hagueu escollit. Aquí podeu fer clic al botó \"%s\"\n" +" * «%s»: per defecte, DrakX dedueix la vostra zona horària en\n" +"funció del país que hagueu escollit. Aquí podeu fer clic al botó «%s»\n" "si no fos correcta.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": comproveu la configuració actual del ratolí i feu clic al\n" +" * «%s»: comproveu la configuració actual del ratolí i feu clic al\n" "botó per canviar-la si fos necessari.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": feu clic al botó \"%s\" per obrir l'auxiliar de configuració\n" -"de la impressora. Consulteu el capítol corresponent de la ``Guia d'\n" -"iniciació'' per tenir més informació sobre la configuració d'una nova\n" -"impressora. Aquesta interfície és similar a la utilitzada durant la\n" -"instal·lació.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": si es detecta una targeta de so al vostre sistema, es\n" +" * «%s»: si es detecta una targeta de so al vostre sistema, es\n" "mostra aquí. Si veieu que que no és la que realment teniu al sistema,\n" "podeu fer clic al botó per triar un altre controlador.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": per defecte, DrakX configura la vostra interfície\n" -"gràfica a una resolució de \"800x600\" or \"1024x768\". Si no us\n" -"va bé, feu clic a \"%s\" per reconfigurar la interfície gràfica.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": si es detecta una targeta de TV al sistema, es mostra\n" -"aquí. Si en teniu una però no és detectada, feu clic a \"%s\" per\n" +" * «%s»: si es detecta una targeta de TV al sistema, es mostra\n" +"aquí. Si en teniu una però no és detectada, feu clic a «%s» per\n" "intentar configurar-la manualment.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": si es detecta una targeta XDSI al sistema, es mostra\n" -"aquí. Podeu fer clic a \"%s\" per canviar els paràmetres associats\n" -"amb la targeta.\n" +" * «%s»: feu clic al botó «%s» per a canviar els paràmetres associats\n" +"amb la targeta si penseu que la configuració no és correcta.\n" +"\n" +" * «%s»: per defecte, DrakX configura la vostra interfície\n" +"gràfica a una resolució de \"800x600\" o bé \"1024x768\". Si no us\n" +"va bé, feu clic a «%s» per reconfigurar la interfície gràfica.\n" +"\n" +" * «%s»: si voleu configurar ara l'accés a Internet o a la xarxa local.\n" +"Adreceu-vos a la documentació impresa o feu servir el Centre de Control\n" +"de Mageia un cop acabada la instal·lació per a gaudir de l'ajuda en\n" +"línia completa.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": si voleu configurar ara l'accés a Internet o a la xarxa local.\n" +" * «%s»: permet la configuració de les adreces dels servidors intermediaris\n" +"HTTP i FTP si la màquina que esteu configurant està darrere d'un servidor\n" +"intermediari.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": aquesta entrada un permet redefinir el nivell de seguretat\n" -"definit en un pas anterior ().\n" +" * «%s»: aquesta opció us permet redefinir el nivell de seguretat definit\n" +"en un pas anterior ().\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": si teniu previst connectar-vos a Internet, és bona idea\n" -"protegir-vos d'intrusions instal·lant un tallafocs. Consulteu-ne\n" -"els detalls a la secció corresponent de la ``Guia d'iniciació''.\n" +" * «%s»: si teniu previst connectar-vos a Internet, és bona idea\n" +"protegir-vos d'intrusions instal·lant un tallafoc. Consulteu-ne\n" +"els detalls a la secció corresponent de la «Guia d'iniciació».\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": si voleu canviar la configuració del carregador d'arrencada,\n" +" * «%s»: si voleu canviar la configuració del carregador d'arrencada,\n" "feu clic a aquest botó. Es recomana que això només ho facin els usuaris\n" -"avançats.\n" +"avançats. Adreceu-vos a la documentació impresa o bé l'ajuda en línia\n" +"sobre la configuració del carregador d'arrencada del Centre de Control\n" +"de Mageia.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": aquí podreu acabar d'ajustar els serveis que s'executaran\n" +" * «%s»: aquí podreu acabar d'ajustar els serveis que s'executaran\n" "en el vostre ordinador. Si teniu previst utilitzar aquesta màquina com\n" "a servidor, és aconsellable que reviseu aquesta configuració." #: ../help.pm:809 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "TV card" -msgstr "Targeta XDSI" +msgstr "Targeta de TV" #: ../help.pm:809 #, c-format @@ -1893,9 +1903,9 @@ msgid "Graphical Interface" msgstr "Interfície gràfica" #: ../help.pm:861 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1907,12 +1917,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Feu clic a \"%s\" si voleu suprimir totes les dades i particions\n" "que hi ha en aquest disc dur. Aneu amb compte perquè, un cop\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/cs.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/cs.po index e194f0cc1..60d039484 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/cs.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/cs.po @@ -12,11 +12,12 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-19 00:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michal Bukovjan <bukm@centrum.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Czech <cs@li.org>\n" +"Language: cs\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" #: ../help.pm:14 @@ -129,7 +130,8 @@ msgstr "Chcete použít tuto vlastnost?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -139,24 +141,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Zde je vypsán seznam již existujících detekovaných oddílů na pevném disku.\n" @@ -692,31 +698,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -732,14 +742,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1040,19 +1051,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1068,21 +1082,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1099,14 +1115,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "V této chvíli je potřeba určit, který(é) oddíl(y) budou použity pro " "instalaci\n" @@ -1176,12 +1186,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Více informací o jednotlivých druzích souborových systémů naleznete\n" "v kapitole o ext2fs v \"Referenční příručce\".\n" -"\n" -"Pokud instalujete na počítač PPC, je potřeba vytvořit malý oddíl HFS,\n" -"tzv. \"bootstrap\" o minimální velikosti 1MB, který bude použit pro zavaděč\n" -"Yaboot. Pokud vytvoříte tento oddíl větší, např. 50 MB, je to dobré místo " -"pro\n" -"uložení ramdisku a jádra pro situace záchrany disku." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1221,34 +1225,40 @@ msgstr "Přepne mezi normální/expertním režimem" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Instalační program nalezl na disku více než jeden oddíl s Microsoft " @@ -1308,8 +1318,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1583,7 +1594,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1687,7 +1698,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1877,7 +1888,7 @@ msgstr "Grafické rozhraní" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1888,12 +1899,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Klepněte na \"%s\", pokud chcete smazat všechna data a oddíly na tomto\n" "pevném disku. Buďte opatrní, po odklepnutí tlačítka \"%s\" nelze obnovit " diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/cy.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/cy.po index bb782ba49..4d8dcb7e1 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/cy.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/cy.po @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ msgstr "Ydych chi eisiau defnyddio'r nodwedd?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -145,24 +145,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Dyma'r rhaniadau Linux sydd wedi canfod ar eich disg caled.\n" @@ -663,31 +663,31 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -703,14 +703,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1001,19 +1001,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1029,21 +1029,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1060,14 +1060,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Yn awr mae angen i chi ddewis pa raniadau i'w defnyddio ar gyfer gosodiad\n" "eich system Mageia. Os oes rhaniadau wedi eu diffinio eisoes, un\n" @@ -1131,14 +1125,6 @@ msgstr "" "I dderbyn gwybodaeth am yr amrywiol systemau ffeil sydd ar gael, darllenwch " "y\n" " pennawd ar ext2fs yn y ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"Os ydych yn gosod ar beiriant PPC, bydd angen i chi greu \"ymlwythwr\" \n" -" bychan o leiaf 1MB o faint, fydd yn cael ei ddefnyddio gan ymlwythwr " -"yaboot.\n" -"Os ydych yn dewis gwneud y rhaniad rhywfaint yn fwy, dyweder tua 50MB, yna\n" -"gall fod yn le defnyddiol i gadw cnewyllyn sbâr a delweddau ramdisk ar " -"gyfer\n" -" sefyllfaoedd cychwyn argyfyngus!" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1178,34 +1164,34 @@ msgstr "Amnewid rhwng modd arferol/arbenigol" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Mae mwy nag un rhaniad Microsoft wedi ei ganfod ar eich disg caled.\n" @@ -1262,8 +1248,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1539,7 +1525,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1641,7 +1627,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1832,7 +1818,7 @@ msgstr "Rhyngwyneb Graffigol" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1844,12 +1830,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Cliciwch \"%s\" os ydych am ddileu'r holl ddata a rhaniadau sy'n bresennol\n" "ar y disg. Byddwch ofalus, wedi i chi glicio \"%s\" ni fydd modd i chi\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/da.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/da.po index c2095e22c..6126805cb 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/da.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/da.po @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-05 18:46+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Keld Simonsen <keld@rap.dk>\n" "Language-Team: <da@li.org>\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -30,9 +31,9 @@ msgid "" "button will reboot your computer." msgstr "" "Før du går videre bør du læse betingelserne i licensen omhyggeligt. Den " -"omfatter hele Mageia distributionen. Hvis du er enig i alle " -"betingelserne i den, så klik på '%s'-boksen. Hvis ikke, så vil klikning på " -"\"%s\"-knappen genstarte din maskine." +"omfatter hele Mageia distributionen. Hvis du er enig i alle betingelserne i " +"den, så klik på '%s'-boksen. Hvis ikke, så vil klikning på \"%s\"-knappen " +"genstarte din maskine." #: ../help.pm:20 #, c-format @@ -110,9 +111,9 @@ msgstr "" "Når du er færdig med at tilføje brugere, vil du blive spurgt om at vælge en " "bruger som automatisk kan logge ind på systemet når maskinen startes op. " "Hvis du er interesseret i denne facilitet (og ikke kærer dig synderligt om " -"lokal sikkerhed), så vælg den ønskede bruger og vindueshåndtering og klik '%" -"s'. Hvis du ikke er interesseret i denne facilitet, så afmarkér boksen med '%" -"s'." +"lokal sikkerhed), så vælg den ønskede bruger og vindueshåndtering og klik " +"'%s'. Hvis du ikke er interesseret i denne facilitet, så afmarkér boksen med " +"'%s'." #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format @@ -132,7 +133,8 @@ msgstr "Ønsker du at bruge denne facilitet?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -142,24 +144,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Her er listet de eksisterende Linux-partitioner genkendt på din disk. Du kan " @@ -199,11 +205,11 @@ msgid "" "CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n" "installed." msgstr "" -"Mageia installationen bliver distribueret på flere cdrom-er. Hvis en " -"valgt pakke ligger på en anden cdrom, vil DrakX udskyde den nuværende cd og " -"bede dig om at isætte den forespurgte cd. Hvis du ikke har den forespurgte " -"cd ved hånden, så klik bare på '%s' - de tilsvarende pakker vil da ikke " -"blive installerede." +"Mageia installationen bliver distribueret på flere cdrom-er. Hvis en valgt " +"pakke ligger på en anden cdrom, vil DrakX udskyde den nuværende cd og bede " +"dig om at isætte den forespurgte cd. Hvis du ikke har den forespurgte cd ved " +"hånden, så klik bare på '%s' - de tilsvarende pakker vil da ikke blive " +"installerede." #: ../help.pm:95 #, fuzzy, c-format @@ -264,8 +270,8 @@ msgid "" "megabytes." msgstr "" "Det er nu tid til at angive hvilke pakker du vil installere på dit system. " -"Der er tusindvis af pakker til dit Mageia system, og for at gøre det " -"nemmere at håndtere dem er pakkerne blevet placeret i grupper af lignende " +"Der er tusindvis af pakker til dit Mageia system, og for at gøre det nemmere " +"at håndtere dem er pakkerne blevet placeret i grupper af lignende " "programmer.\n" "\n" "Mageia opdeler pakkegrupper i fire kategorier. Du kan vælge og vrage " @@ -382,13 +388,13 @@ msgstr "" "!! Når en server-pakke er blevet valgt, enten fordi du specielt valgte den " "individuelle pakke, eller fordi den var en del af en gruppe af pakker, vil " "du blive spurgt om at bekræfte at du virkelig ønsker at installere disse " -"servere. Som standard under Mageia bliver installerede servere " -"startet op ved opstart af maskinen. Selvom de er sikre og ikke har nogen " -"kendte problemer på udgivelsestidspunktet for distributionen, er det absolut " -"muligt at sikkerhedshuller blev opdaget efter at denne version af Mandriva " -"Linux blev færdiggjort. Hvis du ikke véd hvad en bestemt tjeneste vil gøre " -"eller hvorfor den skal installeres, så klik '%s' her. Et klik med '%s' her " -"vil installere de nævnte servere og de vil blive startet automatisk under " +"servere. Som standard under Mageia bliver installerede servere startet op " +"ved opstart af maskinen. Selvom de er sikre og ikke har nogen kendte " +"problemer på udgivelsestidspunktet for distributionen, er det absolut muligt " +"at sikkerhedshuller blev opdaget efter at denne version af Mandriva Linux " +"blev færdiggjort. Hvis du ikke véd hvad en bestemt tjeneste vil gøre eller " +"hvorfor den skal installeres, så klik '%s' her. Et klik med '%s' her vil " +"installere de nævnte servere og de vil blive startet automatisk under " "opstarten!!\n" "\n" "'%s'-valget deaktiverer advarselsdialogen, som vises hver gang " @@ -686,31 +692,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -726,14 +736,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -776,8 +787,8 @@ msgstr "" "Windows-FAT- eller NTFS-partition. Størrelsesændringen kan fortages uden tab " "af data, hvis du i forvejen har defragmenteret Windows-partitionen. Det " "anbefales på det kraftigste at du laver en sikkerhedskopi først. Denne " -"mulighed anbefales hvis du vil bruge både Mageia og Microsoft " -"Windows på samme maskine.\n" +"mulighed anbefales hvis du vil bruge både Mageia og Microsoft Windows på " +"samme maskine.\n" "\n" " Før du vælger denne løsning, bør du forstå at størrelsen på din Microsoft " "Windows partition vil blive mindre end da du startede. Du vil have mindre " @@ -785,9 +796,9 @@ msgstr "" "nyt programmel.\n" "\n" " * '%s': Hvis du vil slette alle data på alle partitioner på denne disk og " -"erstatte dem med dit nye Mageia-system, kan du vælge denne mulighed. " -"Vær forsigtig, for du vil ikke være i stand til at fortryde denne handling " -"efter at du har sagt ja.\n" +"erstatte dem med dit nye Mageia-system, kan du vælge denne mulighed. Vær " +"forsigtig, for du vil ikke være i stand til at fortryde denne handling efter " +"at du har sagt ja.\n" "\n" " !! Hvis du bruger denne mulighed vil alle eksisterende data på din disk " "gå tabt. !!\n" @@ -975,13 +986,12 @@ msgid "" "will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n" "the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort." msgstr "" -"På det tidspunkt hvor du installerer Mageia er det sandsynligt at " -"nogen af pakkerne er blevet opdaterede siden den oprindelige udgivelse. Fejl " -"er måske blevet rettet, og sikkerhedsproblemer måske løst. Det er nu muligt " -"for dig at hente disse ned fra internettet for at disse opdateringer kan " -"komme dig til gode. Vælg '%s' hvis du har en fungerende internet- " -"forbindelse eller '%s' hvis du foretrækker at installere opdaterede pakker " -"senere.\n" +"På det tidspunkt hvor du installerer Mageia er det sandsynligt at nogen af " +"pakkerne er blevet opdaterede siden den oprindelige udgivelse. Fejl er måske " +"blevet rettet, og sikkerhedsproblemer måske løst. Det er nu muligt for dig " +"at hente disse ned fra internettet for at disse opdateringer kan komme dig " +"til gode. Vælg '%s' hvis du har en fungerende internet- forbindelse eller " +"'%s' hvis du foretrækker at installere opdaterede pakker senere.\n" "\n" "Valg af '%s' viser en liste af netsteder hvorfra opdateringer kan hentes. Du " "bør vælge en der er nær ved dig. Så vil et træ med pakkevalg blive vist: " @@ -1028,19 +1038,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1056,21 +1069,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1087,18 +1102,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Nu skal du vælge hvilke partitioner som skal bruges til installering af dit " -"Mageia system. Hvis partitionerne allerede er blevet defineret, " -"enten fra en tidligere installation af GNU/Linux eller med et andet " +"Mageia system. Hvis partitionerne allerede er blevet defineret, enten fra en " +"tidligere installation af GNU/Linux eller med et andet " "partitioneringsværktøj, kan du bruge de eksisterende partitioner. Ellers " "skal disk-partitionerne defineres først.\n" "\n" @@ -1159,12 +1168,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "For at få information om de forskellige tilgængelige filsystemstyper kan du " "læse kapitlet ext2fs i 'Referencemanualen'.\n" -"\n" -"Hvis du er i gang med at installere på en PPC-maskine skal du lave en lille " -"HFS-'bootstrap'-partition på mindst 1 MB til Yaboot-systemstarteren. Hvis du " -"vælger at lave partitionen en smule større, f.eks. 50 MB kan den være nyttig " -"til at gemme en ekstra kerne og ramdisk-billede for nødsituationer ved " -"opstart." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1204,34 +1207,40 @@ msgstr "Skift mellem normal og ekspert-tilstand" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Mere end én Microsoft Windows partition er blevet genkendt på dit diskdrev. " @@ -1288,8 +1297,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1318,9 +1328,9 @@ msgstr "" "konfigurationstrin forbliver tilgængelige, i lighed med en " "standardinstallation.\n" "\n" -"\"Opgradér\"-valget bør fungere fint på Mageia-systemer som kører " -"version '8.1' eller nyere. Udførelse af Opgradér på versioner tidligere end " -"Mageia '8.1' er ikke anbefalet." +"\"Opgradér\"-valget bør fungere fint på Mageia-systemer som kører version " +"'8.1' eller nyere. Udførelse af Opgradér på versioner tidligere end Mageia " +"'8.1' er ikke anbefalet." #: ../help.pm:594 #, c-format @@ -1415,8 +1425,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Om UTF-8 (ISO 10646)-understøttelse. ISO 10646 er en ny tegnkodning som er " "beregnet til at dække alle eksiterende sprog. Dog er fuld understøttelse for " -"dette i GNU/Linux stadig under udvikling. Af denne årsag vil Mageia' " -"brug af UTF-8 afhænge af brugerens valg:\n" +"dette i GNU/Linux stadig under udvikling. Af denne årsag vil Mageia' brug af " +"UTF-8 afhænge af brugerens valg:\n" "\n" " * Hvis du vælger et sprog som har en lang tradition for tegnkodning (latin1 " "sprog, russisk, japansk, kinesisk, koreansk, thai, græsk, tyrkisk, de fleste " @@ -1551,7 +1561,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1651,7 +1661,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1791,13 +1801,13 @@ msgstr "" "hvis du synes at konfigurationen er forkert.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": Som standard vil DrakX opsætte din grafiske grænseflade i " -"opløsningen 800x600 eller 1024x768. Hvis dette ikke passer dig, så klik på '%" -"s'-knappen for at ændre på opsætningen.\n" +"opløsningen 800x600 eller 1024x768. Hvis dette ikke passer dig, så klik på " +"'%s'-knappen for at ændre på opsætningen.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": Hvis du ønsker at konfigurere din adgang til internet eller " "lokalnet, kan du gøre dette nu. Kig i den trykte dokumentation eller brug " -"Mageia Kontrolcenter efter installationen er afsluttet for at drage " -"nytte af den fulde indbyggede vejledning. \n" +"Mageia Kontrolcenter efter installationen er afsluttet for at drage nytte af " +"den fulde indbyggede vejledning. \n" "\n" " * \"%s\": lader dig konfigurere HTTP- og FTP-proxyadresser, hvis maskinen, " "du installerer på, skal placeres bag en proxyserver.\n" @@ -1837,7 +1847,7 @@ msgstr "Grafisk grænseflade" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1849,12 +1859,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Klik på '%s' hvis du ønsker at slette alle data og partitioner der ligger på " "dette diskdrev. Vær omhyggelig, efter klik på '%s' vil du ikke være i stand " diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/de.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/de.po index 506b016f2..82f5fb4a9 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/de.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/de.po @@ -19,9 +19,10 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: DrakX-de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-12 12:22+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-20 17:12+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Frank Koester <frank@dueppel13.de>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-03-11 11:23+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Oliver Burger <obgr_seneca@mageia.org>\n" "Language-Team: deutsch\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -29,7 +30,7 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #: ../help.pm:14 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" "covers the entire Mageia distribution. If you agree with all the\n" @@ -37,10 +38,9 @@ msgid "" "button will reboot your computer." msgstr "" "Lesen Sie bitte aufmerksam die Lizenz, bevor Sie fortfahren. Sie umfasst\n" -"die gesamte Mageia Distribution. Sollten Sie nicht in allen Punkten\n" -"zustimmen, betätigen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche „%s“, um die Installation\n" -"abzubrechen. Um mit der Installation fortzufahren, betätigen Sie die\n" -"Schaltfläche „%s“." +"die gesamte Mageia Distribution. Sollten Sie in allen Punkten\n" +"zustimmen, betätigen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche „%s“. Wenn nicht wird ein\n" +"Betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ ihren Computer neu starten." #: ../help.pm:20 #, c-format @@ -125,12 +125,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format msgid "User name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Benutzername" #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format msgid "Accept user" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Benutzer akzeptieren" #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format @@ -140,7 +140,8 @@ msgstr "Möchten Sie diese Möglichkeit nutzen?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -150,24 +151,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Sie erhalten die Liste, der auf Ihren Festplatten gefundenen GNU/Linux\n" @@ -204,7 +209,7 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:88 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "The Mageia installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n" "selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n" @@ -212,12 +217,12 @@ msgid "" "CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n" "installed." msgstr "" -"Die Mageia-Distribution wird auf mehreren CD-ROMs ausgeliefert. Es\n" -"kann daher vorkommen, dass DrakX Pakete von anderen, als der\n" -"Installations-CD-ROM installieren will. In diesem Fall wird es die aktuelle\n" -"CD auswerfen und nach einer anderen fragen. Wenn Sie dieses CD nicht haben,\n" -"klicken Sie einfach auf „%s“. Die entsprechenden Pakete werden in dem Fall\n" -"nicht installiert." +"Die Mageia-Distribution wird auf mehreren CD-ROMs ausgeliefert. Wenn\n" +"ein ausgewähltes Paket sich auf einer anderen CD-ROM befindet, wird DrakX\n" +"die aktuelle CD-ROM auswerfen und nach einer anderen fragen. Wenn Sie diese\n" +"nicht zur Hand haben sollten, betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“, die " +"entsprechenden\n" +"Pakete werden dann nicht installiert." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -400,8 +405,7 @@ msgstr "" "!! Es kommt vor, dass Server- und Dienst-Pakete angewählt wurden - entweder\n" "absichtlich, oder als Paket einer ganzen Gruppe; sollte das der Fall sein,\n" "werden Sie nun gefragt, ob Sie diese wirklich installiert haben wollen.\n" -"Unter Mageia werden installierte Server und Dienste automatisch " -"beim\n" +"Unter Mageia werden installierte Server und Dienste automatisch beim\n" "Betriebssystemstart gestartet. Selbst wenn zum Zeitpunkt, als die\n" "Distribution zusammengestellt wurde, keine Sicherheitslücken oder Fehler in\n" "diesen Paketen bekannt waren, ist natürlich nicht auszuschließen, dass\n" @@ -502,7 +506,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:213 #, c-format msgid "Hardware clock set to GMT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Die Hardware-Uhr ist auf GMZ gestellt" #: ../help.pm:213 #, c-format @@ -719,31 +723,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -759,14 +767,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -851,7 +860,7 @@ msgstr "Verwende existierende Partition(en)" #: ../help.pm:370 #, c-format msgid "Use the free space on the Microsoft Windows® partition" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Den freien Platz auf der Microsoft-Windows®-Partition nutzen" #: ../help.pm:370 #, c-format @@ -941,17 +950,17 @@ msgstr "Erstellen einer Autoinstallations-Diskette" #: ../help.pm:405 #, c-format msgid "Replay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Erneut durchführen" #: ../help.pm:405 #, c-format msgid "Automated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Automatisch" #: ../help.pm:405 #, c-format msgid "Save packages selection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paketauswahl speichern" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1081,19 +1090,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1109,21 +1121,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1140,14 +1154,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Sie müssen nun entscheiden, auf welche(n) Partition(en) Ihr neues Mandriva\n" "Linux System installiert werden soll. Falls bereits Partitionen existieren\n" @@ -1165,7 +1173,7 @@ msgstr "" " * „%s“: Betätigen dieser Schaltfläche löscht alle Partitionen auf der\n" "markierten Festplatte.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Dieser Punkt aktiviert die automatische ext3- und\n" +" * „%s“: Dieser Punkt aktiviert die automatische ext4- und\n" "Swap-Partitionen-Erstellung im ungenutzten Bereich Ihrer Festplatte.\n" "\n" "„%s“: bietet Zugriff auf weitere Möglichkeiten:\n" @@ -1218,28 +1226,21 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Um mehr Informationen über die verschiedenen Dateisystemtypen zu erhalten,\n" "lesen Sie bitte das Kapitel ext2FS in der „Referenz“.\n" -"\n" -"Falls Sie die Installation auf einem PPC-Rechner vornehmen, sollten Sie\n" -"eine mindestens 1MB, große HFS Start-Partition für den\n" -"Betriebssystemstarter yaboot erstellen. Wenn Sie diese Partition etwas\n" -"größer dimensionieren, etwa 50MB, haben Sie einen geeigneten Platz, um\n" -"einen Rettungskern samt RamDisk abzulegen, um in Notfällen starten zu\n" -"können." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Save partition table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Partitionstabelle speichern" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Restore partition table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Partitionstabelle wiederherstellen" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Rescue partition table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Partitionstabelle retten" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1249,12 +1250,12 @@ msgstr "Wechselmedien automatisch einhängen" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Wizard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Assistent" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Undo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rückgängig machen" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1266,34 +1267,40 @@ msgstr "In den Normal-Modus wechseln" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Es wurde mehr als eine Windows-Partition gefunden. Wählen Sie bitte, welche\n" @@ -1352,8 +1359,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1520,7 +1528,7 @@ msgstr "Spanisch" #: ../help.pm:643 #, c-format msgid "Use Unicode by default" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Standardmäßig Unicode benutzen" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1629,7 +1637,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1709,8 +1717,7 @@ msgstr "" "starten. „%s“ bietet grafische Konfigurations- und Druckmenüs.\n" "\n" "Sie können diese Wahl später immer wieder ändern, indem Sie PrinterDrake\n" -"aus dem Mageia Control Center starten und dort die Schaltfläche „%" -"s“\n" +"aus dem Mageia Control Center starten und dort die Schaltfläche „%s“\n" "betätigen." #: ../help.pm:768 @@ -1721,7 +1728,7 @@ msgstr "pdq" #: ../help.pm:724 #, c-format msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CUPS" #: ../help.pm:724 #, c-format @@ -1738,7 +1745,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1921,9 +1928,9 @@ msgstr "" "werfen." #: ../help.pm:809 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "TV card" -msgstr "ISDN-Karte" +msgstr "TV-Karte" #: ../help.pm:809 #, c-format @@ -1940,7 +1947,7 @@ msgstr "Grafikumgebung" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1954,12 +1961,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“, wenn Sie alle Partitionen und die\n" "darauf befindlichen Daten löschen wollen. Bedenken Sie, dass Sie nach\n" @@ -1992,108 +2001,3 @@ msgstr "<- Zurück" #~ "Kapitel\n" #~ "des „Starter Handbuch“. Das dort vorgestellte Programm entspricht dem\n" #~ "während der Installation angebotenen." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/" -#~ "Linux\n" -#~ "system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n" -#~ "administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add " -#~ "users,\n" -#~ "change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" " -#~ "can\n" -#~ "do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult " -#~ "to\n" -#~ "guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As " -#~ "you\n" -#~ "can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n" -#~ "against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n" -#~ "operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n" -#~ "unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n" -#~ "partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n" -#~ "\"root\".\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least " -#~ "8\n" -#~ "characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it " -#~ "far\n" -#~ "too easy to compromise your system.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because " -#~ "you\n" -#~ "must be able to remember it!\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. " -#~ "If\n" -#~ "you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use " -#~ "this\n" -#~ "``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n" -#~ "click on the \"%s\" button.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain " -#~ "authentication\n" -#~ "services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know " -#~ "which\n" -#~ "one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n" -#~ "computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely " -#~ "trust\n" -#~ "everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dies ist der wichtigste Punkt in der Absicherung Ihres neuen\n" -#~ "GNU/Linux-Systems: Sie müssen das Passwort für „root“ eingeben. „root“ " -#~ "ist\n" -#~ "der Systemadministrator. Er ist der einzige der berechtigt ist, neue\n" -#~ "Software zu installieren, Systemdateien zu ändern oder neue\n" -#~ "Benutzer anzulegen. Kurz gesagt: „root“ darf alles! Daher müssen\n" -#~ "Sie auch ein Passwort auswählen, was nicht leicht zu erraten ist; DrakX\n" -#~ "teilt Ihnen mit, wenn das Passwort zu einfach ist. Sie sehen, dass es " -#~ "auch\n" -#~ "möglich ist, kein Passwort zu vergeben. Wir raten Ihnen jedoch dringend\n" -#~ "davon ab! GNU/Linux ist genauso anfällig für Fehler wie jedes andere \n" -#~ "Betriebssystem. »root« hat keine Beschränkungen. Er könnte beispielsweise\n" -#~ "unbeabsichtigterweise alle Daten auf allen Partitionen löschen. Also " -#~ "sollte\n" -#~ "es schwierig gemacht werden, „root“ zu werden!\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Das Passwort sollte eine Mischung aus alphanumerischen Zeichen sein und\n" -#~ "mindestens acht Zeichen lang. Es sollte niemals irgendwo aufgeschrieben\n" -#~ "werden.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Machen Sie das Passwort aber nicht zu lang oder zu kompliziert: Sie " -#~ "sollten\n" -#~ "es sich ohne großen Aufwand merken können.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Bei der Eingabe des Passwortes wird nichts angezeigt. Um ein " -#~ "Verschreiben\n" -#~ "bei dieser „Blindeingabe“ zu vermeiden müssen Sie das Passwort zweimal\n" -#~ "eingeben - ein Tippfehler beim ersten Versuch könnte sonst zu einem " -#~ "Problem\n" -#~ "werden, da Sie anschließend das „falsche“ Passwort bei der Verbindung " -#~ "mit\n" -#~ "dem System eingeben müssten.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Wenn Sie wollen, dass der Zugang zu diesem Rechner über einen\n" -#~ "Authentifizierungsserver verwaltet wird, betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche\n" -#~ "„%s“.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Falls in Ihrem Netzwerk LDAP, NIS oder PDC zur Authentifizierung " -#~ "verwendet\n" -#~ "wird, wählen Sie bitte den entsprechenden Menüpunkt für „%s“. Falls Sie " -#~ "nicht\n" -#~ "wissen, welches Protokoll Sie verwenden sollen, fragen Sie Ihren\n" -#~ "Netzwerkadministrator.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Wenn Sie Probleme haben, sich Passwörter zu merken, oder Ihr Computer " -#~ "nie\n" -#~ "mit dem Internet verbunden wird und Sie allen Benutzern Ihres Computers\n" -#~ "absolut vertrauen, können Sie die Option „%s“ wählen." - -#~ msgid "authentication" -#~ msgstr "Authentifizierung" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/el.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/el.po index 8d86959bf..d5bde8de0 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/el.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/el.po @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη λειτ #: ../help.pm:57 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -137,24 +137,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Linux ανιχνεύθηκε\n" @@ -672,31 +672,31 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -712,14 +712,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1010,19 +1010,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1038,21 +1038,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1069,14 +1069,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "\n" " Linux\n" @@ -1190,34 +1184,34 @@ msgstr "Αλλαγή σε κανονικό τρόπο λειτουργίας" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Περισσότερες των μία κατατμήσεις Windows βρέθηκαν στον δίσκο σας. Παρακαλώ \n" @@ -1274,8 +1268,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1510,7 +1504,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1593,7 +1587,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1722,7 +1716,7 @@ msgstr "Γραφικό περιβάλλον" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1734,12 +1728,12 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Κάντε κλικ στο \"Επόμενο ->\" εάν θέλετε να διαγράψετε όλα τα δεδομένα\n" "τις κατατμήσεις που βρίσκονται στον σκληρό σας δίσκο. Προσοχή μετά\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/eo.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/eo.po index 6b2836ee4..24b9180c0 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/eo.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/eo.po @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-14 18:27+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Vilhelmo Lutermano <vlutermano@free.fr>\n" "Language-Team: <eo@li.org>\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -27,8 +28,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Antaŭ ol daŭrigi, legu zorge la patent-regulojn. Ili kovras la tutan\n" "eldonaĵon de Mandriva Linukso. Se vi konsentas kun ĉiuj reguloj, kiujn\n" -"la teksto enhavas, alklaku la keston \"%s\". Se ne, alklakante la butonon \"%" -"s\"\n" +"la teksto enhavas, alklaku la keston \"%s\". Se ne, alklakante la butonon " +"\"%s\"\n" "restartigos vian komputilon." #: ../help.pm:20 @@ -135,7 +136,8 @@ msgstr "Ĉu vi deziras uzi tiun funkcion?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -145,24 +147,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Ĉi tie estas listigitaj la ekzistantaj linuksaj subdiskoj detektitaj sur via " @@ -207,8 +213,7 @@ msgid "" "CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n" "installed." msgstr "" -"La instalado de Mageia estas eldonita sur pluraj KD-ROM-oj. Se " -"elektita\n" +"La instalado de Mageia estas eldonita sur pluraj KD-ROM-oj. Se elektita\n" "pakaĵo troviĝas sur alia KD-ROM-o, DrakX elĵetos la aktualan KD kaj petos " "vin enigi\n" "la postulatan. Se vi ne havas la postulatan kompaktdiskon ĉemane,\n" @@ -293,8 +298,8 @@ msgstr "" "konfiguros vian sistemon tiel ke ĝi kongruas kiom eble plej kun la\n" "agordoj de Linux Standard Base.\n" "\n" -" Selekto de la grupo \"LSB\" instalos ankaŭ la seriojn de la kerno \"2.4" -"\",\n" +" Selekto de la grupo \"LSB\" instalos ankaŭ la seriojn de la kerno " +"\"2.4\",\n" "anstataŭ la defaŭltan \"2.6\". Tio estas por certigi centelcentan LSB-" "kongruecon\n" "de la sistemo. Tamen, se vi ne selektas la grupon \"LSB\", vi ja\n" @@ -718,31 +723,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -758,14 +767,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1074,19 +1084,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1102,21 +1115,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1133,14 +1148,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Nun vi devas elekti kiuj subdisko(j) estu uzata(j) por instalado\n" "de via Mandriva-Linuksa sistemo. Se jam estas difinitaj subdiskoj,\n" @@ -1156,7 +1165,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"%s\": tiu opcio forviŝas ĉiujn subdiskojn sur la selektita fiksdisko.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": Tiu opcio ebligas vin krei aŭtomate subdiskojn de ext3 kaj swap\n" +" * \"%s\": Tiu opcio ebligas vin krei aŭtomate subdiskojn de ext4 kaj swap\n" "en la libera spaco de via fiksdisko\n" "\n" "\"%s\": donas aliron al kromaj eblecoj:\n" @@ -1207,13 +1216,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Por akiri informojn pri la diversaj haveblaj dosier-sistem-tipoj, bonvolu\n" "legi la ĉapitron ext2FS en la ''Referenca Manlibro''.\n" -"\n" -"Se vi instalas sur PPC-maŝinon, vi deziros krei malgrandan HFS-\n" -"''praŝargo''-subdiskon de almenaŭ 1 MB kiu uzotas de la yaboot-\n" -"startigilo. Se vi volas iomete pligrandigi tiun subdiskon, ni diru 50 MB, " -"vi\n" -"povas ankaŭ uzi ĝin por stoki tie kromajn kerno- kaj ramdisk-bildojn por\n" -"paneaj situacioj de startigo." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1253,34 +1255,40 @@ msgstr "Ŝanĝu inter normala/fakula reĝimo" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Pli ol unu Microsoft-subdisko estas detektitaj sur via fiksdisko.\n" @@ -1338,8 +1346,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1616,7 +1625,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1726,7 +1735,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1927,7 +1936,7 @@ msgstr "Grafika interfaco" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1940,12 +1949,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Alklaku \"%s\" se vi deziras forviŝi ĉiujn datenojn kaj subdiskojn kiuj " "troviĝas sur\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/es.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/es.po index e0e4637d5..d1ac36b90 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/es.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/es.po @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-04-24 11:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: José Manuel Pérez <jmprodu@hotmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Español <es@li.org>\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -140,7 +141,8 @@ msgstr "¿Desea usar esta característica?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -150,24 +152,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Aquí se listan las particiones Linux existentes que se detectaron en su\n" @@ -283,8 +289,7 @@ msgid "" "megabytes." msgstr "" "Ahora es el momento de especificar los programas que desea instalar en su\n" -"sistema. Hay miles de paquetes disponibles para Mageia, y para " -"hacer\n" +"sistema. Hay miles de paquetes disponibles para Mageia, y para hacer\n" "más simple el manejo de los paquetes, los mismos se han puesto en grupos de\n" "aplicaciones similares.\n" "\n" @@ -736,31 +741,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -776,14 +785,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1094,19 +1104,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1122,21 +1135,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1153,14 +1168,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Ahora necesita elegir qué particiones se utilizarán para la instalación de\n" "su sistema Mageia. Si ya se han definido particiones, ya sea por\n" @@ -1179,7 +1188,7 @@ msgstr "" " * \"%s\": esta opción borra todas las particiones sobre el disco\n" "seleccionado.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": esta opción le permite crear particiones ext3 y swap\n" +" * \"%s\": esta opción le permite crear particiones ext4 y swap\n" "automáticamente en el espacio libre de su disco rígido.\n" "\n" "\"%s\": le da acceso a características adicionales:\n" @@ -1233,12 +1242,6 @@ msgstr "" "Para obtener información sobre los distintos tipos de sistemas de archivos\n" "disponibles, por favor lea el capítulo acerca de ext2FS del \"Manual de\n" "Referencia\".\n" -"\n" -"Si está instalando en una máquina PPC, querrá crear una pequeña partición\n" -"HFS de \"bootstrap\" de al menos 1 MB que será utilizada por el cargador de\n" -"arranque yaboot. Si opta por hacer la partición un poco más grande, digamos\n" -"50 MB, puede ver que es un lugar útil para almacenar un núcleo y ramdisk\n" -"alternativos para arrancar en situaciones de emergencia." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1280,34 +1283,40 @@ msgstr "Cambiar entre el modo normal/experto" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Se ha detectado más de una partición Microsoft Windows en su disco rígido.\n" @@ -1373,8 +1382,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1398,15 +1408,13 @@ msgstr "" "particionan sus discos, debería usar esta opción.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": Esta clase de instalación le permite actualizar los paquetes que\n" -"en este momento están instalados en su sistema Mageia. No se " -"alteran\n" +"en este momento están instalados en su sistema Mageia. No se alteran\n" "las particiones corrientes de sus discos ni los datos de los usuarios. La\n" "mayoría de los otros pasos de configuración permanecen disponibles y son\n" "similares a una instalación estándar.\n" "\n" "El uso de la opción \"Actualizar\" debería funcionar sin problemas para los\n" -"sistemas Mageia que corren la versión \"8.1\" o una posterior. No " -"se\n" +"sistemas Mageia que corren la versión \"8.1\" o una posterior. No se\n" "recomienda realizar una actualización sobre versiones anteriores a\n" "Mageia versión \"8.1\"." @@ -1658,7 +1666,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1764,7 +1772,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1966,7 +1974,7 @@ msgstr "Interfaz gráfica" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1980,12 +1988,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea borrar todos los datos y particiones\n" "presentes en esta unidad de disco. Tenga cuidado, luego de hacer clic sobre\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/et.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/et.po index 9bf71b1d0..1db0995da 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/et.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/et.po @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ msgstr "Kas soovite seda lubada?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -140,24 +140,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Ülal on toodud kõik Teie kõvakettal olemasolevad Linuxi partitsioonid.\n" @@ -691,31 +691,31 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -731,14 +731,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1050,19 +1050,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1078,21 +1078,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1109,14 +1109,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Nüüd peate valima partitsiooni(d), kuhu soovite Mageiai paigaldada.\n" "Kui need on juba olemas kas GNU/Linuxi varasema paigalduse või mõne muu\n" @@ -1188,12 +1182,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Lähemat infot erinevate failisüsteemitüüpide kohta leiab \"Süvateadmiste\n" "käsiraamatu\" (\"Reference Manual\") peatükist \"Linuxi failisüsteem\".\n" -"\n" -"Kui paigaldamine toimub PPC-masinas, tuleks luua vähemalt 1MB suurune\n" -"väike HFS \"bootstrap\"-partitsioon, mida kasutab alglaadur yaboot. Kui Te\n" -"aga teete selle partitsiooni natukene suuremaks (näiteks nii umbes 50MB),\n" -"on see päris hea koht, kuhu hädaolukorraks paigutada tagavarakernel\n" -"ja ramdisk-laadepildid." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1233,34 +1221,34 @@ msgstr "Tava- ja ekspertrežiimi lülitamine" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Teie arvuti kõvakettal on rohkem kui üks Microsoft Windowsi partitsioon.\n" @@ -1316,8 +1304,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1575,7 +1563,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1677,7 +1665,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1859,7 +1847,7 @@ msgstr "Graafiline kasutajaliides" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1871,12 +1859,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Valige \"%s\", kui soovite kustutada kõik sellel kettal asuvad\n" "partitsioonid. Ettevaatust, pärast \"%s\" klõpsamist ei ole enam\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/eu.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/eu.po index cd3634239..b1e3003f8 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/eu.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/eu.po @@ -11,25 +11,25 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: DrakX-eu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-12 12:22+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-31 14:02+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Iñigo Salvador Azurmendi <xalba@euskalnet.net>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-05 15:08+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: EUSKARA <itzulpena@euskalgnu.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.7\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #: ../help.pm:14 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" "covers the entire Mageia distribution. If you agree with all the\n" "terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n" "button will reboot your computer." msgstr "" -"Aurrera jarraitu aurretik lizentziaren baldintzak arretaz irakurri. \n" -"Mageia banaketa osoa hartzen du. Baldintza guztiekin ados \n" +"Aurrera jarraitu aurretik lizentziaren baldintzak arretaz irakurri.\n" +"Mageia banaketa osoa hartzen du. Baldintza guztiekin ados\n" "bazaude, hautatu \"%s\" laukia. Onartzen ez badituzu, \"%s\" botoian klik\n" "egin eta ordenagailua berrabiaraziko da." @@ -116,12 +116,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format msgid "User name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Erabiltzaile izena" #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format msgid "Accept user" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Erabiltzailea onartu" #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format @@ -133,7 +133,8 @@ msgstr "Eginbide hau erabili nahi duzu?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -143,24 +144,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Hemen dituzu zure disko zurrunean detektatutako Linux partizioak.\n" @@ -201,7 +206,7 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml #: ../help.pm:88 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "The Mageia installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n" "selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n" @@ -218,7 +223,7 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml #: ../help.pm:95 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n" "There are thousands of packages available for Mageia, and to make it\n" @@ -348,7 +353,7 @@ msgstr "Instalazio minimo-minimoa" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml #: ../help.pm:152 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n" "a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n" @@ -499,7 +504,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:213 #, c-format msgid "Hardware clock set to GMT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hardware-erlojua GMT-an jarri " #: ../help.pm:213 #, c-format @@ -530,7 +535,7 @@ msgstr "" "aukeratu beharko duzu." #: ../help.pm:234 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" "on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" @@ -710,34 +715,38 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml #: ../help.pm:319 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -753,14 +762,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -844,7 +854,7 @@ msgstr "Erabili lehendik dagoen partizioa" #: ../help.pm:370 #, c-format msgid "Use the free space on the Microsoft Windows® partition" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Microsoften Windows-eko ® partizioko espazio librea erabili ezazu" #: ../help.pm:370 #, c-format @@ -935,22 +945,22 @@ msgstr "Sortu auto-instalazioko disketea" #: ../help.pm:405 #, c-format msgid "Replay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Errepikatu" #: ../help.pm:405 #, c-format msgid "Automated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Automatizatuta" #: ../help.pm:405 #, c-format msgid "Save packages selection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pakete-hautaketa gorde ezazu" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml #: ../help.pm:408 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n" "reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n" @@ -990,8 +1000,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Klikatu \"%s\" partizioak eratzeko prest zaudenean.\n" "\n" -"Klikatu \"%s\" Mageia sistema eragile berria instalatzeko beste " -"partizio\n" +"Klikatu \"%s\" Mageia sistema eragile berria instalatzeko beste partizio\n" " bat aukeratu nahi baduzu.\n" "\n" "Klikatu \"%s\" diskoan hondatutako blokeak aurkitzeko egiaztatuko diren\n" @@ -1000,7 +1009,7 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml #: ../help.pm:437 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "By the time you install Mageia, it's likely that some packages will\n" "have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n" @@ -1030,7 +1039,7 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml #: ../help.pm:450 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n" "for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" @@ -1066,24 +1075,27 @@ msgstr "Segurtasun-administratzailea" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml #: ../help.pm:464 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1099,21 +1111,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1130,14 +1144,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Orain, Mageia sistema instalatzeko zein partizio erabiliko\n" "d(ir)en aukeratu behar duzu. Partizioak jadanik definituta badaude,\n" @@ -1156,7 +1164,7 @@ msgstr "" " * \"%s\": aukera honek hautatutako disko zurruneko partizio guztiak \n" "ezabatzen ditu\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": aukera honekin automatikoki sor ditzakezu ext3 eta\n" +" * \"%s\": aukera honekin automatikoki sor ditzakezu ext4 eta\n" "swap partizioak disko zurruneko leku librean\n" "\n" "\"%s\": eginbide gehiagotarako aukera ematen du:\n" @@ -1209,27 +1217,21 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Erabil daitezkeen fitxategi-sistema desberdinei buruzko informazioa\n" "lortzeko, irakurri ``Erreferentzia Eskuliburuko'' ext2FS kapitulua.\n" -"\n" -"PPC makina batean instalatu behar baduzu, gutxienez 1 Mbko HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partizio txiki bat sortzea komeni zaizu, yaboot\n" -"abioko kargatzaileak erabil dezan. Partizioa handixeagoa egitea hautatzen \n" -"baduzu, adibidez 50 MBkoa, leku egokia izan daiteke ordezko nukleo bat\n" -"eta ramdisk imajinak biltegiratzeko emergentziazko abioa egin ahal izateko." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Save partition table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Partizio taula gorde" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Restore partition table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Partizio taula berritu" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Rescue partition table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Partizio taula berrezkuratu" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1239,12 +1241,12 @@ msgstr "Euskarri aldagarriak automuntatzea" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Wizard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Morroia" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Undo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desegin" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1254,36 +1256,42 @@ msgstr "Aldatu modu normalera/aditu modura" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml #: ../help.pm:536 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Microsoft partizio bat baino gehiago aurkitu dira zure disko zurrunean.\n" @@ -1335,7 +1343,7 @@ msgstr "" "jasotzeko." #: ../help.pm:572 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n" "found on your machine.\n" @@ -1346,8 +1354,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1423,7 +1432,7 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml #: ../help.pm:612 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n" "\n" @@ -1481,8 +1490,7 @@ msgstr "" "UTF-8 (unicode) euskarriari buruz: Unicode karaktere kodeketa berri bat da,\n" "existitzen diren hizkuntza guztiak hartu nahi dituena. Hala ere, " "berarentzako\n" -"erabateko euskarria oraindik garatzen ari da GNU/Linux-en, Mageia-" -"en\n" +"erabateko euskarria oraindik garatzen ari da GNU/Linux-en, Mageia-en\n" "UTF-8 erabilera erabiltzailearen hautaketen araberakoa da:\n" "\n" " * Jatorrizko kodeketa ahaltsua duen hizkuntza bat aukeratzen baduzu \n" @@ -1518,7 +1526,7 @@ msgstr "Gaztelania" #: ../help.pm:643 #, c-format msgid "Use Unicode by default" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modu lehenetsian Erabili Unikodea" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml @@ -1625,7 +1633,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1651,7 +1659,7 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml #: ../help.pm:745 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n" "operating systems may offer you one, but Mageia offers two. Each of\n" @@ -1679,8 +1687,7 @@ msgid "" "Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button." msgstr "" "Inprimatzeko sistema bat hautatzeko unea da orain.Eeste sistema eragile \n" -"batzuk bakarra eskainiko dizute, baina Mageia-ek bi eskaintzen " -"ditu.\n" +"batzuk bakarra eskainiko dizute, baina Mageia-ek bi eskaintzen ditu.\n" "Inprimaketa sistema bakoitza egokiago da konfigurazio mota batzuetarako.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\" -- ``print, do not queue'' esapidearen akronimoa da, eta aukera\n" @@ -1712,7 +1719,7 @@ msgstr "pdq" #: ../help.pm:724 #, c-format msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CUPS" #: ../help.pm:724 #, c-format @@ -1729,7 +1736,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1772,7 +1779,7 @@ msgstr "" "botoian klik egin eta beste gidari bat hauta dezakezu." #: ../help.pm:794 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n" "about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n" @@ -1858,11 +1865,6 @@ msgstr "" " * \"%s\": egiaztatu uneko sagu konfigurazioa eta klikatu botoia aldatzea\n" "beharrezka bada.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": \"%s\" botoian klikatzeak inprimagailu konfigurazio morroia\n" -"irekiko du. Kontsultatu ``Hasiberrien Gida''n dagokion atala inprimagailu\n" -"berri bat nola ezarri jakiteko. Bertan azaldutako interfazea instalazioan\n" -" erabiltzen denaren antzekoa da.\n" -"\n" " * \"%s\": zure sisteman soinu txartel bat detektatzen bada, hemen\n" " bistaratuko da. Bistaratutako soinu-txartela zure sisteman instalatuta " "dagoena ez dela Ikusten baduzu, botoian klikatu eta beste gidari bat\n" @@ -1902,15 +1904,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"%s\": sarrera honen bitartez zehatz doitu dezakezu zure makinan\n" "zein zerbitzu exekutatuko diren. Makina hau zerbitzari moduan erabiltzeko\n" -"asmoa badaukazu ona litzateke ezarpen hau errepasatzea.zure makinan zein " -"zerbitzu exekutatuko diren doitasunez \n" -"kontrola dezakezu hemendik. Makina hau zerbitzari gisa erabiltzeko asmoa \n" -"baduzu, konfigurazio hau berrikustea komeni zaizu." +"asmoa badaukazu ona litzateke ezarpen hau errepasatzea." #: ../help.pm:809 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "TV card" -msgstr "ISDN txartela" +msgstr "TB txartela" #: ../help.pm:809 #, c-format @@ -1925,9 +1924,9 @@ msgstr "Interfaze grafikoa" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml #: ../help.pm:861 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1941,12 +1940,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Sakatu \"%s\" disko zurrun honetako datu eta partizio guztiak \n" "ezabatu nahi badituzu. Kontuz ibili, \"%s\" sakatu ondoren \n" @@ -1966,117 +1967,3 @@ msgstr "Hurrengoa ->" #, c-format msgid "<- Previous" msgstr "<- Aurrekoa" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer " -#~ "configuration\n" -#~ "wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for " -#~ "more\n" -#~ "information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in " -#~ "our\n" -#~ "manual is similar to the one used during installation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\"%s\": \"%s\" botoian klik eginda inprimagailuak konfiguratzeko morroia\n" -#~ "irekiko da. Begiratu \"Starter Guide\"/\"Hasiberrien Gida\"-n dagokion\n" -#~ "kapitulua inprimagailu berria nola ezarri jakiteko. Gure eskuliburuan \n" -#~ "aurkeztutako interfazea instalazio garaian erabilitakoaren antzekoa da." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/" -#~ "Linux\n" -#~ "system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n" -#~ "administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add " -#~ "users,\n" -#~ "change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" " -#~ "can\n" -#~ "do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult " -#~ "to\n" -#~ "guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As " -#~ "you\n" -#~ "can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n" -#~ "against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n" -#~ "operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n" -#~ "unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n" -#~ "partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n" -#~ "\"root\".\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least " -#~ "8\n" -#~ "characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it " -#~ "far\n" -#~ "too easy to compromise your system.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because " -#~ "you\n" -#~ "must be able to remember it!\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. " -#~ "If\n" -#~ "you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use " -#~ "this\n" -#~ "``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n" -#~ "click on the \"%s\" button.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain " -#~ "authentication\n" -#~ "services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know " -#~ "which\n" -#~ "one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n" -#~ "computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely " -#~ "trust\n" -#~ "everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hau da erabaki puntu garrantzitsuena zure GNU/Linux sistemaren\n" -#~ " segurtasunerako: \"root\" pasahitza idatzi behar duzu. \"Root\" sistema\n" -#~ " administratzailea da eta berak bakarrik dauka sistema eguneratu,\n" -#~ " erabiltzaileak erantsi, konfigurazio orokorra aldatu eta " -#~ "horrelakoetarako\n" -#~ " baimena. Labur esateko, \"root\"ek guztia egin dezake! Horregatik " -#~ "aukeratu\n" -#~ "behar duzu asmatzeko zaila den pasahitza. DrakX-k esango dizu aukeratzen\n" -#~ "duzun pasahitza errazegia den. Ikus dezakezunez ez zaude pasahitz bat\n" -#~ "sartzera behartuta, baino biziki gomendatzen dizugu horrelakorik ez " -#~ "egitea.\n" -#~ "GNU/Linux, erabilzaileen akatsetara beste edozein sistema eragilek adina\n" -#~ " joera dauka. \"root\"-ek muga guztiak gaindi ditzakeenez eta nahi gabe\n" -#~ " partizioetako datu guztiak ezaba ditzakeenez beraietara behar bezain\n" -#~ "kontuz ez sartzeagatik, garrantzi handia dauka \"root\" gisa sartzea\n" -#~ "zaila izatea.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Pasahitzak karaktere alfanumerikoen nahasketa izan behar luke, gutxienez\n" -#~ "8 karakterekoa. Ez idatzi inon \"root\" pasahitza - zure sistema " -#~ "arriskuan\n" -#~ "jartzea izugarri errazten du.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Oharra - ez egin pasahitza luzeegia edo konplexuegia, gero zuk " -#~ "gogoratzeko\n" -#~ "modukoa izan behar baitu!\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Pasahitza ez da pantailan bistaratuko zuk idatzi bitartean. Tekleatzean\n" -#~ "egindako akatsak saihesteko, pasahitza bi aldiz idatzi beharko duzu.\n" -#~ "Akats tipografiko bera bil aldiz egiten baduzu, pasahitz ``oker'' hori " -#~ "erabili\n" -#~ " beharko duzu \"root\" bezela konektatzen zaren lehen aldian.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Ordenagailu honen sarbidea autentifikazio-zerbitzari batek kontrolatzea\n" -#~ "nahi baduzu, egin klik \"%s\" botoian.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Zure sareak LDAP, NIS, edo PDC Windows domeinuen autentifikazio\n" -#~ " zerbitzuak erabiltzen baditu, hautatu \"%s\"ri dagokiona. Zein erabili " -#~ "ez\n" -#~ " badakizu, galdetu sare-administratzaileari.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Pasahitzak gogoratzeko arazoak badituzu, edo zure ordenagailua inoiz ez\n" -#~ " bada Internetera konektatuta egongo eta konfiantza osoa baduzu\n" -#~ " ordenagailua erabiltzen duten guztiengan, \"%s\" hauta dezakezu." - -#~ msgid "authentication" -#~ msgstr "egiaztatzea" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/fa.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/fa.po index c86c0b496..220fd90a2 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/fa.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/fa.po @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-26 06:31+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Abbas Izad <abbasizad@hotmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -132,7 +133,8 @@ msgstr "آیا میخواهید از این قابلیت استفاده کن #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -142,24 +144,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "قسمتبندیهای لینوکس شناسائی شدهی موجود بر دیسک شما در اینجا فهرست شدهاند.\n" @@ -201,8 +207,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "نصب لینوکس ماندریبا در چند سیدی پخش شده است. اگر بسته انتخاب شده بر روی\n" "سیدی دیگری قرار دارد DrakX سیدی کنونی را بیرون زده و از شما میخواهد که\n" -"سیدی خواسته شده را داخل کنید. اگر آن سیدی مورد تقاضا را ندارید فقط بر روی \"%" -"s\"\n" +"سیدی خواسته شده را داخل کنید. اگر آن سیدی مورد تقاضا را ندارید فقط بر روی " +"\"%s\"\n" "کلیک کنید و بستههای مربوطه نصب نخواهند شد." #: ../help.pm:95 @@ -284,8 +290,8 @@ msgstr "" "از آن رده انتخاب کنید. گروه مخصوص \"LSB\" سیستمتان را طوری پیکربندی\n" "خواهد کرد تا هر چه بیشتر با مقررات پایه استاندارد لینوکس مطابقت داشته باشد.\n" "\n" -" انتخاب گروه \"LSB\" همچنین سریال هسته \"2.4\" را نیز بجای پیش فرض \"2.6" -"\" \n" +" انتخاب گروه \"LSB\" همچنین سریال هسته \"2.4\" را نیز بجای پیش فرض " +"\"2.6\" \n" "نصب خواهد کرد. این برای اطمینان ۱۰۰٪٪-مطابقت سیستم است. هر چند، اگر گروه\n" "\"LSB\" را انتخاب نکنید سیستمی خواهید داشت که تقریبا ۱۰۰٪٪ LSB-تطبیق دارد.\n" "\n" @@ -698,31 +704,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -738,14 +748,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1038,19 +1049,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1066,21 +1080,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1097,14 +1113,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "در این نقطه، شما مجبور به انتخاب قسمتبندی(های) که برای نصب سیستم لینوکس \n" "ماندریبا استفاده خواهد شد هستید.اگر قسمتبندیهایی که یا از یک نصب قبلی \n" @@ -1121,7 +1131,7 @@ msgstr "" " * \"%s\": این گزینه تمام قسمتبندیهای روی دیسک انتخاب شده را حذف میکند\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": این گزینه بر روی فضای آزاد دیسک شما بطور خودکار قسمتبندیهای\n" -"ext3 و حافظه مبادله را ایجاد میکند\n" +"ext4 و حافظه مبادله را ایجاد میکند\n" "\n" "\"%s\": دسترسی به قابلیتهای دیگر را فراهم میسازد\n" "\n" @@ -1171,12 +1181,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "برای دریافت اطلاعات درباره انواع سیستم پرونده موجود، لطفاً فصل ext2FS \n" "را از ` دستورالعمل مرجع'' بخوانید.\n" -"\n" -"اگر شما بر یک ماشین PPC نصب میکنید، شما باید یک قسمتبندی کوچک HFS \n" -"``bootstrap'' حداقل ۱ مگابایت که برای بارگذار آغازگر yaboot\n" -"استفاده میشود را ایجاد کنید اگر شما بطور اختیاری آن قسمتبندی را بزرگتر\n" -"بسازید، مثلاً ۵۰ مگابایت، شما آن را برای انبار یک هسته یدک و تصاویر ramdisk\n" -"در شرایط آغازگری اضطراری مفید خواهید یافت." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1216,34 +1220,40 @@ msgstr "تعویض بین حالت عادی/کارشناسی" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "بیش از یک قسمتبندی مایکروسافت بر دیسک شما شناسایی شده است. \n" @@ -1302,8 +1312,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1568,7 +1579,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1674,7 +1685,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1867,7 +1878,7 @@ msgstr "واسط گرافیکی" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1879,12 +1890,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "اگر میخواهید تمام دادهها و قسمتبندیهای موجود بر این دیسک را حذف کنید \n" "بر \"%s\" کلیک نمایید. دقت کنید که بعد از کلیک بر \"%s\"، دیگر نمیتوانید\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/fi.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/fi.po index 871e07d78..63456bdfe 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/fi.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/fi.po @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ msgstr "Haluatko käyttää tätä ominaisuutta?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -140,24 +140,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Tässä on listaus olemassa olevista tunnistetuista Linux-osioista\n" @@ -689,31 +689,31 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -729,14 +729,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1031,19 +1031,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1059,21 +1059,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1090,14 +1090,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Tässä vaiheessa sinun pitää määrittää mitkä osiot käytetään Mageia\n" "-järjestelmäsi asennuksessa. Jos osioita on jo määritelty, joko\n" @@ -1115,7 +1109,7 @@ msgstr "" " * \"%s\": tämä toiminto poistaa kaikki osiot kiintolevyllä\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": tämä toiminto luo automaattisesti\n" -"tarvittavat ext3-osiot ja sivutusosion levyn tyhjästä tilasta\n" +"tarvittavat ext4-osiot ja sivutusosion levyn tyhjästä tilasta\n" "\n" "\"%s\": näyttää seuraavat lisätoiminnot:\n" "\n" @@ -1164,12 +1158,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Saadaksesi lisätietoja käytettävissä olevista tiedostojärjestelmistä,\n" "lue lisää ``Reference Manual'':sta osasta ext2FS.\n" -"\n" -"Jos olet asentamassa PPC-koneelle, sinun pitää luoda pieni HFS\n" -"``bootstrap''-osio kooltaan vähintään 1Mt, joka tulee Yaboot\n" -"käynnistyslataajan käyttöön. Jos päätät tehdä osiosta vähän suuremman,\n" -"esim. 50Mt, on hyvä ajatus asentaa ylimääräinen ydin ja ramdisk-kuva\n" -"virhetilanteiden käynnistystarpeeseen." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1209,34 +1197,34 @@ msgstr "Vaihda vakio-/asiantuntijatilan välillä" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Useampi kuin yksi Microsoft-osio on löydetty kiintolevyltäsi. Ole hyvä\n" @@ -1295,8 +1283,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1557,7 +1545,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1659,7 +1647,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1844,7 +1832,7 @@ msgstr "Graafinen käyttöliittymä" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1856,12 +1844,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Valitse \"%s\" jos haluat tuhota kaiken tällä kiintolevyllä olevan\n" "tiedon sekä osiot. Ole varovainen, sillä valittuasi \"%s\"\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/fr.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/fr.po index b63114296..ab7769137 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/fr.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/fr.po @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ # Pablo Saratxaga <pablo@mandriva.com>, 2001, 2005. # KAtiOS <katios@nolabel.net>, 2001. # Guillaume Cottenceau <gc@mandriva.com>, 2001-2002. -# Thierry Vignaud <tvignaud@mandriva.com>, 2001-2004. +# Thierry Vignaud <thierry.vignaud.com>, 2001-2004. # Christophe Combelles <ccomb@free.fr>, 2002,2003. # Adrien REZER <monsieurdidi@free.fr>, 2003. # RICHARD Nicolas <richardnicolas22@yahoo.fr>, 2004. @@ -75,19 +75,20 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: DrakX-fr\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-12 12:22+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-24 15:29+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Christophe Berthelé <cpjc@free.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: French <cooker-i18n@mandrivalinux.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-04-25 17:02+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Yann Ciret <mageia@zamiz.net>\n" +"Language-Team: French <i18n-fr@ml.mageia.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.5\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2;plural=(n>1);\n" +"Language: fr\n" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:14 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" "covers the entire Mageia distribution. If you agree with all the\n" @@ -195,7 +196,8 @@ msgstr "Voulez-vous utiliser cette fonctionnalité ?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -205,24 +207,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "La liste présentée plus haut identifie les partitions GNU/Linux détectées\n" @@ -244,7 +250,8 @@ msgstr "" "Le « type de disque dur » correspond à hd si votre disque est IDE. Pour un\n" "disque SCSI, vous lirez « sd ».\n" "\n" -"Le « numéro du disque » est toujours listé après le « hd » ou « sd ». Pour les\n" +"Le « numéro du disque » est toujours listé après le « hd » ou « sd ». Pour " +"les\n" "disques durs IDE :\n" "\n" " * « a » signifie « disque primaire maître sur le premier contrôleur IDE »;\n" @@ -264,7 +271,7 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:88 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "The Mageia installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n" "selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n" @@ -272,8 +279,7 @@ msgid "" "CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n" "installed." msgstr "" -"Les paquetages requis à l'installation de Mageia sont distribués " -"sur\n" +"Les paquetages requis à l'installation de Mageia sont distribués sur\n" "plusieurs CD-ROM. Si un paquetage requis se trouve sur un autre CD-ROM,\n" "DrakX éjectera celui présent dans le lecteur et vous demandera d'insérer le\n" "CD-ROM approprié. Si vous ne possédez pas le CD demandé, cliquez tout\n" @@ -283,7 +289,7 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:95 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n" "There are thousands of packages available for Mageia, and to make it\n" @@ -354,15 +360,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * « %s » : si votre système doit être utilisé pour la programmation,\n" "choisissez les groupes désirés. Le groupe spécial « LSB » configurera votre\n" -"système de manière à ce qu'il corresponde le plus possible avec la Linux\n" -"Standard Base.\n" +"système de manière à ce qu'il corresponde le plus possible\n" +"aux spécifications Linux Standard Base.\n" "\n" -" Si vous choisissez le groupe « LSB », cela assurera\n" -"une compatibilité LSB maximale. Cependant, si vous ne sélectionnez pas ce\n" -"groupe « LSB » vous aurez quand même un système presque entièrement\n" -"compatible LSB.\n" +" Si vous choisissez le groupe « LSB », cela assurera une compatibilité\n" +"LSB maximale. Cependant, si vous ne sélectionnez pas ce groupe « LSB »\n" +"vous aurez quand même un système presque entièrement compatible LSB.\n" "\n" -" * « %s » : enfin, si votre système doit fonctionner en tant que serveur,\n" +" * « %s » : si votre système doit fonctionner en tant que serveur,\n" "vous pourrez sélectionner les services que vous voulez installer.\n" "\n" " * « %s » : ce groupe vous permettra de déterminer quel environnement\n" @@ -372,8 +377,8 @@ msgstr "" "En plaçant votre souris au-dessus d'un nom de groupe, vous verrez\n" "apparaître une courte description de ce groupe.\n" "\n" -"Vous pouvez enfin cocher l'option « %s ». Cette option est à utiliser si\n" -"vous connaissez exactement le paquetage désiré ou si vous voulez avoir le\n" +"Vous pouvez cocher l'option « %s ». Cette option est à utiliser si vous\n" +"connaissez exactement le paquetage désiré ou si vous voulez avoir le\n" "contrôle total de votre installation.\n" "\n" "Si vous avez démarré l'installation en mode « %s », vous pouvez\n" @@ -412,7 +417,7 @@ msgid "Truly minimal install" msgstr "Installation réellement minimale" #: ../help.pm:152 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n" "a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n" @@ -448,7 +453,7 @@ msgid "" "another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n" "such a floppy." msgstr "" -"Enfin, si vous avez choisi de sélectionner individuellement les paquetages\n" +"Si vous avez choisi de sélectionner individuellement les paquetages\n" "à installer, DrakX vous présentera un arbre contenant tous les paquetages,\n" "classés par groupes et sous-groupes. En navigant à travers l'arbre, vous\n" "pouvez sélectionner des groupes, des sous-groupes ou des paquetages\n" @@ -464,8 +469,8 @@ msgstr "" "est possible que certaines failles de sécurité affectent les serveurs\n" "installés au-delà de la date de publication. Si vous ne savez pas\n" "précisément à quoi sert un service en particulier ou pourquoi il est\n" -"installé, cliquez sur « %s ». En cliquant sur « %s », le serveur sera\n" -"installé et le service rendu disponible au démarrage. !!\n" +"installé, cliquez sur « %s ». En cliquant sur « %s », les services listés\n" +"seront installés et rendus disponible au démarrage. !!\n" "\n" "L'option « %s » désactive les avertissements qui apparaissent à chaque fois\n" "que l'installeur sélectionne un nouveau paquetage. Parfois, pour qu'un\n" @@ -593,7 +598,7 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:234 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" "on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" @@ -672,10 +677,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Moniteur\n" "\n" -" Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement les\n" -"moniteurs connectés à votre unité centrale. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n" -"pouvez choisir dans cette liste le moniteur que vous utilisez\n" -"effectivement.\n" +" Normalement le programme d'installation détecte et configure\n" +"automatiquement les moniteurs connectés à votre machine. Si ce\n" +"n'est pas le cas, vous pouvez choisir dans cette liste le moniteur que\n" +"vous utilisez effectivement.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -684,7 +689,7 @@ msgstr "" " Vous pouvez choisir ici la résolution et nombre de couleurs parmi celles\n" "disponibles pour votre matériel. Choisissez la configuration optimale pour\n" "votre utilisation (vous pourrez néanmoins modifier cela après\n" -"l'installation). Un échantillon de la configuration choisie apparaît dans\n" +"l'installation). Un exemple de la configuration choisie apparaît dans\n" "le dessin du moniteur.\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -697,14 +702,15 @@ msgstr "" "choisie. Si vous pouvez voir le message pendant le test, et répondez\n" "« %s », alors DrakX passera à l'étape suivante. Si vous ne pouvez pas voir\n" "de message, cela signifie que vos paramètres sont incompatibles, et le test\n" -"se terminera automatiquement après 12 secondes. Changez la configuration\n" -"jusqu'à obtenir un affichage correct lors du test.\n" +"se terminera automatiquement après 12 secondes et vous ramènera au\n" +"menu. Changez la configuration jusqu'à obtenir un affichage correct lors\n" +"du test.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Options\n" "\n" -" Vous pourrez également choisir ici de démarrer l'interface graphique au\n" +" Vous pourrez choisir ici de démarrer l'interface graphique au\n" "lancement de la machine. Il est préférable de choisir « %s » si vous êtes\n" "en train d'installer un serveur, ou si vous n'avez pas réussi à configurer\n" "l'écran correctement." @@ -780,34 +786,38 @@ msgstr "" "l'écran correctement." #: ../help.pm:319 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -823,14 +833,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -847,29 +858,29 @@ msgstr "" "installation de Mageia. Si votre disque est vide ou utilisé par un\n" "autre système d'exploitation, vous devrez repartitionner votre disque.\n" "Partitionner un disque désigne l'opération consistant à le diviser\n" -"précisément afin de créer un espace pour votre installation.\n" +"logiquement afin de créer un espace pour votre installation.\n" "\n" -"Comme les effets du partitionnement sont irréversibles (l'ensemble du\n" -"disque est effacé), le partitionnement est généralement intimidant et\n" -"stressant pour un utilisateur inexpérimenté. Heureusement, un assistant a\n" -"été prévu à cet effet. Avant de commencer, lisez le reste de ce document et\n" -"surtout, prenez votre temps.\n" +"Comme les effets du partitionnement sont généralement irréversibles, \n" +"le partitionnement est généralement intimidant et stressant pour un\n" +"utilisateur inexpérimenté. Heureusement, un assistant a été prévu à cet\n" +"effet. Avant de commencer, lisez le reste de ce document et surtout, \n" +"prenez votre temps.\n" "\n" "Selon la configuration de votre disque, plusieurs options sont " "disponibles :\n" "\n" "\n" -" * « %s » : cette option tentera simplement de partitionner automatiquement\n" -"l'espace inutilisé sur votre disque. Il n'y aura pas d'autre question.\n" +" * « %s » : cette option tentera de partitionner automatiquement l'espace\n" +"inutilisé sur votre disque. Il n'y aura pas d'autre question.\n" "\n" " * « %s » : l'assistant a détecté une ou plusieurs partitions Linux\n" -"existant sur votre disque. Si vous voulez les utiliser, choisissez cette\n" +"existantes sur votre disque. Si vous voulez les utiliser, choisissez cette\n" "option. Il vous sera alors demandé de choisir les points de montage\n" "associés à chacune des partitions. Les anciens points de montage sont\n" "sélectionnés par défaut, et vous devriez généralement les garder.\n" "\n" " * « %s » : si Microsoft Windows est installé sur votre disque et en prend\n" -"toute la place vous devez faire de la place pour votre installation\n" +"toute la place, vous devez faire de la place pour votre installation\n" "GNU/Linux. Pour ce faire, vous pouvez tout effacer (voir « effacer tout le\n" "disque ») ou vous pouvez redimensionner la partition Windows FAT ou NTFS.\n" "Le redimensionnement peut être effectué sans pertes de données, à condition\n" @@ -886,19 +897,20 @@ msgstr "" " * « %s » : si vous voulez effacer toutes les données et les applications\n" "installées sur votre système et les remplacer par votre nouveau système\n" "Mageia, choisissez cette option. Soyez prudent, car ce choix est\n" -"irréversible et permanent. Il vous sera impossible de retrouver vos données\n" -"effacées.\n" +"irréversible et permanent une fois confirmé. Il vous sera impossible de\n" +"retrouver vos données effacées.\n" "\n" " !! En choisissant cette option, l'ensemble du contenu de votre disque\n" "sera détruit. !!\n" "\n" -" * « %s » : ce choix apparaît lorsque l'intégralité du disque dur est occupé\n" +" * « %s » : ce choix apparaît lorsque l'intégralité du disque dur est " +"occupé\n" "par Microsoft Windows. Choisir cette option effacera tout simplement ce que\n" "contient le disque et recommencera à zéro. Toutes les données et les\n" "programmes présents sur le disque seront effacés.\n" "\n" " !! En choisissant cette option, l'ensemble de votre disque sera effacé\n" -"!!\n" +"et les données perdues. !!\n" "\n" " * « %s » : permet de partitionner manuellement votre disque. Soyez\n" "prudent, car bien que plus puissante, cette option est dangereuse. Vous\n" @@ -1014,7 +1026,7 @@ msgid "Save packages selection" msgstr "Sauvegarder la sélection des paquetages" #: ../help.pm:408 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n" "reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n" @@ -1061,7 +1073,7 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:437 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "By the time you install Mageia, it's likely that some packages will\n" "have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n" @@ -1089,7 +1101,7 @@ msgstr "" "à jour sélectionnées, ou « %s » pour abandonner." #: ../help.pm:450 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n" "for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" @@ -1113,7 +1125,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Si vous ne savez pas quel niveau choisir, gardez la sélection par défaut.\n" "Vous pourrez le modifier ultérieurement avec l'outil draksec, qui se trouve\n" -"dans le Centre de Contrôle Mageia\n" +"dans le Centre de Contrôle Mageia.\n" "\n" "Remplissez le champ « %s » avec l'adresse électronique de l'utilisateur qui\n" "sera responsable de la sécurité. Les messages de sécurité lui seront\n" @@ -1125,24 +1137,27 @@ msgid "Security Administrator" msgstr "Administrateur sécurité" #: ../help.pm:464 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1158,21 +1173,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1189,20 +1206,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "À cette étape, vous devez sélectionner quelle partition sera utilisée pour\n" -"votre système Mageia. Si votre disque est déjà partitionné, soit " -"par\n" +"votre système Mageia. Si votre disque est déjà partitionné, soit par\n" "une autre installation GNU/Linux ou par un autre outil de partitionnement,\n" -"vous pourrez les utiliser. Sinon, les partitions devront être créées.\n" +"vous pourrez utiliser les partitions existantes. Sinon, elles devront être " +"créées.\n" "\n" "Pour créer une partition, vous devez d'abord sélectionner le disque à\n" "utiliser. Vous pouvez le sélectionner en cliquant sur « hda » pour le\n" @@ -1213,16 +1224,16 @@ msgstr "" "options suivantes :\n" "\n" " * « %s » : cette option effacera toutes les partitions sur le disque\n" -"sélectionné;\n" +"sélectionné ;\n" "\n" -" * « %s » : cette option permet de créer un système de ficher ext3 et\n" -"« Swap » dans l'espace libre sur votre disque;\n" +" * « %s » : cette option permet de créer des partitions ext4 et\n" +"« swap » dans l'espace libre sur votre disque ;\n" "\n" "« %s » : permet d'accéder à des fonctionnalités supplémentaires :\n" "\n" " * « %s » : sauvegarde la table de partition sur un disque amovible. Cette\n" "option s'avère particulièrement pratique pour réparer des partitions\n" -"endommagées. Il est fortement recommandé de procéder ainsi;\n" +"endommagées. Il est fortement recommandé de procéder ainsi ;\n" "\n" " * « %s » : permet de restaurer une table de partition sauvegardée au\n" "préalable sur une disquette.\n" @@ -1231,21 +1242,23 @@ msgstr "" "de la récupérer avec ces options. Soyez prudent et sachez que cela ne\n" "fonctionne pas à coup sûr.\n" "\n" -" * « %s » : écarte les changements et charge la table de partition initiale;\n" +" * « %s » : annule les changements et charge la table de partition " +"initiale ;\n" "\n" " * « %s » : en cochant cette case, les CD-ROM et disquettes (et autres\n" -"supports) seront chargés automatiquement.\n" +"supports amovibles) seront chargés automatiquement.\n" "\n" " * « %s » : utilisez cette option si vous souhaitez utiliser un assistant\n" "pour partitionner votre disque. Cette option est particulièrement\n" "recommandée si vous faites vos premiers pas avec les partitions.\n" "\n" -" * « %s » : utilisez cette option pour annuler vos changements;\n" +" * « %s » : utilisez cette option pour annuler vos changements ;\n" "\n" " * « %s » : permet des actions supplémentaires sur les partitions (type,\n" -"options, format) et donne plus d'informations;\n" +"options, format) et donne plus d'informationssur le disque ;\n" "\n" -" * « %s » : une fois le partitionnement terminé, ce bouton vous permettra de\n" +" * « %s » : une fois le partitionnement terminé, ce bouton vous permettra " +"de\n" "sauvegarder vos changements sur le disque.\n" "\n" "Lorsque vous définissez la taille d'une partition, vous pouvez choisir\n" @@ -1253,25 +1266,21 @@ msgstr "" "clavier.\n" "\n" "Note : vous pouvez atteindre toutes les options en utilisant le clavier.\n" -"Naviguer avec les flèches et [Tab].\n" +"Naviguer avec les flèches [haut/bas] et [Tab].\n" "\n" "Une fois la partition sélectionnée, vous pouvez utiliser :\n" "\n" " * Ctrl-c pour créer un nouvelle partition (lorsqu'une partition vide est\n" -"sélectionnée;\n" +"sélectionnée ;\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl-d pour effacer une partition;\n" +" * Ctrl-d pour effacer une partition ;\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl-m pour définir le « mount point »\n" +" * Ctrl-m pour définir le « point de montage »\n" "\n" -"Pour obtenir plus d'information sur les systèmes de fichiers, veuillez lire\n" -"sur le système de fichier ext2FS dans « Manuel de Référence ».\n" -"\n" -"Si vous installez sur un poste PPC, vous devrez créer une petite partition\n" -"HFS « bootstrap » d'au moins 1 Mo qui sera utilisée par le chargeur de\n" -"démarrage (« bootloader ») yaboot. Si vous optez pour une partition plus\n" -"grande, disons 50Mo, vous trouverez utile d'y placer des noyaux et des\n" -"images « ramdisk » accessibles en cas de problème." +"Pour obtenir plus d'informations sur les systèmes de fichiers, veuillez " +"lire\n" +"le chapitre sur le système de fichier ext2FS dans le « Manuel de\n" +"Référence ».\n" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1311,69 +1320,77 @@ msgstr "Basculer entre les modes expert et normal" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:536 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Plus d'une partition Windows a été détectée sur votre disque dur. Veuillez\n" -"choisir celle que vous choisissez pour votre nouvelle installation de\n" -"Mageia.\n" +"choisir celle que vous voulez redimensionner pour votre nouvelle " +"installation\n" +"de Mageia.\n" "\n" -"Chaque partition est identifiée comme suit : « Nom Linux », « Nom Windows »,\n" +"Chaque partition est identifiée comme suit : « Nom Linux », « Nom " +"Windows »,\n" "« Capacité ».\n" "\n" -"Le « Nom » est structuré ainsi : « type de disque dur », « numéro du disque\n" -"dur », « numéro de partition ». Par exemple, « hda1 ».\n" +"Le « Nom Linux » est structuré ainsi : « type de disque dur », « numéro du\n" +"disque dur », « numéro de partition ». Par exemple, « hda1 ».\n" "\n" "Le « Type de disque dur » correspond à « hd » si votre disque est IDE. Pour " "un\n" -"disque SCSI, vous lirez « sd ».\n" +"disque SCSI, vous aurez « sd ».\n" "\n" -"Le numéro du disque est toujours listé après le « hd » ou « fd ». Pour les\n" +"Le numéro du disque est toujours listé après le « hd » ou « sd ». Pour les\n" "disques IDE :\n" "\n" -" * « a » signifie « disque primaire maître sur le premier contrôleur IDE »;\n" +" * « a » signifie « disque maître sur le premier contrôleur IDE »;\n" "\n" -" * « b » signifie « disque primaire esclave sur le premier contrôleur\n" +" * « b » signifie « disque esclave sur le premier contrôleur\n" "IDE »;\n" "\n" -" * « c » indique « disque primaire maître sur le second contrôleur IDE »;\n" +" * « c » indique « disque maître sur le second contrôleur IDE »;\n" "\n" -" * « d » signifie « disque primaire esclave sur le second contrôleur IDE »;\n" +" * « d » signifie « disque esclave sur le second contrôleur IDE »;\n" "\n" -"Avec les disques SCSI, le « a » indique le plus petit SCSI ID, et ainsi de\n" +"Avec les disques SCSI, le « a » indique le plus petit ID SCSI, et ainsi de\n" "suite.\n" "\n" -"« Nom Windows » c'est la lettre assignée à votre disque, (le premier\n" -"disque ou partition « C: »)" +"Le « Nom Windows » est la lettre assignée à votre disque sous\n" +"Windows (le premier disque ou partition est appelé « C: »)." #: ../help.pm:567 #, c-format @@ -1391,7 +1408,7 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:572 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n" "found on your machine.\n" @@ -1402,8 +1419,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1434,8 +1452,7 @@ msgstr "" "sont accessibles.\n" "\n" "La mise à jour devrait fonctionner correctement pour les systèmes\n" -"Mageia à partir de la version « 8.1 ». Essayer de lancer une mise à\n" -"jour sur les versions antérieures à « 8.1 » n'est pas recommandé." +"Mageia à partir de la version « 2 »." #: ../help.pm:594 #, c-format @@ -1478,7 +1495,7 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:612 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n" "\n" @@ -1531,24 +1548,24 @@ msgstr "" "choisissant des langues supplémentaires, le programme vous installera toute\n" "la documentation et les applications nécessaires à l'utilisation de ces\n" "langues. Par exemple, si vous prévoyez d'accueillir des utilisateurs\n" -"d'Espagne sur votre machine, choisissez le français comme langue principale\n" +"espagnols sur votre machine, choisissez le français comme langue principale\n" "dans l'arborescence, et « %s », dans la section avancée.\n" "\n" "À propos de l'encodage UTF-8 (unicode) : Unicode est un nouveau système\n" -"d'encodage des caractères censé couvrir tous les langues existantes.\n" +"d'encodage des caractères censé couvrir toutes les langues existantes.\n" "Cependant son intégration dans GNU/Linux est encore imparfaite. Pour cette\n" "raison, Mageia l'utilisera ou non selon les critères suivants :\n" "\n" " * Si vous choisissez une langue avec un encodage ayant une longue histoire\n" "(langues associées à « latin1 », Russe, Japonais, Chinois, Coréen, Thaï,\n" "Grec, Turc, et la plupart des langues « iso-8859-2 »), l'encodage\n" -"historique sera utilisé;\n" +"historique sera utilisé ;\n" "\n" -" * Les autres langues entraîneront l'utilisation d'unicode par défaut;\n" +" * Les autres langues entraîneront l'utilisation d'unicode par défaut ;\n" "\n" " * Si vous demandez l'installation de plus d'une langue, et que ces langues\n" "n'utilisent pas le même encodage, alors unicode sera utilisé pour tout le\n" -"système;\n" +"système ;\n" "\n" " * Enfin, unicode peut aussi être utilisé quelque soit votre configuration\n" "des langues à utiliser, en sélectionnant l'option « %s ».\n" @@ -1561,7 +1578,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour passer d'une langue à l'autre, vous pouvez lancer l'utilitaire\n" "« /usr/sbin/localedrake » en tant que « root » pour changer la langue\n" "utilisée dans tout le système ; connectez-vous en simple utilisateur pour\n" -"ne changer que la langue de cet utilisateur." +"changer la langue uniquement pour cet utilisateur." #: ../help.pm:650 #, c-format @@ -1678,7 +1695,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1703,7 +1720,7 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:745 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n" "operating systems may offer you one, but Mageia offers two. Each of\n" @@ -1730,37 +1747,36 @@ msgid "" "system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mageia\n" "Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button." msgstr "" -"Maintenant, il faut choisir un système d'impression pour votre ordinateur. " -"D'autres\n" -"systèmes d'exploitation en offrent un, mais Mageia en propose deux. " -"Chaque système\n" -"d'impression convient le mieux à un type différent de configuration.\n" +"Maintenant, il faut choisir un système d'impression pour votre ordinateur.\n" +"D'autres systèmes d'exploitation en offrent un, mais Mageia en propose\n" +"deux. Chaque système d'impression convient mieux à un type différent\n" +"de configuration.\n" "\n" " * « %s » - qui veut dire « print, do not queue », (ou, impression sans\n" "passer par la file d'attente) est un bon choix si votre imprimante est\n" "branchée directement sur votre poste, que vous voulez pouvoir arrêter\n" "l'impression directement en cas de problème et que vous n'avez pas\n" -"d'imprimante réseau. « %s » prendra en charge des configurations simples en " -"réseau, mais\n" -"les performances sont plutôt mauvaises dans ces cas. Choisissez «pdq» si " -"vous\n" -"débutez sous GNU/Linux.\n" +"d'imprimante réseau. « %s » prendra en charge des configurations simples\n" +"en réseau, mais les performances sont plutôt mauvaises dans ces cas.\n" +"Choisissez « pdq » si vous débutez sous GNU/Linux.\n" "\n" " * « %s » - « Common Unix Printing System », est fabuleux autant pour une\n" "imprimante locale que pour imprimer à l'autre bout du monde. C'est simple\n" -"et il peut agir comme un serveur ou un client avec l'ancien système " -"d'impression « lpd », de ce fait il est compatible avec les anciens\n" -" systèmes d'exploitations qui nécessitent encore un service d'impression. Il " -"s'agit d'un outil très puissant et les\n" -"configurations de base sont aussi simples que « pdq ». Pour émuler un serveur " -"« lpd », lancez le démon (« daemon ») « cups-lpq ». « %s » qui offre une " -"interface graphique simple pour imprimer sur et administrer les " -"imprimantes.\n" -"\n" -"Si vous choisissez votre système d'impression maintenant et que par la suite " -"vous n'en êtes pas content, vous pourrez le changer\n" -"ultérieurement en lançant PrinterDrake depuis le Centre de contrôle\n" -"Mageia en cliquant sur le bouton « %s »." +"à configurer et il peut agir comme un serveur ou un client avec l'ancien\n" +"système d'impression « lpd ». De ce fait il est compatible avec les anciens\n" +" systèmes d'exploitations qui nécessitent encore un service d'impression. " +"Il\n" +"s'agit d'un outil très puissant et les configurations de base sont aussi " +"simples\n" +"que « pdq ». Pour émuler un serveur « lpd », lancez le démon (« daemon »)\n" +"« cups-lpq ». « %s » offre une interface graphique simple pour imprimer,\n" +"choisir les options d'impression et administrer les imprimantes.\n" +"\n" +"Si vous choisissez votre système d'impression maintenant et que par la " +"suite\n" +"vous n'en êtes pas content, vous pourrez le changer ultérieurement en\n" +"lançant PrinterDrake depuis le Centre de contrôle Mageia en cliquant sur le\n" +"bouton « %s »." #: ../help.pm:768 #, c-format @@ -1787,7 +1803,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1832,7 +1848,7 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:794 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n" "about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n" @@ -1908,7 +1924,7 @@ msgstr "" "ne se trouve pas dans la première liste, cliquez sur « %s » pour avoir la\n" "liste complète.\n" "\n" -" * « %s » : DrakX, par défaut, configure le fuseau horaire selon le pays\n" +" * « %s » : par défaut, DrakX configure le fuseau horaire selon le pays\n" "dans lequel vous vous trouvez. Cliquez sur le bouton « %s » si ce n'est pas\n" "le bon.\n" "\n" @@ -1925,8 +1941,8 @@ msgstr "" "détectée, cliquez sur « %s » pour la configurer à la main.\n" "\n" " * « %s » : si une carte RNIS (ISDN) est détectée, elle apparaîtra ici.\n" -"Vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton « %s » pour en modifier les paramètres si\n" -"vous estimez que la configuration actuelle est inexacte.\n" +"Vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton « %s » pour en modifier les paramètres\n" +"si vous estimez que la configuration actuelle est inexacte.\n" "\n" " * « %s » : par défaut, DrakX configure votre interface graphique avec une\n" "résolution de « 800x600 » ou « 1024x768 ». Si cela ne vous convient pas,\n" @@ -1935,12 +1951,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * « %s » : si vous souhaitez configurer votre accès Internet ou réseau\n" "local dès maintenant. Lisez la documentation fournie ou exécutez\n" -"le Centre de Contrôle Mageia après l'installation pour avoir droit à " -"une\n" +"le Centre de Contrôle Mageia après l'installation pour avoir droit à une\n" "aide complète en ligne.\n" "\n" " * « %s » : permet de configurer les adresses proxy HTTP et FTP si la\n" -"machine que vous installez se trouve derrière un serveur proxy.\n" +"machine que vous installez se trouve derrière un serveur mandataire.\n" "\n" " * « %s » : il vous est ici proposé de redéfinir votre niveau de sécurité\n" "tel que défini dans une étape précédente ().\n" @@ -1977,15 +1992,15 @@ msgstr "Interface graphique" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:861 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" -"Choisissez le disque dur à effacer pour installer votre partition\n" -"GNU/Linux. Soyez prudent, toute l'information stockée sur le disque sera\n" -"détruite." +"Choisissez le disque dur à effacer pour installer votre nouvelle partition\n" +"Mageia. Soyez prudent, toute les informations stockées sur le disque\n" +"seront détruites." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1993,12 +2008,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Cliquez sur « %s » si vous voulez vraiment effacer toute l'information et\n" "les partitions. Soyez prudent, après avoir cliqué sur « %s », vous ne\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/fur.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/fur.po index 258aac8a3..6ea574419 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/fur.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/fur.po @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ msgstr "Vuelistu doprâ cheste fature?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -94,24 +94,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" @@ -408,31 +408,31 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -448,14 +448,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -612,19 +612,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -640,21 +640,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -671,14 +671,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:526 @@ -719,34 +713,34 @@ msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:536 #, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" @@ -771,8 +765,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -927,7 +921,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -986,7 +980,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1090,7 +1084,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:861 #, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1099,12 +1093,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:872 diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ga.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ga.po index d15ab55ab..213cd0a2c 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/ga.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ga.po @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ msgstr "An mian leat an gné seo a úsáid?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -91,24 +91,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" @@ -405,31 +405,31 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -445,14 +445,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -609,19 +609,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -637,21 +637,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -668,14 +668,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:526 @@ -716,34 +710,34 @@ msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:536 #, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" @@ -768,8 +762,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -924,7 +918,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -983,7 +977,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1087,7 +1081,7 @@ msgstr "Comhéadan Grafach" #: ../help.pm:861 #, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1096,12 +1090,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:872 diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/gl.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/gl.po index cf6a6b369..7354ed534 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/gl.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/gl.po @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-08 20:57+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Leandro Regueiro <leandro.regueiro@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: <gl@li.org>\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -127,7 +128,8 @@ msgstr "Desexa usar esta funcionalidade?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -137,24 +139,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "As particións listadas aquí son as particións Linux existentes detectadas\n" @@ -689,31 +695,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -729,14 +739,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1039,19 +1050,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1067,21 +1081,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1098,14 +1114,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Neste punto cómpre que escolla que partición(s) se van usar para a\n" "instalación do seu sistema Mageia. Se as particións xa se\n" @@ -1124,7 +1134,7 @@ msgstr "" "seleccionado\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": esta opción permítelle crear automáticamente particións\n" -"ext3 e swap no espacio baleiro do disco duro\n" +"ext4 e swap no espacio baleiro do disco duro\n" "\n" "\"%s\": dálle acceso a funcionalidades adicionais:\n" "\n" @@ -1174,13 +1184,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Para obter información sobre os diferentes tipos de sistemas de ficheiros\n" "dispoñibles, lea o capítulo sobre ext2FS do ``Manual de Referencia''.\n" -"\n" -"Se está instalando nunha máquina PPC, quererá crear unha pequena\n" -"partición HFS para ``bootstrap'' de como mínimo 1MB a cal vai ser usada\n" -"polo cargador de arrinque yaboot. Se opta por facer a partición un pouco\n" -"máis grande, digamos de 50MB, podería darse conta de que é un sitio útil\n" -"para almacenar un kernel de reserva e imaxes ramdisk para situacións de\n" -"arrinques de emerxencia." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1220,34 +1223,40 @@ msgstr "Cambiar entre modo normal/experto" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Detectouse máis dunha partición Microsoft no seu disco duro. Elixa a que\n" @@ -1304,8 +1313,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1577,7 +1587,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1679,7 +1689,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1872,7 +1882,7 @@ msgstr "Interface Gráfica" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1884,12 +1894,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Prema en \"%s\" se desexa eliminar tódolos datos e particións presentes\n" "neste disco duro. Teña tino, despois de premer en \"%s\", non poderá\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/he.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/he.po index c416f83f6..4bea8e723 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/he.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/he.po @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-02-01 20:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <he@li.org>\n" +"Language: he\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -133,7 +134,8 @@ msgstr "האם להפעיל אפשרות זו?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -143,24 +145,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "להלן רשומות מחיצות הלינוקס שזוהו בכונן הקשיח שלך. \n" @@ -684,31 +690,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -724,14 +734,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1026,19 +1037,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1054,21 +1068,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1085,14 +1101,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "בשלב זה, עליך לבחור היכן תותקן מערכת מנדריבה לינוקס בכונן הקשיח\n" "שלך. אם כבר הוגדרו מחיצותמתאימות, בין אם על ידי התקנה קודמת\n" @@ -1109,7 +1119,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"%s\": אפשרות זו תמחק את כל המחיצות המוגדרות בכונן הקשיח\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": אפשרות זו מאפשרת לך ליצור באופן אוטומטי מחיצתext3\n" +" * \"%s\": אפשרות זו מאפשרת לך ליצור באופן אוטומטי מחיצתext4\n" "ומחיצת החלפה בשטח הפנוי של הכונן הקשיח שלך\n" "\n" "\"%s\": מאפשר לך לבחור באפשרויות נוספות:\n" @@ -1202,34 +1212,40 @@ msgstr "מעבר בין מצבי רגיל\"מומחה " #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "יותר ממחיצה אחת של מיקרוסופט זוהתה בכונן הקשיח שלך.\n" @@ -1284,8 +1300,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1415,8 +1432,8 @@ msgstr "" "של מנדריבה-לינוקס ב-UTF-8 יהיה תלוי בהגדרות המשתמש:\n" "\n" " * אם נבחרה שפה שהשימוש בקידוד הישן שלה נפוץ (לדוגמה שפות עם latin1, רוסית,\n" -"יפנית, סינית, קוריאנית, תאילנדית, יוונית, תורכית ורוב השפות שמשתמשות ב-iso-" -"8859-2)\n" +"יפנית, סינית, קוריאנית, תאילנדית, יוונית, תורכית ורוב השפות שמשתמשות ב-" +"iso-8859-2)\n" "יעשה שימוש בקידוד הישן כברירת מחדל;\n" "\n" " * עבור שפות אחרות יעשה שימוש ביוניקוד כברירת מחדל;\n" @@ -1530,8 +1547,8 @@ msgid "" "Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n" "Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." msgstr "" -"נא לבחור את היציאה הנכונה. לדוגמה, יציאה \"COM1\" תחת Windows תקרא, \"ttyS0" -"\"\n" +"נא לבחור את היציאה הנכונה. לדוגמה, יציאה \"COM1\" תחת Windows תקרא, " +"\"ttyS0\"\n" "תחת GNU/Linux." #: ../help.pm:684 @@ -1548,7 +1565,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1646,7 +1663,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1834,7 +1851,7 @@ msgstr "ממשק גרפי" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1846,12 +1863,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "עליך ללחוץ על %s אם ברצונך למחוק את כל המחיצות והמידע על כונן קשיח\n" "זה. זהירות: אחרי לחיצה על \"%s\" אין דרך לשחזר את המחיצות והמידע\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/hi.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/hi.po index 35099b54e..f44d14888 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/hi.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/hi.po @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-04 21:54+0530\n" "Last-Translator: धनञ्जय शर्मा (Dhananjaya Sharma) <dysxhi@yahoo.co.in>\n" "Language-Team: हिन्दी (Hindi) <dysxhi@yahoo.co.in>\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -100,8 +101,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "जब आप \"%s\" पर क्लिक करते है, तब आप अन्य उपयोगकर्ताओं को जोड़ सकते है। अपने मित्रों में " "से\n" -"हर एक के लिए, एक उपयोगकर्ता को जोड़ें । उदाहरण हेतु अपने पिता या अपनी बहन के लिए । \"%" -"s\"\n" +"हर एक के लिए, एक उपयोगकर्ता को जोड़ें । उदाहरण हेतु अपने पिता या अपनी बहन के लिए । " +"\"%s\"\n" "पर क्लिक करें जब आप उपयोगकर्ताओं का जोड़ना समाप्त कर लें ।\n" "\n" "\"%s\" बटन पर क्लिक करके आप डिफ़ाल्ट \"shell\" को उस उपयोगकर्ता के लिए\n" @@ -132,7 +133,8 @@ msgstr "क्या आप इस लक्षण का उपयोग कर #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -142,24 +144,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "आपकी हार्ड डिस्क पर खोजे गये विद्यमान लिनक्स विभाजनों की यह सूची है । \n" @@ -169,8 +175,8 @@ msgstr "" " चयन ना करें अन्यथा आप इस पर अधिक सॉफ़्टवेयर को संसाधित नहीं कर पायेगें । यदि आप अपनी\n" "सूचनाओं को एक अलग विभाजन पर सुरक्षित रखने चाहते है, तो आपको एक होम \"/home\" विभाजन " "का \n" -"भी निर्माण करना होगा (तभी सम्भव है यदि आपके पास एक से अधिक लिनक्स विभाजन उपलब्ध हो)" -"।\n" +"भी निर्माण करना होगा (तभी सम्भव है यदि आपके पास एक से अधिक लिनक्स विभाजन उपलब्ध " +"हो)।\n" "\n" "प्रत्येक विभाजन निम्न तौर पर सूचीबद्ध है: \"नाम\", \"क्षमता\"।\n" "\n" @@ -694,31 +700,35 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -734,14 +744,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -898,19 +909,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -926,21 +940,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -957,14 +973,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:526 @@ -1005,34 +1015,40 @@ msgstr "सामान्य/विशेषज्ञ विधा के म #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "आपकी हार्ड डिस्क पर एक से अधिक माइक्रोसाफ़्ट विभाजनों को खोजा गया है । \n" @@ -1090,8 +1106,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1248,7 +1265,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1323,7 +1340,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1433,7 +1450,7 @@ msgstr "सचित्र इन्टरफ़ेस" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1445,12 +1462,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "\"%s\" पर क्लिक करें, यदि आप इस हार्ड ड्राइव पर स्थित सभी सूचनाओं व विभाजनों को\n" "मिटाना चाहते है । सावधान रहें, \"%s\" पर क्लिक करने के उपरान्त, \n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/hr.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/hr.po index 911fe7085..aacd0c630 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/hr.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/hr.po @@ -9,11 +9,12 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-04 21:25+CET\n" "Last-Translator: auto\n" "Language-Team: Croatian <lokalizacija@linux.hr>\n" +"Language: hr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;;\n" "X-Generator: TransDict server\n" #: ../help.pm:14 @@ -123,7 +124,8 @@ msgstr "Da li želite koristiti aboot?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -133,24 +135,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Gore su popisane postojeće Linux particije pronađene na\n" @@ -397,14 +403,12 @@ msgstr "" "grupi,\n" "bit ćete upitani da potvrdite da li želite stvarno instalirati te " "poslužitelje.\n" -"Kod Mageiaa, svi instalirani poslužitelji se pokreću prilikom " -"podizanja\n" +"Kod Mageiaa, svi instalirani poslužitelji se pokreću prilikom podizanja\n" "sustava. Čak iako su sigurni, bez poznatih problema u vrijeme izlaska " "distribucije,\n" "može se dogoditi da se otkriju sigurnosne rupe nakon zgotovljenja ove " "inačice\n" -"Mageiaa. Ako ne znate što bi pojedini servis trebao raditi ili " -"zašto \n" +"Mageiaa. Ako ne znate što bi pojedini servis trebao raditi ili zašto \n" "se instalira, pritisnite \"Ne\". Pritiskanjem na \"Da\"instalirat će se " "navedeni\n" "servisi i pokretat će se automatski. !!\n" @@ -645,31 +649,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -685,14 +693,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -706,8 +715,7 @@ msgid "" "refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''." msgstr "" "U ovom trenutku, trebate izabrati gdje ćete instalirati vaš\n" -"Mageia operativni sustav na vašem tvrdom disku. Ukoliko je prazan " -"ili \n" +"Mageia operativni sustav na vašem tvrdom disku. Ukoliko je prazan ili \n" "ako postojeći operativni sustav koristi čitav prostor na disku, trebate ga\n" "particionirati. Jednostavno, particioniranje hard diska sastoji se od\n" "logičkog dijeljenja kako bi napravili prostor za instalaciju vašeg novog\n" @@ -1005,19 +1013,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1033,21 +1044,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1064,14 +1077,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "U ovoj točki instalacije, trebate izabrati koje partiticije ćete koristiti " "za\n" @@ -1135,12 +1142,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Za informacije o raznim dostupnim datotečnim sustavima, pročitajte ext2fs\n" "poglavlje u ``Reference Manual''\n" -"\n" -"Ukoliko instalirate na PPC računalo, željet ćete napraviti malu HFS\n" -"'bootstrap' particiju od najmanje 1MB koju će koristiti\n" -"yaboot bootloader. Ukoliko se odlučite za pravljenje malo veće \n" -"particije, recimo 50MB, možete ju pronaći korisnom za stavljanje\n" -"dodatnog kernela i ramdisk slike u slučaju nužde." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1180,34 +1181,40 @@ msgstr "Prebaci u normalni mod" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Više od jedne Microsoft Windows particije su pronađene\n" @@ -1263,8 +1270,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1460,7 +1468,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1555,7 +1563,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1685,7 +1693,7 @@ msgstr "X kod pokretanja sustava" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1697,12 +1705,14 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Izaberite \"U redu\" ukoliko želite obrisati sve podatke i\n" "postojeće particije na navedenom tvrdom disku. Budite pažljivi, nakon\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/hu.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/hu.po index cc3a8f2bb..dd53fab85 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/hu.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/hu.po @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-05 14:45+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Arpad Biro\n" "Language-Team: Hungarian\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -131,7 +132,8 @@ msgstr "Szeretné használni ezt a lehetőséget?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -141,24 +143,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Itt láthatók a lemezen talált, már létező linuxos partíciók.\n" @@ -202,8 +208,7 @@ msgid "" "CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n" "installed." msgstr "" -"A Mageia telepítőanyag több CD-n helyezkedik el. Ha egy " -"kiválasztott\n" +"A Mageia telepítőanyag több CD-n helyezkedik el. Ha egy kiválasztott\n" "csomag egy másik CD-n található, akkor a telepítő kiadja az\n" "aktuális CD-t, és megkéri Önt, hogy helyezze be a megfelelőt.\n" "Ha a szóban forgó lemez nincs kéznél, akkor kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra,\n" @@ -697,31 +702,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -737,14 +746,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -757,8 +767,7 @@ msgid "" "experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n" "refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''." msgstr "" -"Ebben a lépésben kell megadni, hogy a Mageia telepítése a " -"merevlemez\n" +"Ebben a lépésben kell megadni, hogy a Mageia telepítése a merevlemez\n" "melyik részére történjen. Ha a lemez még teljesen üres, vagy a korábban\n" "telepített operációs rendszer(ek) miatt nincs elég szabad hely, akkor újra\n" "kell partícionálni a lemezt. A partícionálás a lemezterület logikai\n" @@ -1052,19 +1061,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1080,21 +1092,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1111,14 +1125,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Ebben a lépésben kell kiválasztani a Mageia rendszer telepítéséhez\n" "használni kívánt partíciókat. Ha a kívánt partíciók már létre lettek hozva\n" @@ -1236,34 +1244,40 @@ msgstr "Váltás a normál és a szakértői módok közt" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Egynél több microsoftos partíció van a lemezen.\n" @@ -1323,8 +1337,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1598,7 +1613,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1703,7 +1718,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1892,7 +1907,7 @@ msgstr "Grafikus felület" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1904,12 +1919,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra, ha a lemezen található összes adatot\n" "és partíciót törölni szeretné. Figyelem! A(z) \"%s\" gomb megnyomása\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/id.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/id.po index 1b89c4031..4f1442552 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/id.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/id.po @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-11 10:45+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Willy Sudiarto Raharjo <willysr@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesia <mdk-id@yahoogroups.com>\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -140,7 +141,8 @@ msgstr "Apakah Anda ingin menggunakan fitur ini?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -150,27 +152,32 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" -"Berikut adalah daftar partisi Linux yang terdeteksi pada hard drive Anda.\n" +"Berikut adalah daftar partisi Linux yang terdeteksi pada hard disk drive " +"Anda.\n" "Anda dapat memakai pilihan yg dibuatkan, karena itu baik untuk installasi\n" "umum. Bila Anda mengubah pilihan, setidaknya Anda perlu mendefinisikan\n" "partisi root (\"/\"). Jangan pilih partisi yang terlalu kecil agar dapat\n" @@ -181,22 +188,22 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Setiap partisi terdaftar sebagai: \"Nama\", \"Kapasitas\".\n" "\n" -"\"Nama\" berstruktur: \"tipe hard drive\", \"nomor hard drive\",\n" +"\"Nama\" berstruktur: \"tipe hard disk drive\", \"nomor hard disk drive\",\n" "\"nomor partisi\" (misalnya \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Tipe hard drive\" adalah \"hd\" untuk drive IDE dan \"sd\" untuk drive " -"SCSI.\n" +"\"Tipe hard disk drive\" adalah \"hd\" untuk drive IDE dan \"sd\" untuk " +"drive SCSI.\n" "\n" "\"Nomor Hard Drive\", selalu berupa huruf setelah \"hd\" atau \"sd\". Bila " "berupa IDE, maka:\n" "\n" -" *\"a\" berarti \"hard drive master pada kontroller IDE primer\",\n" +" *\"a\" berarti \"hard disk drive master pada kontroller IDE primer\",\n" "\n" -" *\"b\" berarti \"hard drive slave pada kontroler IDE primer\",\n" +" *\"b\" berarti \"hard disk drive slave pada kontroler IDE primer\",\n" "\n" -" *\"c\" berarti \"hard drive master pada kontroler IDE sekunder\",\n" +" *\"c\" berarti \"hard disk drive master pada kontroler IDE sekunder\",\n" "\n" -" *\"d\" berarti \"hard drive slave pada kontroler IDE sekunder\",\n" +" *\"d\" berarti \"hard disk drive slave pada kontroler IDE sekunder\",\n" "\n" "Pada drive SCSI, \"a\" adalah \"ID SCSI terkecil\", \"b\" adalah\"ID SCSI " "terkecil kedua\", dan seterusnya." @@ -210,8 +217,8 @@ msgid "" "CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n" "installed." msgstr "" -"Installasi Mageia didistribusikan pada beberapa CDROM. DrakX tahu " -"jika paket\n" +"Installasi Mageia didistribusikan pada beberapa CDROM. DrakX tahu jika " +"paket\n" "terpilih berada di CDROM lain dan akan mengeluarkan CD yang ada untuk " "kemudian\n" "meminta Anda memasukkan CD yg diperlukan. Jika Anda tidak memiliki CD yang " @@ -278,12 +285,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Sekarang waktunya untuk menentukan program yang akan diinstal. Terdapat " "ribuan \n" -"pada Mageia, dan untuk mempermudah, mereka telah diletakkan pada " -"grup \n" +"pada Mageia, dan untuk mempermudah, mereka telah diletakkan pada grup \n" "aplikasi yang sejenis.\n" "\n" -"Mageia mengurutkan paket dalam empat kategori. Anda bisa " -"menggabungkan \n" +"Mageia mengurutkan paket dalam empat kategori. Anda bisa menggabungkan \n" "menyesuaikan aplikasi dari berbagai kategori, sehingga installasi " "``Workstation''\n" "tetap dapat memiliki aplikasi pada installasi ``Server''\n" @@ -402,8 +407,7 @@ msgstr "" "grup besar, akan ada pertanyaan konfirmasi installasi paket tersebut. Pada\n" "Mageia, secara default semua server terinstal dijalankan saat boot.\n" "Meski aman saat distribusi diluncurkan, ada kemungkinan lubang keamanan\n" -"ditemukan setelah versi Mageia ini selesai. Jika Anda tidak tahu " -"apa\n" +"ditemukan setelah versi Mageia ini selesai. Jika Anda tidak tahu apa\n" "yang dilakukan oleh suatu layanan atau mengapa ia diinstal, klik \"%s\".\n" "Jika Anda menekan \"%s\" layanan terdaftar akan diinstal dan akan " "dijalankan\n" @@ -733,31 +737,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -773,14 +781,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -795,8 +804,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Sekarang Anda harus menentukan dimana Anda hendak menginstall sistem " "operasi\n" -"Mageia pada harddisk Anda. Jika harddisk Anda kosong atau jika " -"sebuah\n" +"Mageia pada harddisk Anda. Jika harddisk Anda kosong atau jika sebuah\n" "sistem operasi menggunakan semua tempat, Anda harus mempartisi drive.\n" "Pada dasarnya, mempartisi harddisk berarti membaginya secara logical\n" "untuk membuat ruang yang diperlukan sistem Mageia baru Anda.\n" @@ -836,8 +844,7 @@ msgstr "" "dengan sebelumnya Anda sudah mendefrag partisi Windows.\n" "Membackup data sangat disarankan. Penggunaan opsi ini sangat " "direkomendasikan jika Anda\n" -"ingin menggunakan Mageia dan Microsoft Windows pada komputer yang " -"sama.\n" +"ingin menggunakan Mageia dan Microsoft Windows pada komputer yang sama.\n" "\n" " Sebelum memilih opsi ini, harap dipahami bahwa setelah prosedur ini, " "ukuran partisi \n" @@ -849,8 +856,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"%s\". Jika Anda hendak menghapus seluruh data dan semua partisi yang " "ada pada harddisk\n" -"Anda dan menggantinya dengan sistem Mageia yang baru, pilih opsi " -"ini. Hati-hati, karena\n" +"Anda dan menggantinya dengan sistem Mageia yang baru, pilih opsi ini. Hati-" +"hati, karena\n" "Anda tidak bisa membatalkan opsi ini setelah Anda mengkonfirmasikan.\n" "\n" " !! Jika Anda memilih opsi ini, semua data pada harddisk Anda akan " @@ -1096,19 +1103,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1124,21 +1134,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1155,14 +1167,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Saat ini, Anda harus memilih partisi yang akan digunakan untuk installasi\n" "sistem Mageia Anda. Jika partisi telah didefinisikan, baik dari\n" @@ -1178,7 +1184,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"%s\": opsi ini menghapus seluruh partisi pada drive terpilih\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": opsi ini memungkinkan Anda membuat partisi ext3 dan swap\n" +" * \"%s\": opsi ini memungkinkan Anda membuat partisi ext4 dan swap\n" "secara otomatis pada ruang kosong dari hard disk Anda.\n" "\n" "\"%s\": memberi akses pada fitur tambahan:\n" @@ -1228,11 +1234,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Untuk mendapatkan informasi tentang jenis sistem file yang ada, \n" "silahkan membaca bab ext2FS dari ``Referensi Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"Jika Anda menginstall pada komputer PPC, Anda harus membuat partisi\n" -"``bootstrap'' HFS kecil paling tidak 1 MB yang akan digunakan oleh\n" -"bootloader yaboot. Jika Anda membuatnya lebih besar, misalkan 50MB\n" -"Anda bisa menyimpan kernel dan citra ramdisk untuk situasi darurat." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1272,34 +1273,40 @@ msgstr "Ubah ke modus normal/ahli" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Terdapat lebih dari satu partisi Microsoft yang terdeteksi pada harddisk\n" @@ -1309,27 +1316,30 @@ msgstr "" "Tiap partisi terdaftar sebagai: \"Nama Linux\",\"Nama windows\",\"Kapasitas" "\".\n" "\n" -"\"Nama Linux\" berstruktur: \"tipe hard drive\", \"nomor hard drive\",\n" +"\"Nama Linux\" berstruktur: \"tipe hard disk drive\", \"nomor hard disk drive" +"\",\n" "\"nomor partisi\" (misalnya \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Tipe hard drive\" adalah \"hd\" bila drive bertipe IDE dan \"sd\" jika\n" +"\"Tipe hard disk drive\" adalah \"hd\" bila drive bertipe IDE dan \"sd\" " +"jika\n" "berupa drive SCSI.\n" "\n" "\"Nomor Hard Drive\", selalu berupa huruf setelah \"hd\" atau \"sd\". Jika\n" "berupa IDE, maka:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" berarti \"hard drive master pada kontroller IDE primer\",\n" +" * \"a\" berarti \"hard disk drive master pada kontroller IDE primer\",\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" berarti \"hard drive slave pada kontroler IDE primer\",\n" +" * \"b\" berarti \"hard disk drive slave pada kontroler IDE primer\",\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" berarti \"hard drive master pada kontroler IDE sekunder\",\n" +" * \"c\" berarti \"hard disk drive master pada kontroler IDE sekunder\",\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" berarti \"hard drive slave pada kontroler IDE sekunder\",\n" +" * \"d\" berarti \"hard disk drive slave pada kontroler IDE sekunder\",\n" "\n" "Pada drive SCSI, \"a\" berarti \"ID SCSI terkecil, \"b\" berarti \"ID SCSI\n" "terkecil kedua\", dst.\n" "\n" -"\"Nama windows\" adalah huruf hard drive Anda pada Windows (disk pertama\n" +"\"Nama windows\" adalah huruf hard disk drive Anda pada Windows (disk " +"pertama\n" "pada partisi disebut \"C:\")." #: ../help.pm:567 @@ -1356,8 +1366,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1619,7 +1630,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1716,7 +1727,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1907,7 +1918,7 @@ msgstr "Antarmuka Grafis" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1919,12 +1930,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Klik pada \"%s\" jika Anda ingin menghapus semua data dan partisi yang ada\n" "pada harddisk ini. Hati-hati, setelah mengklik \"%s\" Anda tidak dapat\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/is.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/is.po index 4b9edde1c..eafd3f1a2 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/is.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/is.po @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-07 18:42+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Pjetur G. Hjaltason <pjetur@pjetur.net>\n" "Language-Team: <is@li.org>\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -134,7 +135,8 @@ msgstr "Viltu nota þennan eiginleika?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -144,24 +146,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Hér er listi af núverandi Linux disksneiðum sem fundust á disknum.\n" @@ -389,8 +395,7 @@ msgstr "" "!! Ef miðlara-pakki hefur verið valinn, annað hvort af því að þú valdir " "stakan\n" "pakka eða hann var hluti af hóp, verður þú beðinn um að staðfesta að\n" -"þú viljir fá þessa miðlara uppsetta. Sjálfgefið mun Mageia ræsa " -"allar\n" +"þú viljir fá þessa miðlara uppsetta. Sjálfgefið mun Mageia ræsa allar\n" "uppsettar þjónustur og miðlara við kerfisræsingu. Jafnvel þó að þeir séu\n" "öruggir og engar þekktar villur þegar kerfinu var dreift þá er möguleiki að\n" "öryggisholur hafi uppgötvast eftir að gengið var frá þessari útgáfu af\n" @@ -696,31 +701,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -736,14 +745,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1039,19 +1049,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1067,21 +1080,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1098,14 +1113,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Hér þarft þú að ákveða hvaða disksneið þú vilt nota fyrir Mageia\n" "stýrikerfið. Ef disksneiðar hafa þegar verið skilgreindar, annað hvort\n" @@ -1122,7 +1131,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"%s\": þessi valkostur eyðir öllum disksneiðum á disknum\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": þessi valkostur býr sjálfkrafa til ext3 og diskminnis-sneið\n" +" * \"%s\": þessi valkostur býr sjálfkrafa til ext4 og diskminnis-sneið\n" "á lausu plássi á disknum.\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gefur þér aðgang að aukavalkostum:\n" @@ -1171,12 +1180,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Til að fá upplýsingar um mismunandi skráakerfi, vinsamlega lestu\n" "kaflann um ext2FS í ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"Ef þú ert að setja upp á PPC tölvu, þá ættir þú að búa til litla HFS\n" -"``ræsi-disksneið'' sem er að minnsta kosti 1M. Þessi disksneið\n" -"verður notuð af yaboot ræsistjóranum. Ef þú gerir disksneiðina\n" -"svolítið stærri t.d. 50MB þá er það góður staður til að geyma auka\n" -"kjarna og ræsidisk-ímyndir fyrir óvæntar uppákomur." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1217,34 +1220,40 @@ msgstr "Víxla milli venjulegs/sérfræðings-hams" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Fleiri en ein Microsoft disksneið hefur fundist á disknum.\n" @@ -1301,8 +1310,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1568,7 +1578,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1668,7 +1678,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1850,7 +1860,7 @@ msgstr "Myndrænt viðmót" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1862,12 +1872,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Smelltu á \"%s\" ef þú vilt eyða öllum gögnum og disksneiðum\n" "á þessum disk. Varúð! Eftir að þú hefur smellt á \"%s\", getur\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/it.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/it.po index a50b7afb6..3d1c9fd98 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/it.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/it.po @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-03 21:33+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Celli <a.celli@caltanet.it>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <kde-i18n-it@kde.org>\n" +"Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -136,7 +137,8 @@ msgstr "Vuoi sfruttare questa possibilità?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -146,24 +148,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "In alto puoi vedere l'elenco delle partizioni Linux individuate sul\n" @@ -738,31 +744,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -778,14 +788,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1109,19 +1120,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1137,21 +1151,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1168,14 +1184,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "A questo punto, dovete decidere quali partizioni devono essere usate per\n" "l'installazione del vostro sistema Mageia. Se sono già state\n" @@ -1195,7 +1205,7 @@ msgstr "" " * \"%s\": questa opzione cancella tutte le partizioni presenti sul disco\n" "selezionato.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": vi permette di creare automaticamente partizioni ext3 e di swap\n" +" * \"%s\": vi permette di creare automaticamente partizioni ext4 e di swap\n" "nello spazio libero presente sul vostro disco rigido.\n" "\n" "\"%s\": permette di accedere a ulteriori funzionalità:\n" @@ -1249,13 +1259,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Per ulteriori informazioni in merito ai diversi tipi di filesystem\n" "disponibili, consultate il capitolo ext2FS del ''Manuale di riferimento''.\n" -"\n" -"Se state effettuando l'installazione su una macchina PPC, sarà meglio\n" -"creare una piccola partizione HFS di ''bootstrap'' di almeno 1 MB, che\n" -"verrà utilizzata dal bootloader yaboot. Se decidete di creare una\n" -"partizione più grande, diciamo sui 50 MB, essa potrebbe rappresentare un\n" -"utile deposito in cui conservare un kernel di riserva e immagini di avvio\n" -"da utilizzare in caso di emergenza." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1297,34 +1300,40 @@ msgstr "Scambio tra modo normale e esperto" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Sul vostro disco rigido è stata individuata più di una partizione\n" @@ -1386,8 +1395,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1675,7 +1685,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1731,8 +1741,7 @@ msgid "" "Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button." msgstr "" "Qui potrete scegliere il sistema di stampa da usare con il vostro computer;\n" -"altri sistemi operativi ve ne offrono uno, ma Mageia ve ne offre " -"ben\n" +"altri sistemi operativi ve ne offrono uno, ma Mageia ve ne offre ben\n" "due. Ciascuno di essi è adatto a un particolare tipo di configurazione.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\" -- che sta per \"\"print, do not queue\"\" (\"stampa, non mettere\n" @@ -1783,7 +1792,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1989,7 +1998,7 @@ msgstr "Interfaccia grafica" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -2003,12 +2012,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Clicca sul pulsante \"%s\" se vuoi cancellare tutte le partizioni e\n" "i dati presenti su questo disco rigido. Stai attento, dopo aver\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ja.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ja.po index 520cf6fd8..765b07786 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/ja.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ja.po @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-03 08:00+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yukiko Bando <ybando@k6.dion.ne.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <cooker-i18n@mandrivalinux.org>\n" +"Language: ja\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -123,7 +124,8 @@ msgstr "この機能を使いますか？" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -133,24 +135,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "ハードドライブ内で検出した既存の Linux パーティションのリストです。\n" @@ -659,31 +665,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -699,14 +709,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -990,19 +1001,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1018,21 +1032,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1049,14 +1065,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "ここでは Mageia をインストールするパーティションを選びます。\n" "以前にインストールした GNU/Linux システムが残っていたり、別のツールを\n" @@ -1072,7 +1082,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * %s: 選択したドライブのすべてのパーティションを削除する\n" "\n" -" * %s: ハードドライブの空き領域に自動的に ext3 と swap を\n" +" * %s: ハードドライブの空き領域に自動的に ext4 と swap を\n" "作成する\n" "\n" "%s: ここから拡張機能を利用できます:\n" @@ -1122,11 +1132,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "使用可能な他のファイルシステムについては、Reference Manual の\n" "'ext2FS' の章をお読みください。\n" -"\n" -"PPC マシンにインストールする場合は最低 1 MB の HFS bootstrap \n" -"パーティションを作成してください。yaboot ブートローダが使用します。\n" -"このパーティションをもう少し大きくしておくと (例えば 50 MB くらい)、\n" -"スペアカーネルや緊急ブート用の ramdisk イメージを保存するのに利用できます。" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1166,34 +1171,40 @@ msgstr "標準/エキスパートモードの切り替え" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "ハードドライブに Microsoft のパーティションがいくつか検出されました。\n" @@ -1250,8 +1261,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1265,8 +1277,7 @@ msgstr "" "このステップは既存の GNU/Linux パーティションが検出されたときにのみ表示\n" "されます。\n" "\n" -"DrakX は既存の Mageia システムを更新するかそれとも新規にインストー" -"ル\n" +"DrakX は既存の Mageia システムを更新するかそれとも新規にインストール\n" "するかを尋ねます:\n" "\n" " * %s: 基本的には古いシステムを完全に消去してしまいます。\n" @@ -1498,7 +1509,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1593,7 +1604,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1776,7 +1787,7 @@ msgstr "グラフィカルインターフェース" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1788,12 +1799,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "このハードドライブのすべてのデータとパーティションを削除する場合は\n" "「%s」をクリックしてください。\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ko.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ko.po index 9c768e712..b1aa3c2ff 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/ko.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ko.po @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-09-09 09:08+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Jaegeum Cze <baedaron@hanafos.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <beadaron@hanafos.com>\n" +"Language: ko\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -89,7 +90,8 @@ msgstr "aboot를 사용하시겠습니까?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -99,24 +101,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "선택된 하드디스크상의 기존 리눅스 파티션이 위에 열거되어 있습니다.\n" @@ -508,31 +514,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -548,14 +558,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -846,19 +857,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -874,21 +888,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -905,14 +921,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "이제 어느 파티션이 맨드리바 리눅스의 설치용으로 사용되어야 할지를\n" "선택해야 합니다. 이전에 다른 GNU/리눅스를 설치한 적이 있거나, 다른 파티션\n" @@ -965,13 +975,6 @@ msgstr "" " ○ 「Ctrl + d」: 파티션 삭제하기.\n" "\n" " ○ 「Ctrl + m」: 마운트 위치 지정하기.\n" -"\n" -"만약 PPC 컴퓨터에서 설치하고 있는 중이라면, YABOOT 부트로더가 사용할 최소 " -"1MB\n" -"의 HFS 「부트스트랩」파티션을 만들 필요가 있습니다. 만약 그 파티션을 보다 크" -"게\n" -"(가령, 50MB) 만들면, 응급 상황시에 사용할 여분의 커널과 램디스크 이미지를\n" -"저장할 수 있는 유용한 장소가 될 것입니다." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1011,34 +1014,40 @@ msgstr "일반 모드로 전환" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "둘 이상의 MS 윈도우즈 파티션이 디스크상에서 발견되었습니다.\n" @@ -1092,8 +1101,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1284,7 +1294,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1343,7 +1353,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1474,7 +1484,7 @@ msgstr "시작시 바로 X 실행" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1486,12 +1496,14 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "이 하드디스크상의 모든 데이터와 파티션을 삭제하려면, 「확인」을 누르세요.\n" "!!주의하세요!!일단 「확인」을 누르게 되면, MS 윈도우즈 데이털르 포함하여 이 " diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ky.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ky.po index fa200c7f7..6894e3281 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/ky.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ky.po @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ msgstr "Мындай мүмкүнчүлүктү каалайсызбы?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -138,24 +138,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Жогорудагы тизме сиздин катуу дискиңиздеги табылган Linux бөлүмдөрү.\n" @@ -687,31 +687,31 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -727,14 +727,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1031,19 +1031,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1059,21 +1059,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1090,14 +1090,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:526 @@ -1138,34 +1132,34 @@ msgstr "Нормалдык/эксперттик режимдерин алмаш #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Жогорудагы тизме сиздин катуу дискиңиздеги табылган Linux бөлүмдөрү.\n" @@ -1221,8 +1215,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1379,7 +1373,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1438,7 +1432,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1542,7 +1536,7 @@ msgstr "Графикалык интерфейс" #: ../help.pm:861 #, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1551,12 +1545,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:872 diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/lt.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/lt.po index fcf3a74e2..4863a095e 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/lt.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/lt.po @@ -9,11 +9,12 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2000-12-23 13:50+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mykolas Norvaias <Myka@centras.lt>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt@konferencijos.lt>\n" +"Language: lt\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%" -"100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n" +"%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #: ../help.pm:14 #, c-format @@ -83,7 +84,8 @@ msgstr "Ar nori naudoti aboot?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -93,24 +95,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Aukščiau yra sąrašas Linux skirsnių, kuriuos pavyko rasti tavo\n" @@ -460,31 +466,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -500,14 +510,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -555,8 +566,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "* Išvalyti visą diską: jei tu nori sunaikinti visus duomenis ir skirsnius, " "esančius kietajame diske, ir pakeisti juos\n" -" nauja Mageia sistema, gali pasirinkti šį variantą. Būk atsargus su " -"šiuo sprendimu, nes jei sutiksi,\n" +" nauja Mageia sistema, gali pasirinkti šį variantą. Būk atsargus su šiuo " +"sprendimu, nes jei sutiksi,\n" " nebegalėsi apsigalvoti ir sugrįžti.\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -754,19 +765,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -782,21 +796,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -813,14 +829,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Dabar tu turi pasirinkti, kuriuos skirsnius naudoti tavo naujai Mandriva " "Linux \n" @@ -932,34 +942,40 @@ msgstr "Pakeisti į normalų režimą" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Tavo kietajame diske buvo aptiktas vienas ar daugiau Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -1026,8 +1042,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1184,7 +1201,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1243,7 +1260,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1373,7 +1390,7 @@ msgstr "X paleidžiant" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1385,12 +1402,14 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Spausk \"Gerai\", jei nori ištrinti visus duomenis ir skirsnius, esančius\n" "šiame kietajame diske. Būk atsargus, kai paspausi \"Gerai\", tu nebegalėsi\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ltg.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ltg.po index cc48b7bda..9f7c78800 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/ltg.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ltg.po @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ msgstr "Vai vēlaties izmantot aboot?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -98,24 +98,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Augstāk ir uzskaitītas eksistējošās Linux sadaļas, kas ir atrastas uz jūsu\n" @@ -465,31 +465,31 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -505,14 +505,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -758,19 +758,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -786,21 +786,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -817,14 +817,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Pašlaik jums ir jāizvēlas, kurā(s) diska sadaļā(s) instalēt Mageia\n" "operētājsistēmu. Ja sadaļas jau ir izveidotas (agrākas GNU/Linux " @@ -932,34 +926,34 @@ msgstr "Pārslēgt normālajā režīmā" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Uz jūsu cietā diska ir atrasta vairāk nekā viena Microsoft Windows sadaļa.\n" @@ -1016,8 +1010,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1187,7 +1181,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1246,7 +1240,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1371,7 +1365,7 @@ msgstr "X pēc startēšanas" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1383,12 +1377,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Nūspīdit \"%s\", ja gribit izdzēst vysus datus i\n" "sadalis, kurys atsarūn iz ituo cītuo diska. Esit uzmaneigi, piec \"%s\" " diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/lv.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/lv.po index 4b86c7a28..1e45799d9 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/lv.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/lv.po @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-09-27 17:45+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Raivo Saars <spaiks@inbox.lv>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <ll10nt@listes.murds.lv>\n" +"Language: lv\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -90,7 +91,8 @@ msgstr "Vai vēlaties izmantot aboot?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -100,24 +102,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Augstāk ir uzskaitītas eksistējošās Linux sadaļas, kas ir atrastas uz jūsu\n" @@ -464,31 +470,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -504,14 +514,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -557,8 +568,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "* Izdzēst visu disku: ja vēlaties izdzēst visus uz diska esošos datus un " "sadaļas un aizstāt tās ar jaunu\n" -" Mageia sistēmu, varat izvēlēties šo opciju. Esiet uzmanīgi, " -"izvēloties šo risinājumu, jo pēc\n" +" Mageia sistēmu, varat izvēlēties šo opciju. Esiet uzmanīgi, izvēloties šo " +"risinājumu, jo pēc\n" " apstiprināšanas jūs vairs nevarēsit atteikties no šīs izvēles.\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -570,8 +581,7 @@ msgstr "" "vai izmainīt Microsoft\n" " Windows sadaļas izmēru. Sadaļas izmēru var izmainīt bez datu zaudēšanas. " "Šis risinājums ir ieteicams, ja\n" -" jūs savā datorā vēlaties izmantot gan Mageia, gan Microsoft " -"Windows.\n" +" jūs savā datorā vēlaties izmantot gan Mageia, gan Microsoft Windows.\n" "\n" "\n" " Pirms izvēlaties šo risinājumu, ņemiet vērā, ka Microsoft Windows sadaļas " @@ -757,19 +767,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -785,21 +798,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -816,14 +831,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Pašlaik jums ir jāizvēlas, kurā(s) diska sadaļā(s) instalēt Mageia\n" "operētājsistēmu. Ja sadaļas jau ir izveidotas (agrākas GNU/Linux " @@ -931,34 +940,40 @@ msgstr "Pārslēgt normālajā režīmā" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Uz jūsu cietā diska ir atrasta vairāk nekā viena Microsoft Windows sadaļa.\n" @@ -1015,8 +1030,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1186,7 +1202,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1245,7 +1261,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1370,7 +1386,7 @@ msgstr "X pēc startēšanas" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1382,12 +1398,14 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Nospiediet \"Labi\", ja vēlaties izdzēst visus datus un\n" "sadaļas, kas atrodas uz šī cietā diska. Esiet uzmanīgi, pēc \"Labi\" " diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/mk.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/mk.po index cb574e984..0562b01a2 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/mk.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/mk.po @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ msgstr "Дали сакате да ja користите оваа опција?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -148,24 +148,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Горе се наведени постоечките „Linux“ партиции што се откриени на вашиот " @@ -723,31 +723,31 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -763,14 +763,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1097,19 +1097,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1125,21 +1125,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1156,14 +1156,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Во овој момент треба да изберете која партициja или партиции ќе ги користите " "за\n" @@ -1182,7 +1176,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * „%s“: оваа опција ги брише сите партиции на избраниот хард диск\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: оваа опција ви овозможува автоматски да создадете „ext3“ и „swap“\n" +" * „%s“: оваа опција ви овозможува автоматски да создадете „ext4“ и „swap“\n" "партиции во слободниот простор од вашиот хард диск\n" "\n" "„%s“: ви дава пристап до додатни карактеристики: \n" @@ -1233,15 +1227,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "За да добиете информации за различните типови на датотечни системи,\n" "прочитајте го одделот за „ext2FS“ од „Упатство за употреба“.\n" -"\n" -"Ако инсталирате на „PPC“ машина, ќе сакате да создадете мала „HFS " -"bootstrap“\n" -"партиција од барем 1МБ, која ќе се користи од подигнувачот „yaboot“. Ако " -"сакате\n" -"да ја направите партицијата малку поголема, на пример 50МБ, тоа може да " -"биде\n" -"корисно како место за чување резервен кернел и „ramdisk“ слики за итни " -"случаи." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1281,34 +1266,34 @@ msgstr "Префрлање помеѓу нормален/експертски р #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "На вашиот диск е пронајдено повеќе од една „Microsoft“ партиција.\n" @@ -1364,8 +1349,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1647,7 +1632,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1752,7 +1737,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1959,7 +1944,7 @@ msgstr "Графички интерфејс" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1971,12 +1956,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Ако сакате да ги избришете сите податоци и партиции што се наоѓаат\n" "на овој диск, притиснете на „%s“. Внимавајте, откако ќе притиснете\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/mn.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/mn.po index 67e508606..466d01078 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/mn.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/mn.po @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ msgstr "Та энэ чанарыг ашиглахыг хүсэж байна уу #: ../help.pm:57 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -96,24 +96,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "вы вы вы вы вы г вы г бол Нэр г г Нэр бол төрөл г г г Erfitt төрөл бол бол г " @@ -444,31 +444,31 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -484,14 +484,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -655,19 +655,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -683,21 +683,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -714,14 +714,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:526 @@ -762,34 +756,34 @@ msgstr "Ердийн/мэргэжлийн горимын хооронд шилж #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "вы ямх шинэ г бол нэр Цонхнууд нэр г г г нэр бол төрөл г г г Erfitt төрөл " @@ -820,8 +814,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -984,7 +978,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1049,7 +1043,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1168,7 +1162,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:861 #, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1177,12 +1171,12 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "с вы с вы Цонхнууд г с." #: ../help.pm:872 diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ms.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ms.po index c5ffcb7f5..fefe0a429 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/ms.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ms.po @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ msgstr "Anda mahu memadam masukan ini dari buku telefon?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -96,24 +96,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "on on Nama Nama dan\n" @@ -441,31 +441,31 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -481,14 +481,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -662,19 +662,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -690,21 +690,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -721,14 +721,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "on dan on\n" " on\n" @@ -784,34 +778,34 @@ msgstr "normal" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "on dalam Tetingkap dan\n" @@ -841,8 +835,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1002,7 +996,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1067,7 +1061,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1186,7 +1180,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi (X) Antaramuka Grafikal" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "dalam on dan!" @@ -1195,12 +1189,12 @@ msgstr "dalam on dan!" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "on dan on on dan on Tetingkap on dan on." #: ../help.pm:872 diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/mt.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/mt.po index 32cd4759a..bd5e0e9ea 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/mt.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/mt.po @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ msgstr "Trid tuża din il-faċilità?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -133,24 +133,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Hawn issib il-partizzjonijiet ta' Linux li nstabu fuq id-diska. Tista' \n" @@ -672,31 +672,31 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -712,14 +712,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1018,19 +1018,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1046,21 +1046,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1077,14 +1077,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "F'dan il-punt trid tagħżel liema partizzjoni(jiet) se jintużaw għall-\n" "installazzjoni tas-sistema Mageia. Jekk diġà ġew definiti xi\n" @@ -1103,7 +1097,7 @@ msgstr "" "mill-ħard disk magħżula.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": din l-għażla awtomatikament toħloqlok partizzjonijiet\n" -"ext3 u swap fl-ispazju vojt tad-diska.\n" +"ext4 u swap fl-ispazju vojt tad-diska.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\" jagħtik aċċess għal iżjed faċilitajiet:\n" "\n" @@ -1154,11 +1148,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Biex tikseb iżjed informazzjoni dwar il-filesystems differenti disponibbli,\n" "jekk jogħġbok aqra l-kapitlu ext2fs fil-Manwal ta' Referenza.\n" -"\n" -"Jekk qed tinstalla fuq kompjuter PPC, tkun trid toħloq partizzjoni żgħira\n" -"HFS \"bootstrap\", ta' l-inqas 1MB, li tintuża mill-bootloader yaboot. Jekk\n" -"tiddeċiedi li tagħmlu ftit ikbar, ngħidu aħna 50MB, tista' ssibu post utli\n" -"fejn tqiegħed kernel u ramdisk \"spare\" għal emerġenzi." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1198,34 +1187,34 @@ msgstr "Aqleb bejn modalità normali u esperta" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Instabu iżjed minn partizzjoni waħda tal-Microsoft fuq il-ħard disk. Jekk \n" @@ -1285,8 +1274,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1557,7 +1546,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1654,7 +1643,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1845,7 +1834,7 @@ msgstr "Interfaċċja grafika" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1857,12 +1846,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Klikkja fuq \"%s\" jekk trid tħassar l-informazzjoni u partizzjonijiet \n" "kollha li hemm fuq dan il-ħard disk. Oqgħod attent, wara li tagħfas \"%s\"\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/nb.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/nb.po index 5440b7dd7..276edfa73 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/nb.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/nb.po @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-21 23:11+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Per Øyvind Karlsen <pkarlsen@mandriva.com>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <cooker-i18n@mandrivalinux.com>\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -146,7 +147,8 @@ msgstr "Ønsker du å bruke denne finessen?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -156,24 +158,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Her er de eksisterende Linux-partisjonene som ble oppdaget på din harddisk.\n" @@ -284,8 +290,7 @@ msgid "" "megabytes." msgstr "" "Det er nå på tide å spesifisere hvilke programmer du ønsker å installere på\n" -"systemet ditt. Det er tusenvis av pakker tilgjengelig for Mageia, " -"for\n" +"systemet ditt. Det er tusenvis av pakker tilgjengelig for Mageia, for\n" "å gjøre det enklere å håndtere pakkene så har de blitt plassert i grupper " "med\n" "lignende applikasjoner.\n" @@ -411,8 +416,7 @@ msgstr "" "distribusjonen\n" "ble sluppet,\n" "så kan det være at sikkerhetshull ble oppdaget etter at denne versjonen\n" -"av Mageia ble sluppet. Hvis du ikke vet hva en type tjener gjør, " -"eller\n" +"av Mageia ble sluppet. Hvis du ikke vet hva en type tjener gjør, eller\n" "hvorfor den blir installert, klikk «%s».\n" "«%s» vil installere de listede tjenerene og de vil bli\n" "startet automatisk som standard under oppstart. !!\n" @@ -665,8 +669,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " Her kan du velge om du vil at maskinen automatisk skal starte det " "grafiske\n" -"grensesnittet når maskinen starter. Du vil selvsagt ønske å sjekke av for \"%" -"s\"\n" +"grensesnittet når maskinen starter. Du vil selvsagt ønske å sjekke av for " +"\"%s\"\n" "dersom maskinen skal fungere som en tjener, eller om du ikke fikk satt opp\n" "det grafiske grensesnittet riktig." @@ -735,31 +739,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -775,14 +783,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -795,8 +804,7 @@ msgid "" "experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n" "refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''." msgstr "" -"Du må nå avgjøre hvor du ønsker å installere Mageia-" -"operativsystemet\n" +"Du må nå avgjøre hvor du ønsker å installere Mageia-operativsystemet\n" "på din harddisk. Hvis din harddisk er tom, eller et eksisterende\n" "operativsystem benytter all plassen som er tilgjengelig, vil du bli nødt til " "å\n" @@ -847,8 +855,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"%s\": hvis du ønsker å slette alle partisjoner og data, og erstatte dem " "med ditt\n" -"nye Mageia-system, så velg dette valget. Vær forsiktig, du vil ikke " -"kunne gjøre\n" +"nye Mageia-system, så velg dette valget. Vær forsiktig, du vil ikke kunne " +"gjøre\n" "om dette etter at du har bekreftet valget.\n" "\n" " !! Hvis du velger dette valget, vil alle data på harddisken bli " @@ -939,8 +947,8 @@ msgstr "" " * «%s»: Dette er en delvis automatisert installasjon. Partisjonering er\n" "den eneste interaktive prosedyren.\n" "\n" -" * «%s»: Dette er en fullstendig automatisert installasjon: harddisken vil " -"bli\n" +" * «%s»: Dette er en fullstendig automatisert installasjon: harddisken " +"vil bli\n" "helt overskrevet, og alle data vil bli overskrevet.\n" "\n" " Denne funksjonen er nyttig når du skal installere et antall identiske " @@ -1097,19 +1105,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1125,21 +1136,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1156,14 +1169,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "På dette punktet må du velge hvilke partisjon(er) som skal brukes til å\n" "installere ditt nye Mageia-system på. Hvis partisjoner allerede har\n" @@ -1181,7 +1188,7 @@ msgstr "" " * \"%s\": dette valget sletter alle partisjoner tilgjengelig på den valgte " "harddisken.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": dette valget lar deg automatisk opprette ext3 og\n" +" * \"%s\": dette valget lar deg automatisk opprette ext4 og\n" "swappartisjoner på din harddisk's ledige plass.\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gir deg tilgang til ekstra finesser:\n" @@ -1238,12 +1245,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "For å få informasjon om de forskjellige filsystemene som er tilgjengelige,\n" "vennlist les ext2FS-kapittelet fra ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"Hvis du installerer på en PPC-maskin, så vil du nok lage en liten\n" -"HFS-'bootstrap-partisjon' på minst en megabyte for bruk av\n" -"yaboot-oppstartslasteren. Hvis du ønsker å lage partisjonen litt større,\n" -"la oss si 50 MB, så kan du lagre en ekstra kjerne og ramdiskbilde for " -"nødsituasjoner." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1283,34 +1284,40 @@ msgstr "Skift mellom normal-/ekspert-modus" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Mer enn en Microsoft Windows-partisjon har blitt oppdaget på harddisken " @@ -1369,8 +1376,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1645,7 +1653,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1708,7 +1716,8 @@ msgstr "" "direkte tilkobling til din printer og du vil ha muligheten til å flykte fra\n" "printerkræsj, og du ikke har nettverksskrivere. («%s» vil bare håndtere\n" "veldig enkle nettverkstilfeller og er nogenlunde treg for nettverk.) Det er\n" -"anbefalt at du bruker «pdq» hvis dette er din første erfaring med GNU/Linux.\n" +"anbefalt at du bruker «pdq» hvis dette er din første erfaring med GNU/" +"Linux.\n" "\n" " * «%s» står for ``Common Unix Printing System'', er perfekt til å skrive " "til\n" @@ -1724,8 +1733,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Hvis du gjør et valg nå, og så senere finner ut at du ikke liker ditt " "utskriftssystem,\n" -"så kan du endre det ved å kjøre PrinterDrake fra Mageia " -"Kontrollsenter og\n" +"så kan du endre det ved å kjøre PrinterDrake fra Mageia Kontrollsenter og\n" "klikke på «%s»-knappen. " #: ../help.pm:768 @@ -1751,7 +1759,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1869,8 +1877,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * «%s»: sjekk ditt gjeldende valg av land. Hvis du ikke er i dette landet,\n" "klikk på «%s»-knappen og velg et annet land. Hvis landet ditt ikke er i\n" -"den først viste listen, klikk «%s»-knappen for å få en fullstendig liste over " -"land.\n" +"den først viste listen, klikk «%s»-knappen for å få en fullstendig liste " +"over land.\n" "\n" " ' «%s»\": som standard bestemmer DrakX din tidssone ut i fra hvilket land " "du\n" @@ -1890,12 +1898,14 @@ msgstr "" "er\n" "installert i din maskin, kan du klikke på knappen og velge en annen driver.\n" "\n" -" * «%s»: hvis du har ett TV-kort, dette er der informasjonen om oppsettet til " -"det\n" -"vil blir vist. Hvis du har et TV-kort og det ikke er oppdaget, klikk på «%s»\n" +" * «%s»: hvis du har ett TV-kort, dette er der informasjonen om oppsettet " +"til det\n" +"vil blir vist. Hvis du har et TV-kort og det ikke er oppdaget, klikk på " +"«%s»\n" "for å forsøke å sette det opp manuelt\n" "\n" -" * «%s»: Du kan klikke på «%s» for å forandre parameterene til kortet hvis du\n" +" * «%s»: Du kan klikke på «%s» for å forandre parameterene til kortet hvis " +"du\n" "syntes at oppsettet er feil.\n" "\n" " * «%s»: Vanligvis setter DrakX opp ditt grafiske grensesnitt i\n" @@ -1925,8 +1935,7 @@ msgstr "" "denne\n" "knappen. Dette er kun for avanserte brukere. Sjekk den utskrevne " "dokumentasjonen\n" -"eller innebygd hjelp om oppstartslaster-oppsettet i Mageia " -"Kontrollsenter.\n" +"eller innebygd hjelp om oppstartslaster-oppsettet i Mageia Kontrollsenter.\n" "\n" " * «%s»: igjennom dette valget kan du finjustere hvilke tjenester som skal " "kjøre på din\n" @@ -1952,25 +1961,26 @@ msgstr "Grafisk grensesnitt" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" "Velg den harddisken du ønsker å slette for å installere din nye\n" -"Mageia-partisjon. Vær forsiktig, alle data på denne partisjonen vil " -"gå tapt\n" +"Mageia-partisjon. Vær forsiktig, alle data på denne partisjonen vil gå tapt\n" "og vil ikke kunne gjenopprettes!" #: ../help.pm:866 #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Klikk på \"%s\" hvis du ønsker å slette alle data og partisjoner på denne\n" "harddisken. Vær forsiktig, etter at du har klikket på \"%s\" vil du ikke\n" @@ -2069,8 +2079,8 @@ msgstr "<- Forrige" #~ "så er det viktig å gjøre det vanskelig å bli «root».\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Passordet bør være en blanding av alfanummeriske tegn og være på minst 8\n" -#~ "tegn. Aldri skriv ned «roo»\"-passordet -- det gjør det for enkelt å bryte " -#~ "seg\n" +#~ "tegn. Aldri skriv ned «roo»\"-passordet -- det gjør det for enkelt å " +#~ "bryte seg\n" #~ "inn på systemet ditt. \n" #~ "\n" #~ "Uansett -- du bør ikke lage passordet for langt og komplisert siden du " diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/nl.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/nl.po index de79c51c8..aa8706c00 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/nl.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/nl.po @@ -1,28 +1,31 @@ # translation of DrakX-nl.po to Nederlands # Dutch translation of DrakX. -# Copyright (C) 2000, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Copyright (c) 2000 Mandriva +# Copyright (c) 2011 Mageia # Niels Gras <niels.gras@wanadoo.nl>, 2000. # Jeroen ten Berge <j.ten.berge@twinbit.nl>, 2002. # Reinout van Schouwen <reinout@cs.vu.nl>, 2002-2005. # Peter Bosch <peter.bosch@hccnet.nl>, 2002. # Rob Teng <mandrake.tips@free.fr>, 2005. +# Remco Rijnders <remco@webconquest.com>, 2011. +# Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>, 2015. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: DrakX-nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-12 12:22+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-20 00:24+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Reinout van Schouwen <reinout@cs.vu.nl>\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch <vertaling@vrijschrift.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-11 16:05+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch <i18n-nl@ml.mageia.org>\n" +"Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #: ../help.pm:14 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" "covers the entire Mageia distribution. If you agree with all the\n" @@ -40,8 +43,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n" "own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n" -"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be " -"authorized\n" +"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be authorized\n" "to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n" "protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n" "impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n" @@ -75,8 +77,7 @@ msgid "" "security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n" "\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box." msgstr "" -"GNU/Linux is een multi-gebruikerssysteem, dit betekent dat iedere " -"gebruiker \n" +"GNU/Linux is een multi-gebruikerssysteem, dit betekent dat iedere gebruiker \n" "haar eigen voorkeuren, bestanden enzovoort kan hebben. U kunt de \n" "''Beginnershandleiding'' lezen om hierover meer te weten te komen. Maar \n" "in tegenstelling tot \"root\", de beheerder, zullen de gebruikers die\n" @@ -99,7 +100,7 @@ msgstr "" "Desgewenst kunt u de voorgestelde gebruikersnaam veranderen.\n" "De volgende stap is het invoeren van een wachtwoord. Het \n" "wachtwoord van een (gewone) gebruiker zonder privileges is niet zo \n" -"cruciaal als dat van de \"root\"-gebruiker vanuit veiligheidsperspectief, \n" +"cruciaal als dat van de \"root\"-gebruiker vanuit beveiligingsperspectief, \n" "maar dat is geen reden om het te verwaarlozen door het leeg te laten of het\n" "te eenvoudig te maken: tenslotte staan uw bestanden op het spel.\n" "\n" @@ -121,12 +122,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format msgid "User name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gebruikersnaam" #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format msgid "Accept user" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Accepteer gebruiker" #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format @@ -136,7 +137,7 @@ msgstr "Wilt u van deze mogelijkheid gebruik maken?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -146,24 +147,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Hier zijn de bestaande Linuxpartities afgebeeld die op uw harde\n" @@ -199,7 +200,7 @@ msgstr "" "een \"b\" \"het op één na laagste SCSI ID\", etc." #: ../help.pm:88 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "The Mageia installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n" "selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n" @@ -210,13 +211,12 @@ msgstr "" "De Mageia-installatie is verdeeld over meerdere CD-ROMs. Als een \n" "geselecteerd pakket te vinden is op een andere CD-ROM, zal het \n" "installatieprogramma de huidige CD uitwerpen en u vragen om de\n" -"correcte CD in te leggen. Mocht u de betreffende CD niet bij de hand " -"hebben,\n" +"correcte CD in te leggen. Mocht u de betreffende CD niet bij de hand hebben,\n" "klik dan gewoon op \"%s\", de corresponderende pakketten zullen dan niet\n" "worden geïnstalleerd." #: ../help.pm:95 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n" "There are thousands of packages available for Mageia, and to make it\n" @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ msgid "" "megabytes." msgstr "" "Het is nu tijd om te bepalen welke programma's u op uw systeem\n" -"wenst te installeren. Er zijn duizenden pakketten beschikbaar voor Mandriva\n" +"wenst te installeren. Er zijn duizenden pakketten beschikbaar voor Mageia\n" "Linux, en om het overzichtelijker te maken zijn de pakketten in groepen\n" "van vergelijkbare toepassingen geplaatst.\n" "\n" @@ -307,8 +307,7 @@ msgstr "" "omgeving kunt aangeven. Tenminste één moet geselecteerd zijn als u een\n" "grafische werkomgeving wilt hebben.\n" "\n" -"Bij het bewegen van de muispijl boven een groepnaam zal er een korte " -"verklarende tekst over die groep getoond worden. \n" +"Bij het bewegen van de muispijl boven een groepnaam zal er een korte verklarende tekst over die groep getoond worden. \n" "\n" "U kunt het \"%s\"-vakje aankruisen, wat nuttig is wanneer u bekend bent \n" "met de aangeboden pakketten of wanneer u volledige controle wilt hebben \n" @@ -323,8 +322,7 @@ msgstr "" "installatie (in tegenstelling tot opwaarderen), dan zal een dialoogvenster\n" "verschijnen met verscheidene opties voor een minimale installatie:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": installeert zo min mogelijk pakketten met behoud van een werkende " -"grafische werkomgeving.\n" +" * \"%s\": installeert zo min mogelijk pakketten met behoud van een werkende grafische werkomgeving.\n" " \n" " * \"%s\" installeert het basissysteem plus algemene hulpprogramma's\n" "en bijbehorende documentatie. Deze installatie is geschikt om een\n" @@ -335,7 +333,8 @@ msgstr "" "zult u slechts een opdrachtregelinterface hebben.\n" "Deze installatie is in totaal ongeveer 65 megabyte groot." -#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591 +#: ../help.pm:149 +#: ../help.pm:591 #, c-format msgid "Upgrade" msgstr "Opwaardering" @@ -351,7 +350,7 @@ msgid "Truly minimal install" msgstr "Zeer minimale installatie" #: ../help.pm:152 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n" "a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n" @@ -368,8 +367,7 @@ msgid "" "services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n" "the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n" "security holes were discovered after this version of Mageia was\n" -"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do " -"or\n" +"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do or\n" "why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n" "the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n" "\n" @@ -445,16 +443,14 @@ msgid "" "it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" "\n" "!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" -"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not " -"need.\n" +"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not need.\n" "Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n" "server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!" msgstr "" "In dit dialoogvenster kunt u kiezen welke diensten u wenst te starten\n" "tijdens de opstartfase van uw computer.\n" "\n" -"Het installatieprogramma toont alle diensten die beschikbaar zijn in de " -"huidige\n" +"Het installatieprogramma toont alle diensten die beschikbaar zijn in de huidige\n" "installatie. Kijk ze aandachtig na en de-selecteer degenen die niet \n" "nodig zijn bij het opstarten.\n" "\n" @@ -503,7 +499,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:213 #, c-format msgid "Hardware clock set to GMT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hardware klok staat op GMT" #: ../help.pm:213 #, c-format @@ -535,7 +531,7 @@ msgstr "" "die het best bij uw omstandigheden past." #: ../help.pm:234 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" "on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" @@ -594,12 +590,10 @@ msgid "" "not successful in getting the display configured." msgstr "" "X (voor X Window System) is het hart van de grafische interface van GNU/\n" -"Linux waarvan alle grafische omgevingen (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, " -"WindowMaker,\n" +"Linux waarvan alle grafische omgevingen (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker,\n" "etc.) die bij Mageia worden geleverd, afhankelijk zijn.\n" "\n" -"U krijgt een lijst te zien van verschillende parameters die u kunt " -"aanpassen\n" +"U krijgt een lijst te zien van verschillende parameters die u kunt aanpassen\n" "om een optimale grafische weergave te verkrijgen:\n" "Grafische kaart\n" "\n" @@ -640,8 +634,7 @@ msgstr "" "antwoordt, dan gaat de installatie door naar de volgende stap. Als u het \n" "bericht niet kunt zien, dan betekent dat dat een gedeelte van de gevonden\n" "configuratie niet klopt en zal de test automatisch na 12 seconden eindigen,\n" -"waarmee u terugkomt in het menu. Pas de instellingen aan totdat u een " -"correcte grafische weergave krijgt.\n" +"waarmee u terugkomt in het menu. Pas de instellingen aan totdat u een correcte grafische weergave krijgt.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -713,34 +706,34 @@ msgstr "" "als u er niet in slaagde het beeld te configureren." #: ../help.pm:319 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -756,14 +749,13 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" -"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " -"operation\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -805,8 +797,7 @@ msgstr "" "als u deze behoudt.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": indien Microsoft Windows\n" -"op uw harde schijf is geïnstalleerd en alle beschikbare ruimte in beslag " -"neemt,\n" +"op uw harde schijf is geïnstalleerd en alle beschikbare ruimte in beslag neemt,\n" "dient u vrije ruimte te creëren voor GNU/Linux. Om dat te doen, kunt u\n" "uw Microsoft Windows-partitie en -gegevens wissen (zie het punt\n" "``Gehele schijf wissen'') of uw Microsoft Windows FAT- of NTFS-partitie\n" @@ -827,16 +818,14 @@ msgstr "" "systeem, kiest u deze optie. Weest u voorzichtig met deze oplossing omdat u\n" "na bevestiging deze keuze niet meer ongedaan kunt maken.\n" "\n" -" !! Als u deze optie kiest, zullen alle gegevens op uw schijf verloren " -"gaan. !!\n" +" !! Als u deze optie kiest, zullen alle gegevens op uw schijf verloren gaan. !!\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": Deze optie verschijnt wanneer de harde schijf volledig in \n" "beslag genomen is door Microsoft Windows. Het kiezen van deze optie wist\n" "simpelweg alles op de schijf en begint van voren af aan met\n" "partitioneren.\n" "\n" -" !! Als u deze optie kiest, zullen alle gegevens op uw schijf verloren " -"gaan. !!\n" +" !! Als u deze optie kiest, zullen alle gegevens op uw schijf verloren gaan. !!\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": kies deze optie indien u handmatig\n" "uw harde schijf wenst te partitioneren. Weest u voorzichtig - het is een\n" @@ -854,7 +843,7 @@ msgstr "Een bestaande partitie gebruiken" #: ../help.pm:370 #, c-format msgid "Use the free space on the Microsoft Windows® partition" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gebruik de vrije ruimte op de Microsoft Windows® partitie" #: ../help.pm:370 #, c-format @@ -943,20 +932,20 @@ msgstr "Auto-installatiediskette aanmaken" #: ../help.pm:405 #, c-format msgid "Replay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Herhaling" #: ../help.pm:405 #, c-format msgid "Automated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geautomatiseerd" #: ../help.pm:405 #, c-format msgid "Save packages selection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bewaar pakketselectie" #: ../help.pm:408 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n" "reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n" @@ -964,8 +953,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" "partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" -"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to " -"reformat\n" +"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to reformat\n" "partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n" "\n" "Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n" @@ -1004,7 +992,7 @@ msgstr "" "onleesbare blokken gecontroleerd moeten worden." #: ../help.pm:437 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "By the time you install Mageia, it's likely that some packages will\n" "have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n" @@ -1034,7 +1022,7 @@ msgstr "" "op \"%s\" om af te breken." #: ../help.pm:450 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n" "for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" @@ -1070,24 +1058,24 @@ msgid "Security Administrator" msgstr "Beveiligingsbeheerder" #: ../help.pm:464 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1103,21 +1091,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1134,14 +1122,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Op dit punt dient u te kiezen welke partitie(s) gebruikt zullen worden voor\n" "de installatie van uw Mageia systeem. Indien er reeds partities\n" @@ -1149,10 +1131,8 @@ msgstr "" "ander partitioneringsprogramma, kunt u bestaande partities gebruiken.\n" "In andere gevallen moeten er harde schijf-partities gedefinieerd worden.\n" "\n" -"Om partities te creëren, dient u eerst een harde schijf te kiezen. U kunt " -"de\n" -"te partitioneren schijf selecteren door op \"hda\" te klikken voor de " -"eerste\n" +"Om partities te creëren, dient u eerst een harde schijf te kiezen. U kunt de\n" +"te partitioneren schijf selecteren door op \"hda\" te klikken voor de eerste\n" "IDE-schijf, \"hdb\" voor de tweede, \"sda\" voor de eerste SCSI-schijf\n" "enzovoort.\n" "\n" @@ -1162,14 +1142,13 @@ msgstr "" " * \"%s\": deze optie verwijdert alle partities op de\n" "geselecteerde harde schijf.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": deze optie creëert automatisch ext3- en swap-\n" +" * \"%s\": deze optie creëert automatisch ext4- en swap-\n" "partities in de vrije ruimte op uw harde schijf.\n" "\n" " \"%s\": geeft toegang tot extra opties:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": slaat de partitietabel op op een diskette. Nuttig om\n" -"later zonodig de partitietabel te herstellen. Het is sterk aanbevolen deze " -"stap uit\n" +"later zonodig de partitietabel te herstellen. Het is sterk aanbevolen deze stap uit\n" "te voeren.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": deze optie stelt u in staat om een eerder opgeslagen\n" @@ -1187,8 +1166,7 @@ msgstr "" "CD-ROMs te koppelen en te ontkoppelen.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": gebruik deze optie indien u een wizard wenst te gebruiken om\n" -"uw harde schijf mee te partitioneren. Dit is aanbevolen als u geen brede " -"kennis\n" +"uw harde schijf mee te partitioneren. Dit is aanbevolen als u geen brede kennis\n" "heeft over partitioneren.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": gebruik deze optie om uw wijzigingen te annuleren.\n" @@ -1196,52 +1174,40 @@ msgstr "" " * \"%s\" laat extra handelingen toe op\n" "partities (type, opties, formaat) en geeft meer informatie over de schijf.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": wanneer u klaar bent met het partitioneren van uw harde schijf, " -"zal dit\n" +" * \"%s\": wanneer u klaar bent met het partitioneren van uw harde schijf, zal dit\n" "de wijzigingen wegschrijven naar schijf.\n" "\n" "Bij het definiëren van de partitiegrootte kunt u de grootte fijnafregelen\n" "met de pijltjestoetsen op uw toetsenbord.\n" "\n" -"Merk op: u kunt iedere optie met behulp van het toetsenbord bereiken. " -"Navigeer door\n" +"Merk op: u kunt iedere optie met behulp van het toetsenbord bereiken. Navigeer door\n" "de partities met behulp van [Tab] en [Omhoog/Omlaag] pijlen.\n" "\n" -"Wanneer een partitie is geselecteerd, kunt u deze toetscombinaties " -"gebruiken:\n" +"Wanneer een partitie is geselecteerd, kunt u deze toetscombinaties gebruiken:\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl+c om een nieuwe partitie te creëren (als een lege ruimte is " -"geselecteerd)\n" +" * Ctrl+c om een nieuwe partitie te creëren (als een lege ruimte is geselecteerd)\n" "\n" " * Ctrl+d om een partitie te verwijderen\n" "\n" " * Ctrl+m om het koppelpunt in te stellen\n" "\n" -"Voor meer informatie over de verschillende types bestandssystemen die er " -"zijn,\n" +"Voor meer informatie over de verschillende types bestandssystemen die er zijn,\n" "leest u het hoofdstuk 'ext2FS' van de ``Referentiehandleiding''.\n" -"\n" -"In het geval dat u op een PPC computer aan het installeren bent, zult u een " -"kleine\n" -"HFS \"bootstrap\"-partitie van tenminste 1MB willen creëren voor gebruik\n" -"door de yaboot-opstartlader. Indien u liever de partitie wat groter maakt,\n" -"zeg 50MB, dan vindt u het misschien een nuttige plek om een reserve kernel-\n" -"en ramdisk beeldbestand in op te slaan voor opstart-noodgevallen." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Save partition table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bewaar partitioneringstabel" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Restore partition table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Herstel partitioneringstabel" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Rescue partition table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Red partitioneringstabel" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1251,12 +1217,12 @@ msgstr "Automatische koppeling van verwisselbare media" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Wizard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wizard" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Undo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Herstel" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1264,36 +1230,36 @@ msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode" msgstr "Normale/expert-modus" #: ../help.pm:536 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Er is meer dan één Microsoft-partitie op uw harde schijf gevonden.\n" @@ -1320,8 +1286,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"d\" betekent \"slave harde schijf op de secundaire IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"Bij SCSI harde schijven betekent een \"a\" \"laagste SCSI ID\", een \"b\" " -"\"op één na laagste SCSI ID\", enzovoort.\n" +"Bij SCSI harde schijven betekent een \"a\" \"laagste SCSI ID\", een \"b\" \"op één na laagste SCSI ID\", enzovoort.\n" "\n" "\"Windows naam\" is de letter van uw harde schijf onder Windows (de\n" "eerste schijf of partitie wordt \"C:\" genoemd)." @@ -1330,17 +1295,15 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n" -"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in " -"the\n" +"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in the\n" "list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list." msgstr "" "\"%s\": de huidige landselectie nagaan. Indien u zich niet in dit land\n" -"bevindt, klik dan op de \"%s\"-knop en kies een ander land. Als uw land niet " -"in de getoonde lijst staat, klik dan op de \"%s\"-knop om de complete\n" +"bevindt, klik dan op de \"%s\"-knop en kies een ander land. Als uw land niet in de getoonde lijst staat, klik dan op de \"%s\"-knop om de complete\n" "landenlijst op te vragen." #: ../help.pm:572 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n" "found on your machine.\n" @@ -1351,8 +1314,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1385,8 +1348,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Het gebruik van de ``Opwaardering''-optie zou prima moeten werken op\n" "Mageia versie \"8.1\" of recenter. Het uitvoeren van een\n" -"opwaardering op versies eerder dan Mageia versie \"8.1\" is " -"afgeraden." +"opwaardering op versies eerder dan Mageia versie \"8.1\" is afgeraden." # Extra stukje toegevoegd over Nederlandse layout #: ../help.pm:594 @@ -1410,16 +1372,12 @@ msgid "" "keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts." msgstr "" "Afhankelijk van de taal die u heeft gekozen, selecteert DrakX automatisch\n" -"een bepaalde toetsenbordindeling. Ga na of de geselecteerde indeling u " -"bevalt, en zoniet kies dan een andere toetsenbordindeling.\n" +"een bepaalde toetsenbordindeling. Ga na of de geselecteerde indeling u bevalt, en zoniet kies dan een andere toetsenbordindeling.\n" "\n" "Merk op dat de getoonde lijst toetsenbordindelingen bevat, en geen talen.\n" -"Wanneer u in Nederland woont, heeft u waarschijnlijk een toetsenbord van " -"het\n" -"type \"VS (internationaal)\". Toetsenborden met een \"Nederlandse\" " -"indeling\n" -"komen niet veel voor. Het kan ook zijn dat u een Nederlands sprekende " -"inwoner\n" +"Wanneer u in Nederland woont, heeft u waarschijnlijk een toetsenbord van het\n" +"type \"VS (internationaal)\". Toetsenborden met een \"Nederlandse\" indeling\n" +"komen niet veel voor. Het kan ook zijn dat u een Nederlands sprekende inwoner\n" "van België bent en gebruik maakt van een toetsenbord met Franse indeling.\n" "Deze installatiestap zorgt ervoor dat u in alle gevallen de juiste\n" "toetsenbordindeling kunt kiezen.\n" @@ -1432,7 +1390,7 @@ msgstr "" "te kiezen die zal schakelen tussen de Latijn- en niet-Latijnse indelingen." #: ../help.pm:612 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n" "\n" @@ -1527,7 +1485,7 @@ msgstr "Spaans" #: ../help.pm:643 #, c-format msgid "Use Unicode by default" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gebruik standaard Unicode" #: ../help.pm:646 #, c-format @@ -1631,10 +1589,9 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" -"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " -"you\n" +"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if you\n" "know what you're doing." msgstr "" "Een opstartlader is een klein programmaatje dat door de computer gestart\n" @@ -1643,21 +1600,17 @@ msgstr "" "opstartlader volkomen automatisch. Het installatieprogramma analyseert de\n" "bootsector van de schijf handelt naar bevind van zaken:\n" "\n" -" * als een Windows-bootsector is gevonden, dan zal het deze vervangen door " -"een GRUB/LILO bootsector. Op deze manier zult u de mogelijkheid hebben om " -"ofwel GNU/Linux te starten, ofwel een ander besturingssysteem.\n" +" * als een Windows-bootsector is gevonden, dan zal het deze vervangen door een GRUB/LILO bootsector. Op deze manier zult u de mogelijkheid hebben om ofwel GNU/Linux te starten, ofwel een ander besturingssysteem.\n" "\n" -" * als een GRUB- of LILO-bootsector is gevonden, dan zal het deze vervangen " -"door een nieuwe.\n" +" * als een GRUB- of LILO-bootsector is gevonden, dan zal het deze vervangen door een nieuwe.\n" "\n" -"Wanneer het installatieprogramma niet kan bepalen waar de bootsector " -"geplaatst moet worden dan zal DrakX u vragen waar de\n" +"Wanneer het installatieprogramma niet kan bepalen waar de bootsector geplaatst moet worden dan zal DrakX u vragen waar de\n" "opstartlader terecht moet komen. In het algemeen is \"%s\" de\n" "veiligste locatie. Met de keuze \"%s\" wordt er in het geheel geen \n" "opstartlader geïnstalleerd. Gebruik dit alleen als u weet wat u doet." #: ../help.pm:745 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n" "operating systems may offer you one, but Mageia offers two. Each of\n" @@ -1704,15 +1657,13 @@ msgstr "" "afdruksysteem, zodat het overweg kan met oudere besturingssystemen\n" "die wellicht afdrukdiensten vereisen. Alhoewel het behoorlijk krachtig is,\n" "is de basisinstallatie bijna net zo eenvoudig als \"pdq\". In het geval dat\n" -"u een \"lpd\"-server-emulatie nodig heeft, dient u de \"cups-lpd\"-" -"voorziening\n" +"u een \"lpd\"-server-emulatie nodig heeft, dient u de \"cups-lpd\"-voorziening\n" "in te schakelen. \"%s\" biedt grafische schillen voor het afdrukken en\n" "het beheren van de printer.\n" "\n" "Wanneer u nu een keuze maakt en er later achter komt dat uw afdruksysteem\n" "u niet bevalt dan kunt u het veranderen door PrinterDrake uit te voeren\n" -"vanuit het Mageia Configuratiecentrum en op de \"%s\"-knop te " -"klikken." +"vanuit het Mageia Configuratiecentrum en op de \"%s\"-knop te klikken." #: ../help.pm:768 #, c-format @@ -1722,7 +1673,7 @@ msgstr "pdq" #: ../help.pm:724 #, c-format msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CUPS" #: ../help.pm:724 #, c-format @@ -1737,7 +1688,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1781,7 +1732,7 @@ msgstr "" "knop klikken en een ander stuurprogramma kiezen." #: ../help.pm:794 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n" "about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n" @@ -1862,14 +1813,7 @@ msgstr "" "van het land dat u gekozen heeft. U kunt op de \"%s\" knop\n" "drukken als dit incorrect is.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": de huidige muisconfiguratie nagaan. Zonodig kunt u op de knop " -"klikken om hem aan te passen.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": klikken op de \"%s\"-knop zal de\n" -"printerconfiguratie-wizard openen. Raadpleeg het corresponderende\n" -"hoofdstuk van de ``Beginnershandleiding'' voor meer informatie over\n" -"hoe u een nieuwe printer instelt. De in onze handleiding getoonde interface\n" -"lijkt op degene die tijdens de installatie gebruikt wordt.\n" +" * \"%s\": de huidige muisconfiguratie nagaan. Zonodig kunt u op de knop klikken om hem aan te passen.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": indien een geluidskaart gevonden is op uw systeem,\n" "wordt dat hier weergegeven. In het geval dat de aangegeven geluidskaart\n" @@ -1915,9 +1859,9 @@ msgstr "" "gaat inzetten dan is het een goed idee om deze instellingen na te lopen." #: ../help.pm:809 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "TV card" -msgstr "Interne ISDN kaart" +msgstr "TV-kaart" #: ../help.pm:809 #, c-format @@ -1930,9 +1874,9 @@ msgid "Graphical Interface" msgstr "Grafische interface" #: ../help.pm:861 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1944,18 +1888,17 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Klik op \"%s\" wanneer u alle gegevens en partities die zich \n" "op deze harde schijf bevinden, wilt wissen. Wees voorzichtig, want na het\n" "klikken op \"%s\" zult u niet in staat zijn om enige op de schijf\n" -"aanwezige gegevens of partities terug te halen, met inbegrip van alle " -"Windows-gegevens.\n" +"aanwezige gegevens of partities terug te halen, met inbegrip van alle Windows-gegevens.\n" "\n" "Klik op \"%s\" om deze operatie te stoppen zonder daarbij \n" "gegevens of partities op de schijf te verliezen." @@ -1986,7 +1929,6 @@ msgstr "<- Vorige" #~ "printer.\n" #~ "De in onze handleiding getoonde interface lijkt sterk op degene gebruikt\n" #~ "tijdens de installatie." - #~ msgid "" #~ "This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/" #~ "Linux\n" @@ -2078,6 +2020,6 @@ msgstr "<- Vorige" #~ "Mocht u het lastig vinden wachtwoorden te onthouden, als uw computer\n" #~ "nooit verbonden zal zijn met het internet of als u absoluut iedereen\n" #~ "vertrouwt die toegang heeft tot uw computer, kunt u kiezen voor \"%s\"." - #~ msgid "authentication" #~ msgstr "aanmeldingscontrole" + diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/nn.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/nn.po index e4e5ac362..69519da74 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/nn.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/nn.po @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ msgstr "Ønskjer du å bruka denne funksjonen?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -150,24 +150,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Her er ei oversikt over Linux-partisjonar på harddisken. Du bør vanlegvis\n" @@ -681,31 +681,31 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -721,14 +721,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1025,19 +1025,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1053,21 +1053,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1084,14 +1084,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "No må du velja kva partisjonar du vil installera Mageia på. Om du " "allereie har ferdige partisjonar, frå tidlegare installasjonar av GNU/Linux " @@ -1106,7 +1100,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " – «%s»: Slettar alle partisjonar på harddisken.\n" "\n" -" – «%s»: Lagar automatisk ext3- og vekslepartisjonar på den ledige " +" – «%s»: Lagar automatisk ext4- og vekslepartisjonar på den ledige " "harddiskplassen.\n" "\n" "«%s»: Gjev tilgang til fleire funksjonar:\n" @@ -1153,11 +1147,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Du kan lesa meir om forskjellige filsystem i kapittelet «ext2FS» i " "referansehandboka.\n" -"\n" -"Om du installerer på ei PPC-maskin, bør du laga ein liten HFS-" -"oppstartslastarpartisjon på minst 1 MiB for yaboot. Vis du lagar partisjonen " -"større, kanskje 50 MiB, kan du bruka han til å lagra ein ekstra kjerne, og " -"eventuelt ramdisk-bilete for nødsituasjonar.r" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1197,34 +1186,34 @@ msgstr "Byt mellom normal- og ekspertmodus" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Oppdaga meir enn éin Microsoft-partisjon på harddisken.\n" @@ -1275,8 +1264,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1449,7 +1438,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1508,7 +1497,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1615,7 +1604,7 @@ msgstr "Grafisk grensesnitt" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1626,12 +1615,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Trykk «%s» om du ønskjer å sletta alle data og partisjonar på denne\n" "harddisken. Ver forsiktig, då du ikkje kan gjenoppretta eventuelle data\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/pa_IN.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/pa_IN.po index 5d7c35d54..8bfdd2dad 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/pa_IN.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/pa_IN.po @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ msgstr "ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਵਰਤਣੀ ਚ #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -100,24 +100,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" @@ -439,31 +439,31 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -479,14 +479,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -643,19 +643,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -671,21 +671,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -702,14 +702,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:526 @@ -750,34 +744,34 @@ msgstr "ਸਧਾਰਨ/ਮਾਹਿਰ ਵਿਧੀ ਵਿਚਕਾਰ ਤਬ #: ../help.pm:536 #, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" @@ -805,8 +799,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -963,7 +957,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1022,7 +1016,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1129,7 +1123,7 @@ msgstr "ਗਰਾਫੀਕਲ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1141,12 +1135,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "\"%s\" ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਸ ਹਾਰਡ ਡਰਾਈਵ ਤੇ ਸਾਰਾ ਡਾਟਾ ਅਤੇ ਭਾਗ\n" "ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ। ਧਿਆਨ ਰੱਖੋ, \"%s\" ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਨ ਮਗਰੋਂ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਸ ਡਰਾਈਵ\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/pl.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/pl.po index 894e50255..4c151aeb5 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/pl.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/pl.po @@ -18,12 +18,13 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-10-22 14:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Tomasz Bednarski <tomasz.bednarski@mandriva.pl>\n" "Language-Team: polish <pl@li.org>\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%" -"100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n" +"%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #: ../help.pm:14 #, fuzzy, c-format @@ -136,7 +137,8 @@ msgstr "Czy chcesz wykorzystać tą funkcję?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -146,24 +148,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Powyżej pokazano wykryte na Twoim dysku istniejące partycje linuksowe.\n" @@ -708,31 +714,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -748,14 +758,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -917,8 +928,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "(*) Wymagana jest dyskietka sformatowana z systemem plików FAT. Aby\n" "utworzyć taką dyskietkę w systemie GNU/Linux, wpisz polecenie\n" -"\"mformat a:\", lub \"fdformat /dev/fd0\", a następnie \"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0" -"\"." +"\"mformat a:\", lub \"fdformat /dev/fd0\", a następnie \"mkfs.vfat /dev/" +"fd0\"." #: ../help.pm:412 #, c-format @@ -1002,8 +1013,8 @@ msgid "" "will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n" "the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort." msgstr "" -"W czasie, jaki upłynął od początkowego wydania Mageia, być może " -"niektóre pakietyzostały zaktualizowane. Niektóre błędy mogły\n" +"W czasie, jaki upłynął od początkowego wydania Mageia, być może niektóre " +"pakietyzostały zaktualizowane. Niektóre błędy mogły\n" "zostać naprawione, zaś problemy z bezpieczeństwem rozwiązane. Aby\n" "skorzystać z możliwości aktualizacji, dobrze jest pobrać część danych\n" "z Internetu. Wybierz \"%s\", jeśli posiadasz działające połączenie\n" @@ -1056,19 +1067,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1084,21 +1098,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1115,18 +1131,11 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "W tym etapie instalacji wybierasz partycje, na których będzie instalowany\n" -"Mageia. Jeśli partycje istnieją (np. pozostały po poprzedniej " -"instalacji,\n" +"Mageia. Jeśli partycje istnieją (np. pozostały po poprzedniej instalacji,\n" "lub też zostały założone innym narzędziem), to można ich użyć do " "instalacji.\n" "W innym przypadku należy je utworzyć.\n" @@ -1141,7 +1150,7 @@ msgstr "" " * \"%s\": ta opcja kasuje wszystkie partycje na wybranym dysku.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": ta opcja automatycznie tworzy partycje\n" -" ext3 oraz swap na wolnej (niespartycjonowanej) przestrzeni na dysku\n" +" ext4 oraz swap na wolnej (niespartycjonowanej) przestrzeni na dysku\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": daje dostęp do dodatkowych opcji:\n" "\n" @@ -1193,15 +1202,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Aby uzyskać informacje dotyczące różnych dostępnych rodzajów systemów\n" "plików, należy przeczytać rozdział ext2fs podręcznika.\n" -"\n" -"Jeśli instalacja odbywa się na komputerze PPC, system będzie wymagał\n" -"utworzenia małej partycji HFS \"rozruchowej\" (bootstrap) o wielkości\n" -"co najmniej 1MB, która będzie używana przez program rozruchowy yaboot.\n" -"Jeśli chcesz, aby ta partycja była większa, powiedzmy 50 MB, można\n" -"ją traktować jako użyteczne miejsce np. do przechowywania zapasowego\n" -"jądra oraz obrazów do uniknięcia skutków ewentualnych awarii " -"uniemożliwiających\n" -"rozruch systemu z normalnej partycji." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1241,34 +1241,40 @@ msgstr "Przełącz między trybem zwykłym a zaawansowanym" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Na dysku wykryto więcej niż jedną partycję Windows. Wybierz, którą\n" @@ -1323,8 +1329,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1600,7 +1607,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1705,7 +1712,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1901,7 +1908,7 @@ msgstr "Interfejs graficzny" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1913,12 +1920,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Wybierz \"%s\", jeśli chcesz usunąć wszystkie dane i partycje zapisane\n" "na tym dysku. Pamiętaj, po wybraniu \"%s\", nie będzie\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/pt.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/pt.po index 0cae0df13..d91e33200 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/pt.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/pt.po @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-18 17:17+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Zé <mmodem00@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Português <pt@li.org>\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -139,7 +140,8 @@ msgstr "Deseja usar esta opção?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -149,24 +151,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Aqui estão listadas partições Linux existentes detectadas no seu disco.\n" @@ -293,8 +299,8 @@ msgstr "" "configurar o seu sistema para que cumpra o mais possível com as \n" "especificações Linux Standard Base.\n" "\n" -" Ao seleccionar o grupo \"LSB\" irá também instalar as séries kernel \"2.4" -"\",\n" +" Ao seleccionar o grupo \"LSB\" irá também instalar as séries kernel " +"\"2.4\",\n" "em vez do \"2.6\" predefinido. Isto é para garantir concordância 100%%- LSB\n" "do sistema. No entanto, se não seleccionar o grupo \"LSB\", terá na mesma\n" "um sistema que é 100%% LSB-concordante.\n" @@ -703,31 +709,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -743,14 +753,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1049,19 +1060,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1077,21 +1091,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1108,14 +1124,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Neste fase, precisa escolher que partições vão ser utilizadas para a\n" "instalação do seu sistema Mageia. Se já foram definidas partições,\n" @@ -1133,7 +1143,7 @@ msgstr "" " * \"%s\": esta opção apaga todas as partições do disco seleccionado\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": esta opção permite criar automaticamente partições\n" -"ext3 e partições swap no espaço livre do seu disco\n" +"ext4 e partições swap no espaço livre do seu disco\n" "\n" "\"%s\": dá acesso para opções adicionais:\n" "\n" @@ -1183,12 +1193,6 @@ msgstr "" "Para obter mais informações acerca dos diferentes tipos de sistemas de\n" "ficheiros disponíveis, por favor leia o capítulo ext2FS do ``Manual de\n" "Referência''.\n" -"\n" -"Se está a instalar numa máquina PPC, irá querer criar umas pequena partição\n" -"de arranque HFS com pelo menos 1MB, que será usada pelo carregador de\n" -"arranque yaboot. Se optar por criar uma partição maior, tipo 50MB, pode-lhe\n" -"ser útil para gravar um kernel e a uma imagem ramdisk para situações de\n" -"de emergência." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1228,34 +1232,40 @@ msgstr "Alterna entre os modos normal/perito" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Mais do que uma partição Microsoft foi detectada no seu disco rígido.\n" @@ -1312,8 +1322,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1580,7 +1591,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1680,7 +1691,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1872,7 +1883,7 @@ msgstr "Interface gráfico" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1884,12 +1895,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Clique em \"%s\" se deseja apagar todos os dados e partições\n" "presentes neste disco rígido.Tenha cuidado, depois de clicar em \"%s\",\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/pt_BR.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/pt_BR.po index 275184f07..3dd93f8ea 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/pt_BR.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/pt_BR.po @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-22 14:14-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Felipe Arruda <felipemiguel@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <kde-i18n-pt_br@mail.kde.org>\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -38,8 +39,7 @@ msgid "" "button will reboot your computer." msgstr "" "Antes de continuar, você deve ler com atenção os termos da licença. Ela \n" -"cobre a distribuição Mageia inteira. Se você concorda com todos os " -"termos,\n" +"cobre a distribuição Mageia inteira. Se você concorda com todos os termos,\n" "clique em \"%s\". Se não concordar, clique no botão \"%s\"\n" "para reiniciar seu computador." @@ -147,7 +147,8 @@ msgstr "Você quer usar este recurso?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -157,24 +158,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Aqui estão listadas as partições Linux detectadas no seu disco rígido.\n" @@ -730,31 +735,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -770,14 +779,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1089,19 +1099,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1117,21 +1130,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1148,14 +1163,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Agora você precisa escolher qual(is) partição(ões) serão usadas para " "instalar o\n" @@ -1174,7 +1183,7 @@ msgstr "" " * \"%s\": esta opção removerá todas as partições do disco rígido " "selecionado.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": esta opção permite criar automaticamente partições ext3 e swap " +" * \"%s\": esta opção permite criar automaticamente partições ext4 e swap " "no\n" " espaço livre do seu disco rígido.\n" "\n" @@ -1227,12 +1236,6 @@ msgstr "" "Para mais informações sobre os diferentes tipos de sistemas de arquivos \n" "disponíveis, por favor, leia o capítulo sobre ext2FS do \"Manual de " "Referência\".\n" -"\n" -"Se você está instalando em uma Máquina PPC, você vai precisar criar uma\n" -"pequena partição \"bootstrap\" HFS de no mínimo 1MB para usar com o \n" -"gerenciador de boot yaboot. Se você quiser criar uma partição um\n" -"pouco maior, digamos 50MB, você pode usar o espaço para guardar\n" -"um kernel extra e uma imagem ramdisk para situações de emergência." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1272,34 +1275,40 @@ msgstr "Mudar entre modo normal/expert" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Mais de uma partição Microsoft Windows foi detectada em seu disco\n" @@ -1357,8 +1366,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1636,7 +1646,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1722,8 +1732,7 @@ msgstr "" "gerenciar a impressão.\n" "\n" "Você poderá mudar a sua escolha após a instalação utilizando o\n" -"PrinterDrake no Centro de Controle Mageia, e clicando no botão \"%s" -"\"." +"PrinterDrake no Centro de Controle Mageia, e clicando no botão \"%s\"." #: ../help.pm:768 #, c-format @@ -1748,7 +1757,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1938,7 +1947,7 @@ msgstr "Interface gráfica" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1950,12 +1959,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Clique em \"%s\" se você quiser apagar todos os dados e partições \n" "existentes neste disco rígido. Tenha cuidado, pois após clicar em \"%s\", \n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ro.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ro.po index 3986803b1..f836a27ea 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/ro.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ro.po @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Last-Translator: Ovidiu Constantin <ovidiu.constantin@gmx.net>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian Translators for Free Software <rtfs-project@lists." "sourceforge.net>\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -88,7 +89,8 @@ msgstr "Vreţi să folosiţi această facilitate?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -98,24 +100,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" @@ -412,31 +418,35 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -452,14 +462,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -616,19 +627,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -644,21 +658,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -675,14 +691,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:526 @@ -723,34 +733,40 @@ msgstr "Schimbă între modul normal/expert" #: ../help.pm:536 #, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" @@ -775,8 +791,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -933,7 +950,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -992,7 +1009,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1096,7 +1113,7 @@ msgstr "Interfaţă grafică" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1109,12 +1126,14 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Clic pe \"%s\" dacă doriţi ştergerea tuturor datelor şi partiţiilor " "existente\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ru.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ru.po index b32cdcb8b..980beac47 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/ru.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ru.po @@ -10,18 +10,18 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-12 12:22+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-20 18:19+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Pavel Maryanov <acid_jack@ukr.net>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-03-31 22:15-0000\n" +"Last-Translator: AlexL <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <doc@lafox.net>\n" +"Language: ru\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" -"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #: ../help.pm:14 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" "covers the entire Mageia distribution. If you agree with all the\n" @@ -38,8 +38,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n" "own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n" -"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be " -"authorized\n" +"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be authorized\n" "to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n" "protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n" "impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n" @@ -113,12 +112,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format msgid "User name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Имя пользователя" #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format msgid "Accept user" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Принять пользователя" #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format @@ -130,7 +129,7 @@ msgstr "Хотите использовать эту возможность?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -140,24 +139,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Перечисленное выше является существующими разделами Linux, определенными на\n" @@ -174,7 +173,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Название\" разделяется на: \"тип жесткого диска\", \"номер жесткого\n" "диска\", \"номер раздела\" (например, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" это \"hd\", если ваш жесткий диск IDE и \"sd\", если он\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" это \"hd\", если ваш жесткий диск IDE и \"sd\", если он\n" "SCSI.\n" "\n" "\"Номер жесткого диска\" всегда является буквой после \"hd\" или \"sd\".\n" @@ -194,7 +193,7 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:88 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "The Mageia installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n" "selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n" @@ -204,14 +203,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Инсталляция Mageia размещена на нескольких CD-ROMах. Если выбранный\n" "пакет находится на другом CD-ROM, DrakX будет отдавать текущий CD и просить\n" -"вас вставить другой по мере надобности. Если у вас нет требуемого CD под " -"руками,\n" +"вас вставить другой по мере надобности. Если у вас нет требуемого CD под руками,\n" "просто нажмите \"%s\", тогда соответствующие пакеты не будут устанавливаться." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:95 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n" "There are thousands of packages available for Mageia, and to make it\n" @@ -272,9 +270,8 @@ msgstr "" "вашу систему. С Mageia поставляются тысячи пакетов и, для упрощения\n" "выбора, они разбиты на группы.\n" "\n" -"Пакеты сортированы по группам, которые соответствуют специфике\n" -"использования вашей машины. В Mageia пакеты сортируются по четырем\n" -"категориям. Вы можете смешивать и сочетать приложения из различных\n" +"В Mageia пакеты сортируются по четырем категориям.\n" +"Вы можете смешивать и сочетать приложения из различных\n" "категорий, например, вариант установки ``Рабочая станция'' может иметь\n" "приложения из категории ``Разработка''.\n" "\n" @@ -283,7 +280,12 @@ msgstr "" "рабочей станции.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": если вы собираетесь заняться программированием, выберите\n" -"соответствующие группы из этой категории.\n" +"соответствующие группы из этой категории. Специальная группа\n" +"\"LSB\" настроит систему таким образом, что она будет содержать наиболее полную\n" +"спецификацию Стандартной базы Linux.\n" +" Выбор \"LSB\" группы обеспечит 100%%-LSB совместимость\n" +"системы. Однако, если вы не выберете группу \"LSB\", вы всё ещё\n" +"будете иметь систему, которая почти на 100%% LSB-совместима.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": если ваша машина будет работать сервером, выберите какие из\n" "часто используемых служб вы желаете установить на нее.\n" @@ -295,7 +297,7 @@ msgstr "" "При наведении курсора мыши на имя группы будет показываться короткое\n" "пояснение к данной группе.\n" "\n" -"ы можете отметить пункт \"%s\", который очень полезен, если вы хорошо\n" +"Вы можете отметить пункт \"%s\", который очень полезен, если вы хорошо\n" "знаете предлагаемые пакеты, или если вы хотите иметь полный контроль над\n" "тем, что будет устанавливаться.\n" "\n" @@ -317,7 +319,8 @@ msgstr "" "Linux системы. В это варианте вы сможете работать только в режиме командной\n" "строки. Общий размер этой установки занимает 65 мегабайт." -#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591 +#: ../help.pm:149 +#: ../help.pm:591 #, c-format msgid "Upgrade" msgstr "Обновление" @@ -335,7 +338,7 @@ msgstr "Самая минимальная установка" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:152 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n" "a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n" @@ -352,8 +355,7 @@ msgid "" "services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n" "the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n" "security holes were discovered after this version of Mageia was\n" -"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do " -"or\n" +"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do or\n" "why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n" "the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n" "\n" @@ -424,8 +426,7 @@ msgid "" "it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" "\n" "!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" -"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not " -"need.\n" +"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not need.\n" "Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n" "server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!" msgstr "" @@ -480,7 +481,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:213 #, c-format msgid "Hardware clock set to GMT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Аппаратные часы настроены на время по Гринвичу" #: ../help.pm:213 #, c-format @@ -515,7 +516,7 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:234 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" "on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" @@ -578,7 +579,9 @@ msgstr "" "WindowMaker, и т.д..), входящие в Mageia.\n" "\n" "Вам будет представлен список различных параметров для получения\n" -"оптимального графического отображения: Видеокарта\n" +"оптимального графического отображения.\n" +"\n" +"Видеокарта\n" "\n" " Инсталлятор обычно автоматически определяет и настраивает видеокарту,\n" "установленную в вашей машине. Если это не так, вы можете выбрать в этом\n" @@ -696,34 +699,34 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:319 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -739,14 +742,13 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" -"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " -"operation\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -808,7 +810,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"%s\": эта опция позволит просто удалить всю информацию на диске и\n" "начать создание разделов диска на пустом месте. Вся информация на вашем\n" -"диске будет утеряна.\n" +"диске будет утеряна. Эта опция появляется, если жесткий диск полностьюзанят Microsoft Windows.\n" "\n" " !! Если вы выберете эту опцию, все данные на вашем диске будут потеряны.\n" "!!\n" @@ -829,7 +831,7 @@ msgstr "Использовать существующий раздел" #: ../help.pm:370 #, c-format msgid "Use the free space on the Microsoft Windows® partition" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Использовать свободное пространство на разделе Microsoft Windows®" #: ../help.pm:370 #, c-format @@ -913,22 +915,22 @@ msgstr "Создать дискету автоматической устано #: ../help.pm:405 #, c-format msgid "Replay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Повторить" #: ../help.pm:405 #, c-format msgid "Automated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Автоматически" #: ../help.pm:405 #, c-format msgid "Save packages selection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сохранить список пакетов" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:408 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n" "reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n" @@ -936,8 +938,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" "partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" -"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to " -"reformat\n" +"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to reformat\n" "partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n" "\n" "Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n" @@ -980,7 +981,7 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:437 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "By the time you install Mageia, it's likely that some packages will\n" "have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n" @@ -1009,7 +1010,7 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:450 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n" "for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" @@ -1032,9 +1033,9 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Если вы не знаете что выбрать, оставьте выбор по умолчанию. Вы сможете\n" "изменить этот уровень безопасности потом с помощью утилиты draksec из\n" -"Mageia Control Center.\n" +"Центра управления Mageia.\n" "\n" -"В поле \"%s\" системе указывается пользователь, который будет отвечать за\n" +"В поле \"%s\" системе указывается пользователь (e-mail), который будет отвечать за\n" "безопасность. На этот адрес будут посылаться сообщения по безопасности." #: ../help.pm:461 @@ -1045,24 +1046,24 @@ msgstr "Администратор по безопасности" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:464 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1078,21 +1079,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1109,14 +1110,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Здесь вам предложат выбрать, какие разделы будут использоваться для\n" "установки вашей системы Mageia. Если разделы были уже определены\n" @@ -1133,7 +1128,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"%s\": эта опция удаляет все разделы на выбранном жестком диске;\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": эта опция позволяет автоматически создать ext3 и swap разделы на\n" +" * \"%s\": эта опция позволяет автоматически создать ext4 и swap разделы на\n" "свободном пространстве вашего жесткого диска.\n" "\n" "\"%s\": открывает доступ к дополнительным возможностям:\n" @@ -1149,7 +1144,8 @@ msgstr "" "восстановить, используя эту опцию. Пожалуйста, будьте осторожны и помните,\n" "что это может и не получиться.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": отменяет все изменения и загружает исходную таблицу разделов.\n" +" * \"%s\": отменяет все изменения и загружает исходную таблицу разделов,\n" +"что была в оригинале на жесткий диск.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": если не выбрать эту опцию, то пользователи будут вынуждены\n" "вручную монтировать и размонтировать съемные носители типа дискет и\n" @@ -1183,27 +1179,21 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Чтобы получить информацию о различных доступных файловых системах,\n" "пожалуйста почитайте главу ext2FS из книги ``Справочное руководство''.\n" -"\n" -"Если вы производите инсталляцию на PPC машину, вам потребуется создать\n" -"маленький HFS ``bootstrap'' раздел, не больше 1MB, который будет\n" -"использоваться загрузчиком yaboot. Если вы решите сделать раздел чуть\n" -"больше, скажем 50MB, то вы найдете полезное место для хранения spare kernel\n" -"и ramdisk образов для загрузки в аварийных ситуациях." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Save partition table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сохранить таблицу разделов" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Restore partition table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Восстановить таблицу разделов" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Rescue partition table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Исправить таблицу разделов" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1213,12 +1203,12 @@ msgstr "Автомонтирование съемных носителей" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Wizard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мастер" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Undo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вернуть" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1228,36 +1218,36 @@ msgstr "Переключение между нормальным/эксперт # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:536 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "На вашем жестом диске обнаружено несколько разделов Microsoft. Выберите\n" @@ -1295,8 +1285,7 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n" -"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in " -"the\n" +"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in the\n" "list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list." msgstr "" "\"%s\": проверьте текущий выбор страны Если вы находитесь не в этой стране,\n" @@ -1307,7 +1296,7 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:572 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n" "found on your machine.\n" @@ -1318,8 +1307,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1394,7 +1383,7 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:612 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n" "\n" @@ -1436,6 +1425,7 @@ msgid "" "by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n" "change the language settings for that particular user." msgstr "" +"Первый шаг - выбор вашего предпочитаемого языка.\n" "Ваш выбор предпочитаемого языка повлияет на язык документации, сам\n" "инсталлятор и систему в целом. Выберите сначала регион, в котором вы\n" "находитесь, затем язык на котором вы говорите.\n" @@ -1446,7 +1436,7 @@ msgstr "" "Например, если у вас в системе будут работать пользователи из Испании,\n" "выберите в дереве English как основной, и \"%s\" в дополнительном разделе.\n" "\n" -"О поддержке UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode это новая кодировка, которая включает\n" +"О поддержке UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode - это новая кодировка, которая включает\n" "в себя все существующие языки. Однако ее полная поддержка в GNU/Linux пока\n" "находится в стадии разработки. Поэтому Mageia будет определять\n" "использовать ее или нет в зависимости от выбора пользователя:\n" @@ -1470,7 +1460,7 @@ msgstr "" "шрифтов, проверку орфографии и т.д. для установленных языков.\n" "\n" "Для переключения между различными установленными языками в вашей системе вы\n" -"можете запускать команду \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" с правами \"root\",\n" +"можете запускать команду \"localedrake\" с правами \"root\",\n" "чтобы изменить язык для всей системы. Запуск этой команды с правами\n" "обычного пользователя позволит изменить настройки языка для данного\n" "конкретного пользователя." @@ -1483,7 +1473,7 @@ msgstr "Испанский" #: ../help.pm:643 #, c-format msgid "Use Unicode by default" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Использовать Unicode по умолчанию" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1538,8 +1528,7 @@ msgstr "" "Если, по каким-либо причинам, вы желаете указать другой тип мыши, выберите\n" "нужную мышь из предоставленного списка.\n" "\n" -"Вы можете выбрать пункт \"%s\" для выбора типа мыши ``generic'', который " -"будет\n" +"Вы можете выбрать пункт \"%s\" для выбора типа мыши ``generic'', который будет\n" "работать практически с любой мышью.\n" "\n" "Если вы выбираете другую мышь, отличную от выбранной по умолчанию, появится\n" @@ -1594,10 +1583,9 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" -"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " -"you\n" +"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if you\n" "know what you're doing." msgstr "" "LILO и GRUB -- это начальные загрузчики GNU/Linux. Этот шаг обычно\n" @@ -1618,7 +1606,7 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:745 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n" "operating systems may offer you one, but Mageia offers two. Each of\n" @@ -1645,9 +1633,8 @@ msgid "" "system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mageia\n" "Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button." msgstr "" -"Теперь пришло время выбрать систему печати для вашего компьютера. Другие OS\n" -"могут предложить вам одну, а Mageia предлагает две. Каждая из " -"систем\n" +"Теперь пришло время выбрать систему печати для вашего компьютера. Другие ОС\n" +"могут предложить вам одну, а Mageia предлагает две. Каждая из систем\n" "является лучшей для определенной конфигурации.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\" -- что означает ``печатать, не ставить в очередь'' (``print,\n" @@ -1670,7 +1657,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Если вы сделаете свой выбор сейчас, а позже обнаружите, что система печати\n" "вам не подходит, вы сможете изменить ее, запустив PrinterDrake из Центра\n" -"Управления Mageia и нажав на кнопку \"%s\"." +"управления Mageia и нажав на кнопку \"%s\"." #: ../help.pm:768 #, c-format @@ -1680,7 +1667,7 @@ msgstr "pdq" #: ../help.pm:724 #, c-format msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CUPS" #: ../help.pm:724 #, c-format @@ -1697,7 +1684,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1743,7 +1730,7 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:794 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n" "about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n" @@ -1828,11 +1815,6 @@ msgstr "" " * \"%s\": проверьте текущую конфигурацию мыши и нажмите на кнопку, если\n" "необходимо что-либо изменить.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": по нажатию на кнопку \"%s\" откроется мастер настройки принтера.\n" -"Прочитайте соответствующую главу в книге ``Стартовое руководство\n" -"пользователя'', чтобы узнать как установить новый принтер. Представленный\n" -"там интерфейс подобен используемому в процессе установки.\n" -"\n" " * \"%s\": если в вашей системе найдена звуковая карта, здесь это будет\n" "показано. Если вы увидите, что показанная звуковая карта не соответствует\n" "тому, что у вас реально есть в системе, вы можете нажать на кнопку и\n" @@ -1875,9 +1857,9 @@ msgstr "" "установки." #: ../help.pm:809 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "TV card" -msgstr "карта ISDN" +msgstr "TV-карта" #: ../help.pm:809 #, c-format @@ -1892,9 +1874,9 @@ msgstr "Графический Интерфейс" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml #: ../help.pm:861 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1908,12 +1890,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Нажмите \"%s\", если вы хотите удалить все данные и разделы на данном\n" "жестком диске. Будьте осторожны, потому что после нажатия \"%s\" вы не\n" @@ -1933,120 +1915,3 @@ msgstr "Далее ->" msgid "<- Previous" msgstr "<- Назад" -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer " -#~ "configuration\n" -#~ "wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for " -#~ "more\n" -#~ "information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in " -#~ "our\n" -#~ "manual is similar to the one used during installation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\"%s\": по нажатию на кнопку \"%s\" откроется мастер настройки принтера.\n" -#~ "Прочитайте соответствующую главу в книге ``Стартовое руководство\n" -#~ "пользователя'', чтобы узнать как установить новый принтер. " -#~ "Представленный\n" -#~ "там интерфейс подобен используемому в процессе установки." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/" -#~ "Linux\n" -#~ "system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n" -#~ "administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add " -#~ "users,\n" -#~ "change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" " -#~ "can\n" -#~ "do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult " -#~ "to\n" -#~ "guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As " -#~ "you\n" -#~ "can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n" -#~ "against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n" -#~ "operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n" -#~ "unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n" -#~ "partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n" -#~ "\"root\".\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least " -#~ "8\n" -#~ "characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it " -#~ "far\n" -#~ "too easy to compromise your system.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because " -#~ "you\n" -#~ "must be able to remember it!\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. " -#~ "If\n" -#~ "you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use " -#~ "this\n" -#~ "``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n" -#~ "click on the \"%s\" button.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain " -#~ "authentication\n" -#~ "services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know " -#~ "which\n" -#~ "one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n" -#~ "computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely " -#~ "trust\n" -#~ "everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Это самое важное решение в деле безопасности вашей системы GNU/Linux: вы\n" -#~ "должны ввести пароль \"root\". \"Root\" является администратором системы, " -#~ "и\n" -#~ "только он имеет право производить обновления, добавлять пользователей,\n" -#~ "изменять конфигурацию системы и так далее. Короче говоря, \"root\" может\n" -#~ "все! Вот поэтому вы должны придумать пароль, который трудно подобрать -\n" -#~ "DrakX сообщит вам, если пароль слишком прост. Как вы видите, можно " -#~ "вообще\n" -#~ "не вводить пароль, но мы серьезно советуем вам этого не делать по одной\n" -#~ "простой причине: не думайте, что если вы загрузили GNU/Linux, то ваши\n" -#~ "остальные операционные системы защищены от ошибок. Так как \"root\" " -#~ "может\n" -#~ "переступить все ограничения и непреднамеренно стереть все данные на\n" -#~ "разделах диска, обращаясь небрежно с разделами, то очень важно, чтобы " -#~ "стать\n" -#~ "\"root\" было трудно.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Пароль должен быть сочетанием цифровых и буквенных символов и иметь " -#~ "длину\n" -#~ "не менее 8 символов. Никогда не записывайте пароль \"root\" - это делает\n" -#~ "очень легкой возможность скомпрометировать систему.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Одно предостережение -- не делайте пароль слишком длинным или слишком\n" -#~ "сложным, потому что вы должны его без особых усилий запомнить!\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Пароль не будет отображаться на экране так же, как вы его вводите. Кроме\n" -#~ "того, вам прийдется повторить ввод пароля, чтобы предупредить " -#~ "возможность\n" -#~ "опечатки. Если случится так, что вы опечатались дважды, тогда этот\n" -#~ "``неверный'' пароль прийдется использовать при первой загрузке.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Если вы желаете, чтобы доступ к этому компьютеру контролировался " -#~ "сервером\n" -#~ "аутентификации, нажмите на кнопку \"%s\".\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Если ваша сеть использует службы аутентификации LDAP, NIS или PDC " -#~ "Windows\n" -#~ "Domain выберите соответствующий тип \"%s\". Если не знаете что выбрать,\n" -#~ "спросите своего администратора сети.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Если у вас возникли проблемы с запоминанием паролей, вы можете выбрать\n" -#~ "опцию \"%s\", если ваш компьютер не будет подключаться к Интернет и если " -#~ "вы\n" -#~ "доверяете всем доступ к своей машине." - -#~ msgid "authentication" -#~ msgstr "аутентификация" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/sc.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/sc.po index d972d89ac..e23d39d6d 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/sc.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/sc.po @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ msgstr "Bolis a tenni custa possibilidadi?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -94,24 +94,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" @@ -408,31 +408,31 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -448,14 +448,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -612,19 +612,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -640,21 +640,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -671,14 +671,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:526 @@ -719,34 +713,34 @@ msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:536 #, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" @@ -771,8 +765,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -927,7 +921,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -986,7 +980,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1090,7 +1084,7 @@ msgstr "Interfaci Gràfiga" #: ../help.pm:861 #, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1099,12 +1093,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:872 diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/sk.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/sk.po index ae4267e83..8289d938a 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/sk.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/sk.po @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-21 14:03+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Tibor Pittich <Tibor.Pittich@mandriva.org>\n" "Language-Team: <i18n@mandrake.sk>\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -130,7 +131,8 @@ msgstr "Chcete použiť túto možnosť?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -140,24 +142,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Tu je zoznam oblastí s existujúcimi Linux oddielmi, ktoré boli zdetekované\n" @@ -201,8 +207,7 @@ msgid "" "CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n" "installed." msgstr "" -"Inštalácia Mageiau je distribuovaná na viacerých CD-ROM diskoch. " -"DrakX\n" +"Inštalácia Mageiau je distribuovaná na viacerých CD-ROM diskoch. DrakX\n" "vie zistiť, ak je vybraný balík umiestnený na inom CD-ROM disku, vysunie\n" "aktuálne CD a vypýta si od vás to ktoré je práve potrebné. Ak toto CD " "nemáte, kliknite na \"%s\" a požadovaný balík nebude nainštalovaný." @@ -266,8 +271,7 @@ msgid "" "megabytes." msgstr "" "Teraz je možné vybrať, ktoré programy chcete nainštalovať na váš systém.\n" -"Mageia obsahuje tisíce balčkov s programami. Pre jednoduchšiu " -"orientáciu\n" +"Mageia obsahuje tisíce balčkov s programami. Pre jednoduchšiu orientáciu\n" "boly rozdelené do skupín, ktoré združujú podobné aplikácie.\n" "\n" "Balíčky sú rozdelené do skupín, ktoré zodpovedajú tomu, ako ich " @@ -384,13 +388,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "!! Ak boli vybrané balíky, ktoré sú určené pre server, buď zámerne alebo\n" "preto že sú súčasťou celej skupiny, budete musieť potvrdiť, či skutočne\n" -"chcete tieto služby nainštalovať. V prípade Mageiau, sú štandardne " -"všetky\n" +"chcete tieto služby nainštalovať. V prípade Mageiau, sú štandardne všetky\n" "nainštalované služby spúšťané pri štarte systému. Aj keď sú bezpečné\n" "a v čase keď bola distribúcia vydaná neobsahovali žiadne známe problémy\n" "je možné, že tieto bezpečnostné problémy budú odhalené až po dokončení\n" -"tejto verzie Mageiau. Ak neviete čo jednotlivé servisy znamenajú, " -"alebo\n" +"tejto verzie Mageiau. Ak neviete čo jednotlivé servisy znamenajú, alebo\n" "prečo boli nainštalované tak kliknite na \"%s\". Kliknutím na \"%s\" budú\n" "vypísané služby nainštalované a automaticky naštartované pri spustení\n" "systému. !!\n" @@ -709,31 +711,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -749,14 +755,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1074,19 +1081,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1102,21 +1112,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1133,14 +1145,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Na tomto mieste je potrebné aby ste si vybrali oblasti, ktoré budú použité\n" "na inštaláciu Mageiau. Ak už boli oddiely definované,\n" @@ -1158,7 +1164,7 @@ msgstr "" " * \"%s\": táto voľba vymaže všetky oblasti na vybranom pevnom\n" "disku\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": táto voľba umožní automatické vytvorenie ext3\n" +" * \"%s\": táto voľba umožní automatické vytvorenie ext4\n" "a swap oblasti na voľnom mieste vášho disku\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": získate prístup k rozšíreným možnostiam:\n" @@ -1217,13 +1223,6 @@ msgstr "" "Pre získanie informácií o iných súborových systémoch, ktoré sú dostupné, " "prečítajte\n" "si ext2FS kapitolu z ``Referenčnej príručky''.\n" -"\n" -"Ak prevádzate inštaláciu na PPC hardvéri, budete zrejme chcieť vytvoriť malý " -"HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' oddiel veľký aspoň 1MB, ktorý bude môcť používať yaboot\n" -"zavádzač. Ak sa rozhodnete vytvoriť tento oddiel väčší, povedzme 50MB, môže\n" -"to byť vhodné miesto pre uloženie jadra a obrazov ramdisku pre výnimočné\n" -"situácie, ktoré môžu nastať." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1263,34 +1262,40 @@ msgstr "Prepnúť medzi normálnym/expertným režimom" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Bol nájdený viac ako jeden Microsoft oddiel na vašom pevnom disku.\n" @@ -1349,8 +1354,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1383,8 +1389,7 @@ msgstr "" "inštalácie ostanú dostupné, podobne ako pri štandardnej inštalácii.\n" "\n" "Použitie voľby ``Aktualizácia'' by malo fungovať správne pre systémy\n" -"Mageia \"8.1\" a novšie. Vykonanie Aktualizácie pre staršie verzie " -"ako\n" +"Mageia \"8.1\" a novšie. Vykonanie Aktualizácie pre staršie verzie ako\n" "\"8.1\" nie je odporúčané.\"" #: ../help.pm:594 @@ -1620,7 +1625,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1672,8 +1677,7 @@ msgid "" "Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button." msgstr "" "Teraz nastal čas výberu tlačového systému pre váš počítač. Iné operačné\n" -"systémy vám poskytujú zvyčajne iba jediný, Mageia vám poskytuje " -"dva.\n" +"systémy vám poskytujú zvyčajne iba jediný, Mageia vám poskytuje dva.\n" "Kazdý z nich je vhodný pre iný typ konfigurácie.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\" - čo znamená ``tlačiť, neukladať do fronty'', je vhodný výber ak\n" @@ -1722,7 +1726,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1873,8 +1877,7 @@ msgstr "" " * \"%s\": ak si teraz želáte nastaviť vaše Internetové pripojenie\n" "alebo prístup do lokálnej siete. Prezrite si tlačenú dokumentáciu alebo " "použite\n" -"Kontrolné centrum Mageia ak už bude inštalácia ukončená aby ste " -"mali\n" +"Kontrolné centrum Mageia ak už bude inštalácia ukončená aby ste mali\n" "prístup k dokumentácii.\n" " * \"%s\": vám umožní nastaviť HTTP alebo FTP proxy ak je počítač\n" "umiestnený za proxy serverom.\n" @@ -1914,7 +1917,7 @@ msgstr "Grafické rozhranie" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1926,12 +1929,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Kliknite na \"%s\" ak si želáte vymazať všetky údaje a oblasti ktoré\n" "sa nachádzajú na vašom pevnom disku. Buďte opatrní, po kliknutí na\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/sl.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/sl.po index 5c758bf50..71e2dd797 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/sl.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/sl.po @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-03 17:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp@holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo@lugos.si>\n" +"Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -23,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" "n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" #: ../help.pm:14 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" "covers the entire Mageia distribution. If you agree with all the\n" @@ -137,7 +138,7 @@ msgstr "Ali želite uporabiti to možnost?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -147,24 +148,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Na seznamu so razdelki za Linux, ki jih je čarovnik zaznal na vašem\n" @@ -198,7 +199,7 @@ msgstr "" "»drugi najnižji SCSI ID« itd." #: ../help.pm:88 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "The Mageia installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n" "selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n" @@ -206,7 +207,7 @@ msgid "" "CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n" "installed." msgstr "" -"Namestitev za Mageia je shranjena na več nosilcih.\n" +"Namestitev za distribucijo Mageia je shranjena na več nosilcih.\n" "Če je izbrani paket shranjen na drugem nosilcu, bo DrakX izvrgel\n" "trenutnega in vas pozval, da v pogon vstavite pravi nosilec.\n" "Če pravega nosilca nimate, kliknite »%s« in paketi z njega ne\n" @@ -271,7 +272,7 @@ msgid "" "megabytes." msgstr "" "Sedaj je čas za izbiro programov, ki jih želite namestiti na sistem.\n" -"Za Mageia je dostopnih na tisoče različnih programskih paketov.\n" +"Za distribucijo Mageia je dostopnih na tisoče različnih programskih paketov.\n" "Da bi bilo upravljanje s paketi bolj preprosto, so razvrščeni v skupine\n" "vsebinsko povezanih paketov.\n" "\n" @@ -345,7 +346,7 @@ msgid "Truly minimal install" msgstr "Zares minimalna namestitev" #: ../help.pm:152 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n" "a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n" @@ -394,7 +395,7 @@ msgstr "" "boste morali namestitev takšnega paketa na izrecno vprašanje\n" "potrditi. Mageia namreč kot privzeto vključi vse\n" " nameščene storitve ob zagonu sistema. Čeprav ob izdaji\n" -"te različice Mageiaa ni bilo znanih težav v zvezi z varnostjo,\n" +"te različice Mageia ni bilo znanih težav v zvezi z varnostjo,\n" "je mogoče, da so bile odkrite varnostne luknje kasneje. Če za \n" "določeno storitev ne veste, kaj je njena naloga, kliknite »%s« S klikom\n" "na »%s«bodo nameščene naštete storitve, sistem pa jih bo samodejno\n" @@ -525,7 +526,7 @@ msgstr "" "vašim potrebam." #: ../help.pm:234 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" "on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" @@ -584,7 +585,7 @@ msgid "" "not successful in getting the display configured." msgstr "" "X (okenski sistem X) je srce grafičnega vmesnika za GNU/Linux\n" -"na katerega se zanašajo vsa v Mageia vključena grafična\n" +"na katerega se zanašajo vsa v distribucijo Mageia vključena grafična\n" "okolja. (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker ...)\n" "\n" "Prikazal se vam bo seznam različnih vrednosti, ki jih lahko spreminjate,\n" @@ -696,34 +697,34 @@ msgstr "" "ali če vam ni uspelo nastaviti zaslona, označite »%s«." #: ../help.pm:319 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -739,14 +740,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -928,7 +929,7 @@ msgid "Save packages selection" msgstr "Shrani izbor paketov" #: ../help.pm:408 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n" "reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n" @@ -972,7 +973,7 @@ msgstr "" "preveri poškodovane bloke." #: ../help.pm:437 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "By the time you install Mageia, it's likely that some packages will\n" "have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n" @@ -987,7 +988,7 @@ msgid "" "the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort." msgstr "" "Verjetno so bili od njegove izdaje pa do časa, ko nameščate\n" -"Mageia na svoj računalnik, nekateri paketi popravljeni\n" +"distribucijo Mageia na svoj računalnik, nekateri paketi popravljeni\n" "ali nadgrajeni z varnostnimi popravki ali z odstranitvijo hroščev.\n" "Te popravke lahko prenesete z interneta. Če imate vzpostavljeno\n" "internetno povezavo, označite »%s«, če pa želite namestiti\n" @@ -999,7 +1000,7 @@ msgstr "" "Če tega ne želite, pritisnite »%s«." #: ../help.pm:450 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n" "for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" @@ -1033,24 +1034,24 @@ msgid "Security Administrator" msgstr "Upravitelj varnostnih nastavitev" #: ../help.pm:464 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1066,21 +1067,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1097,14 +1098,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Izbrati morate razdelke, na katere boste namestili sistem\n" "Mageia. Če ste razdelke že izbrali ob kakšni predhodni\n" @@ -1120,7 +1115,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * »%s«: brisanje vseh razdelkov na izbranem disku\n" "\n" -" * »%s«: samodejno ustvarjanje ext3 in izmenjalnih (swap) razdelkov\n" +" * »%s«: samodejno ustvarjanje ext4 in izmenjalnih (swap) razdelkov\n" "na prostem delu vašega trdega diska.\n" "\n" "»%s«: dostop do dodatnih možnosti:\n" @@ -1169,12 +1164,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Vse nadaljnje informacije o datotečnih sistemih boste našli v\n" "dokumentaciji.\n" -"\n" -"Če Mageia nameščate na PPC računalnik, morate ustvariti\n" -"zagonski »bootstrap« razdelek z velikostjo najmanj 1MB, ki ga\n" -"uporablja zagonski nalagalnik yaboot. Če ta razdelek nekoliko\n" -"povečate in mu namenite vsaj 50MB, boste nanj lahko shranjevali\n" -"potrebne datoteke za zasilni zagon sistema." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1212,36 +1201,36 @@ msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode" msgstr "Preklopi med normalnim in izvedenskim načinom" #: ../help.pm:536 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Na vašem trdem disku je več kot en razdelek za Windows.\n" @@ -1287,7 +1276,7 @@ msgstr "" "kliknite »%s« za prikaz celotnega seznama držav." #: ../help.pm:572 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n" "found on your machine.\n" @@ -1298,8 +1287,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1367,7 +1356,7 @@ msgstr "" "preklapljanje med latiničnim in ne-latiničnim razporedom tipkovnice." #: ../help.pm:612 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n" "\n" @@ -1560,7 +1549,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1584,7 +1573,7 @@ msgstr "" "To možnost izberite samo, če zares veste, kaj delate. " #: ../help.pm:745 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n" "operating systems may offer you one, but Mageia offers two. Each of\n" @@ -1662,7 +1651,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1841,15 +1830,15 @@ msgid "Graphical Interface" msgstr "Grafična kartica" #: ../help.pm:861 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" "Izberite trdi disk, ki ga želite izbrisati, da bi dobili prostor za " "razdelek\n" -"za Mageia.\n" +"za distribucijo Mageia.\n" "Vsi podatki na izbranem disku bodo izbrisani in jih ne bo mogoče\n" "obnoviti!" @@ -1857,12 +1846,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Če želite izbrisati vse razdelke na tem disku in vse podatke na njih,\n" "kliknite na »%s« Pazite, po tem, ko boste kliknili »%s«, razdelkov\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/sq.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/sq.po index 39ce8edd1..d87248cd2 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/sq.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/sq.po @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-15 13:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Naim Daka <naim70@freesurf.ch>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <LL@li.org>\n" +"Language: sq\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n" @@ -132,7 +133,8 @@ msgstr "A dëshironi ta përdorni këtë veçori?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -142,24 +144,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Lista e lartë shënuar identifikon ndrajet Linux të zbuluara në\n" @@ -204,8 +210,7 @@ msgid "" "CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n" "installed." msgstr "" -"Pakot e nevojshme për Instalimin e Mageia janë të shpërndara në " -"shumë\n" +"Pakot e nevojshme për Instalimin e Mageia janë të shpërndara në shumë\n" "CDROM-e. Fatëmirësisht, DrakX i njef të gjitha lokacinet e pakove në CDROM-" "e.\n" "Ai do ta qetë jashtë CD-në që gjindet në lexuesin e CD-ve, dhe juve do të " @@ -706,31 +711,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -746,14 +755,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1051,19 +1061,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1079,21 +1092,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1110,14 +1125,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Në këtë etapë ju duhet të zgjedhni se cila(t) ndarje(t) do të përdoret(n)\n" "për sistemin tuaj Mageia. Nëse ndarja e diskut është bërë më heret,\n" @@ -1136,7 +1145,7 @@ msgstr "" " * \"%s\": ky opcion do të zhduk, të gjitha ndarjet në diskun e zgjedhur\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": ky opcion mundëson krijimin e një sistemi të skedareve\n" -"ext3 dhe swap të ndarjeve, në hapësirën e lirë të diskut tuaja\n" +"ext4 dhe swap të ndarjeve, në hapësirën e lirë të diskut tuaja\n" "\n" "\"%s\": mundëson hyrjen në fonksionimin e llogarive:\n" "\n" @@ -1186,13 +1195,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Për të përfituar më shumë informacione mbi sistemet e skedareve, lexoni mbi\n" "sistemin e skedareve ext2FS në ``Doracakun referues''.\n" -"\n" -"Nëse ju jeni duke instaluar një stacion PPC, ju duhet të krijoni një ndarje\n" -"të vogël HFS ``bootstrap'' më së paku 1MB, e cila do të përdoret nga " -"bootloader\n" -"yaboot. Nëse dëshironi të bëni një ndarje më të madhe, p.sh 50MB, ju duhet\n" -"të gjeni një vegël për të vendosur bërthamat dhe imazhet ramdisk hyrëse në\n" -"rastë të ndonji problemi." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1232,34 +1234,40 @@ msgstr "Kalo mes modit normal/ekspert" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Janë gjetur më shumë se një ndarje Windows në diskun tuaj të fort, ju\n" @@ -1318,8 +1326,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1354,8 +1363,7 @@ msgstr "" "Duke përdorur mundësinë ``Azhurno'' duhet të funksionoj shumë mirë në " "sistemin\n" "Mageia ndër versionin \"8.1\" apo më të ri. Tentimi i Azhurnimit të\n" -"një versioni më të vjetër se versioni Mageia \"8.1\" nuk " -"rekomandohet." +"një versioni më të vjetër se versioni Mageia \"8.1\" nuk rekomandohet." #: ../help.pm:594 #, fuzzy, c-format @@ -1566,7 +1574,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1668,7 +1676,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1856,11 +1864,11 @@ msgstr "Interfac Grafikë" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" -"Zgjedheni diskun e fort (hard drive) që dëshironi ta zhdukni, për të\n" +"Zgjedheni diskun e fort (hard disk drive) që dëshironi ta zhdukni, për të\n" "instaluar një ndarje të re Mageia. Keni kujDES, të gjitha të dhënat\n" "do të zhduken, dhe nuk mund të rekuperohen!" @@ -1868,12 +1876,14 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Klikoni mbi \"%s\" nëse ju dëshironi ti zhdukni të dhënat dhe ndarjet në\n" "diskun tuaj të fort. Keni kujDES, mbasi që të klikoni mbi \"%s\", ju nuk\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/sr.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/sr.po index 32204048e..0db2cff06 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/sr.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/sr.po @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ msgstr "Да ли желите да користите ову опцију ?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -146,24 +146,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Изнад се налази листа постојећих Linux партиција које су детектоване\n" @@ -710,31 +710,31 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -750,14 +750,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1090,19 +1090,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1118,21 +1118,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1149,14 +1149,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "На овој тачки, морате избрати коју партицију(e) желите да користите за\n" "инсталацију новог Mageia система. Уколико су партиције\n" @@ -1223,13 +1217,6 @@ msgstr "" "Да би добили информације о различитим доступним типовима система, " "прочитајте\n" "ext2FS поглавље из ``Упуства''.\n" -"\n" -"Уколико радите инсталацију на PPC Машину, можда ћете желети да креирате " -"малу\n" -"HFS 'bootstrap' партицију од најмање 1MB за употребу\n" -"yaboot стартера. Уколико се двоумите да ову партицију направите мало већом,\n" -"на пример 50MB, можете искористити тај простор за смештање\n" -"резервног кернела и ramdisk image за стартање у хитним ситуацијама." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1269,34 +1256,34 @@ msgstr "Пређи на нормални мод" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Једна или више Microsoft Windows партиција је детектовано \n" @@ -1354,8 +1341,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1602,7 +1589,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1688,7 +1675,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1827,7 +1814,7 @@ msgstr "Графички интерфејс" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1840,12 +1827,12 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Кликните на \"Следеће ->\" уколико желите да избришете све податке и \n" "партиције на овом хард диску.Будите пажљиви, после клика на \"У реду\", ви\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/sr@Latn.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/sr@Latn.po index 281a317e6..2a825542d 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/sr@Latn.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/sr@Latn.po @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ msgstr "Da li želite da koristite ovu opciju ?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -148,24 +148,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Iznad se nalazi lista postojećih Linux particija koje su detektovane\n" @@ -712,31 +712,31 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -752,14 +752,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1093,19 +1093,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1121,21 +1121,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1152,14 +1152,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Na ovoj tački, morate izbrati koju particiju(e) želite da koristite za\n" "instalaciju novog Mageia sistema. Ukoliko su particije\n" @@ -1228,13 +1222,6 @@ msgstr "" "Da bi dobili informacije o različitim dostupnim tipovima sistema, " "pročitajte\n" "ext2FS poglavlje iz ``Upustva''.\n" -"\n" -"Ukoliko radite instalaciju na PPC Mašinu, možda ćete želeti da kreirate " -"malu\n" -"HFS 'bootstrap' particiju od najmanje 1MB za upotrebu\n" -"yaboot startera. Ukoliko se dvoumite da ovu particiju napravite malo većom,\n" -"na primer 50MB, možete iskoristiti taj prostor za smeštanje\n" -"rezervnog kernela i ramdisk image za startanje u hitnim situacijama." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1274,34 +1261,34 @@ msgstr "Pređi na normalni mod" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Jedna ili više Microsoft Windows particija je detektovano \n" @@ -1359,8 +1346,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1607,7 +1594,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1695,7 +1682,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1834,7 +1821,7 @@ msgstr "Grafički interfejs" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1847,12 +1834,12 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Kliknite na \"Sledeće ->\" ukoliko želite da izbrišete sve podatke i \n" "particije na ovom hard disku.Budite pažljivi, posle klika na \"U redu\", vi\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/sv.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/sv.po index ec3091fa8..0ad58b468 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/sv.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/sv.po @@ -9,15 +9,17 @@ # Magnus Björklöf <bjorklof@nic.fi>, 2003. # Lars Westergren <lars.westergren@home.se>, 2003, 2004, 2005. # Thomas Backlund <tmb@mandriva.org>, 2004, 2005. +# Thomas Backlund <tmb@mageia.org>, 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-sv - Mandriva 2006 Release\n" +"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-sv\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-12 12:22+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-18 21:42+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Thomas Backlund <tmb@mandriva.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-24 21:52+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Thomas Backlund <tmb@mageia.org>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <sv@li.org>\n" +"Language: sv\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -25,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #: ../help.pm:14 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" "covers the entire Mageia distribution. If you agree with all the\n" @@ -120,12 +122,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format msgid "User name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Användarnamn" #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format msgid "Accept user" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acceptera användare" #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format @@ -135,7 +137,8 @@ msgstr "Vill du använda den här funktionen?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -145,24 +148,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Listat ovan är de existerande Linux-partitionerna som hittats på\n" @@ -197,7 +204,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"andra lägsta SCSI-ID\", etc." #: ../help.pm:88 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "The Mageia installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n" "selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n" @@ -212,7 +219,7 @@ msgstr "" "installationen av motsvarande paket över." #: ../help.pm:95 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n" "There are thousands of packages available for Mageia, and to make it\n" @@ -348,7 +355,7 @@ msgid "Truly minimal install" msgstr "Extremt minimal installation" #: ../help.pm:152 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n" "a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n" @@ -412,9 +419,8 @@ msgstr "" "om du har ett antal datorer som skall ha en identisk konfiguration.\n" "När du klickar på den ikonen kommer du att bli ombedd om att stoppa i\n" "en diskett som du tidigare skapat vid slutet av en annan\n" -" installation. Se det andra tipset i det sista steget hur du gör för att " -"skapa\n" -" en sådan diskett." +"installation. Se det andra tipset i det sista steget hur du gör för att\n" +"skapa en sådan diskett." #: ../help.pm:183 #, c-format @@ -489,7 +495,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:213 #, c-format msgid "Hardware clock set to GMT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hårdvaruklocka satt till GMT" #: ../help.pm:213 #, c-format @@ -520,7 +526,7 @@ msgstr "" "behov. " #: ../help.pm:234 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" "on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" @@ -701,34 +707,38 @@ msgstr "" "konfigurera bildskärmen korrekt." #: ../help.pm:319 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -744,14 +754,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -834,7 +845,7 @@ msgstr "Använd existerande partition" #: ../help.pm:370 #, c-format msgid "Use the free space on the Microsoft Windows® partition" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använd ledigt utrymme på Microsoft Windows® partitionen" #: ../help.pm:370 #, c-format @@ -918,20 +929,20 @@ msgstr "Generera automatisk installationsdiskett" #: ../help.pm:405 #, c-format msgid "Replay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spela igen" #: ../help.pm:405 #, c-format msgid "Automated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Automatiserad" #: ../help.pm:405 #, c-format msgid "Save packages selection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spara paketval" #: ../help.pm:408 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n" "reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n" @@ -978,7 +989,7 @@ msgstr "" "efter felaktiga block." #: ../help.pm:437 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "By the time you install Mageia, it's likely that some packages will\n" "have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n" @@ -1007,7 +1018,7 @@ msgstr "" " avbryta." #: ../help.pm:450 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n" "for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" @@ -1041,24 +1052,27 @@ msgid "Security Administrator" msgstr "Säkerhetsadministratör" #: ../help.pm:464 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1074,21 +1088,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1105,14 +1121,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Nu måste du välja vilka partitioner som ska användas för installationen av\n" "Mageia-systemet. Om partitioner redan har definierats, antingen\n" @@ -1181,26 +1191,21 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "För att få information om de olika typerna av filsystem, läs kapitlet\n" "ext2FS i \"Reference Manual\".\n" -"\n" -"Om du installerar på en PPC-dator bör du skapa en en liten HFS-\n" -"partition (\"bootstrap\") på åtminstone 1 MB. Den kommer att användas av\n" -"starthanteraren Yaboot. Om du gör partitionen lite större, t ex 50 MB,\n" -"har du ett bra ställe att lagra en reservkärna och ramdiskar för nödlägen." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Save partition table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spara partitionstabellen" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Restore partition table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Återställ partitionstabellen" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Rescue partition table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rädda partitionstabellen" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1210,12 +1215,12 @@ msgstr "Automatisk montering av flyttningsbar media" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Wizard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Guide" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Undo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ångra" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1223,36 +1228,42 @@ msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode" msgstr "Byt mellan normal/expert läge" #: ../help.pm:536 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Fler än en Microsoft Windows-partition har hittats på hårddisken.\n" @@ -1300,7 +1311,7 @@ msgstr "" "den fullständiga listan på länder." #: ../help.pm:572 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n" "found on your machine.\n" @@ -1311,8 +1322,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1386,7 +1398,7 @@ msgstr "" "den icke-latinska." #: ../help.pm:612 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n" "\n" @@ -1480,7 +1492,7 @@ msgstr "Spanska" #: ../help.pm:643 #, c-format msgid "Use Unicode by default" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använd Unicode som standard" #: ../help.pm:646 #, c-format @@ -1582,7 +1594,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1608,7 +1620,7 @@ msgstr "" "vet vad det innebär." #: ../help.pm:745 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n" "operating systems may offer you one, but Mageia offers two. Each of\n" @@ -1636,7 +1648,7 @@ msgid "" "Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button." msgstr "" "Här väljer du vilket skrivarsystem du ska använda. Andra operativsystem\n" -"erbjuder dig kanske bara ett, men Mandriva erbjuder dig två.\n" +"erbjuder dig kanske bara ett, men Mageia erbjuder dig två.\n" "Vilket skrivarsystem som är lämpligast är beroende på vilken \n" "systemkonfiguration du har.\n" "\n" @@ -1660,7 +1672,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Om du gör ett val nu och senare kommer fram till att du inte gillar\n" "skrivarsystemet kan du alltid ändra dig efter installationen genom att\n" -"använda PrinterdDrake i Mandrivas kontrollcentral, och där klicka på\n" +"använda PrinterdDrake i Mageias kontrollcentral, och där klicka på\n" "knappen \"%s\"." #: ../help.pm:768 @@ -1671,7 +1683,7 @@ msgstr "pdq" #: ../help.pm:724 #, c-format msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CUPS" #: ../help.pm:724 #, c-format @@ -1686,7 +1698,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1724,7 +1736,7 @@ msgstr "" "i din dator så kan du klicka på knappen för att välja en annan drivrutin." #: ../help.pm:794 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n" "about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n" @@ -1792,7 +1804,7 @@ msgstr "" "installerad så kan du ha några eller alla av de följande kategorierna.\n" "Varje kategori består av vad som konfigurerats, följt av en enkel\n" "sammanfattning av aktuell konfigurering.\n" -"Klicka på motsvarande \"%s\"-knapp för att ändra konfigureringen.\n" +"Klicka på motsvarande \"%s\"-knapp för att ändra konfigurationen.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": kontrollera aktuella tangentbordsinställning och ändra om\n" "så önskas.\n" @@ -1809,11 +1821,6 @@ msgstr "" " * \"%s\": kontrollera aktuell muskonfiguration och klicka på knappen för\n" "att ändra den om så önskas.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": Genom att klicka på knappen \"%s\" så öppnas guiden för\n" -"konfigurering av skrivare. Läs i motsvarande kapitel i \"Starter Guide\"\n" -"för mer information om hur man konfigurerar en ny skrivare. Gränssnittet\n" -"som används liknar det som användes under själva installationen.\n" -"\n" " * \"%s\": om ett ljudkort hittats på ditt system så visas det här. Om du\n" "upptäcker att ljudkortet som visas inte stämmer överens med det som\n" "i själva verket finns på din dator så kan du klicka på knappen och\n" @@ -1856,9 +1863,9 @@ msgstr "" "se över dessa inställningar." #: ../help.pm:809 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "TV card" -msgstr "ISDN-kort" +msgstr "TV-kort" #: ../help.pm:809 #, c-format @@ -1871,9 +1878,9 @@ msgid "Graphical Interface" msgstr "Grafiskt gränssnitt" #: ../help.pm:861 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1886,12 +1893,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Klicka på \"%s\" om du vill ta bort alla data och alla partitioner som\n" "finns på denna hårddisk. Var försiktig, efter det att du klickat på \"%s\" \n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ta.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ta.po index c7b146f16..7c2e7cfad 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/ta.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ta.po @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ msgstr "நீங்கள் இந்த வசதியை பயன்பட #: ../help.pm:57 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -130,28 +130,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்லை.Listed above are the existing Linux partitions " -"detected on your hard drive.\n" +"detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, they are good for most common\n" "installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a root\n" "partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not be\n" @@ -161,24 +161,24 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." #: ../help.pm:88 @@ -598,31 +598,31 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -638,14 +638,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -880,19 +880,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -908,21 +908,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -939,33 +939,27 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்லை.At this point, you need to choose which " "partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or from another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" " * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n" "drive;\n" "\n" " * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables to automatically create \"Ext2\"\n" -"and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive;\n" +"and swap partitions in free space of your hard disk drive;\n" "\n" " * \"More\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -988,7 +982,7 @@ msgstr "" "CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"Wizard\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition\n" -"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good knowledge of\n" +"your hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good knowledge of\n" "partitioning;\n" "\n" " * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes;\n" @@ -996,7 +990,7 @@ msgstr "" " * \"Toggle to normal/expert mode\": allows additional actions on\n" "partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information;\n" "\n" -" * \"Done\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"Done\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n" @@ -1012,12 +1006,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2fs chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB, which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1057,65 +1045,65 @@ msgstr "சாதாரனர் முறைமைக்கு மாறு" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்ைல.More than one Microsoft partition has been " -"detected on your hard drive.\n" +"detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." #: ../help.pm:567 @@ -1139,8 +1127,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1333,7 +1321,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1392,7 +1380,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1522,7 +1510,7 @@ msgstr "வரைவியல்வழி" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1536,21 +1524,21 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்லை. Click on \"OK\" if you want to delete all " "data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"OK\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"OK\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"Cancel\" to cancel this operation without losing any data and\n" -"partitions present on this hard drive." +"partitions present on this hard disk drive." #: ../help.pm:872 #, c-format diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/tg.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/tg.po index f21e7d367..99d5fb9e3 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/tg.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/tg.po @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ msgstr "Шумо ин хислатро истифрда бурдан мехоҳ #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -153,24 +153,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Дар ин ҷо бахшҳои мавҷудаи Linux, ки дар гардонандаи сахти шумо\n" @@ -740,31 +740,31 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -780,14 +780,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1099,19 +1099,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1127,21 +1127,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1158,14 +1158,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Дар ин пункт шумо бояд интихоб намоед, ки кадом бахш(ҳо) барои\n" "коргузории системавӣ Mageia-и шумо истифода бурда мешаванд.\n" @@ -1186,7 +1180,7 @@ msgstr "" "месозад\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": ин хосият имконияти ба таври худкор офаридани бахшҳои\n" -"ext3 ва swap-ро дар фазои холии гардонандаи сахти шумо, медиҳад\n" +"ext4 ва swap-ро дар фазои холии гардонандаи сахти шумо, медиҳад\n" "\n" "\"%s\": хусусиятҳои иловагиро дастрас мекунад:\n" "\n" @@ -1238,14 +1232,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Барои гирифтани маълумот оиди намудҳои системаи файлии дастрас\n" "марҳамат карда боби ext2FS-ро аз ``Раҳнамои Муроҷиат'' хонед.\n" -"\n" -"Агар шумо дар мошинаи PPC коргузориро иҷро карда бошед, ба шумо\n" -"лозим меояд, ки бахши хурди HFS ``bootstrap''-ро офаред, ки ақалан 1Мб\n" -"бошад ва он аз тарафи боркунандаи yaboot истифода бурда мешавад.\n" -"Агар шумо хоҳед, ки бахшро каме калонтар кунед, масалан 50Мб шумо\n" -"онро ҷои хеле қуллай барои захиракунии ҳастаи эҳтиётӣ ва симоҳои ramdisk " -"ҳангоми ҳодисаи боркунии ғайричашмдошт,\n" -"пайдо хоҳед кард." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1285,34 +1271,34 @@ msgstr "Зомин байни усули мӯътадил/мутахассисӣ #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Дар гардонандаи сахти шумо зиёда аз як бахши Microsoft муайян гардид.\n" @@ -1373,8 +1359,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1624,7 +1610,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1726,7 +1712,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1917,7 +1903,7 @@ msgstr "Интерфейси Графикӣ" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1929,12 +1915,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Ба \"%s\" ангушт занед, агар шумо ҳамаи додаҳо ва қисмҳое ки дар ин диски " "сахт\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/th.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/th.po index 545ff237b..fc65aa12e 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/th.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/th.po @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-09-10 14:24GMT+7\n" "Last-Translator: Wachara Chinsettawong <wachara@yahoo.com>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <th@li.org>\n" +"Language: th\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -84,7 +85,8 @@ msgstr "คุณต้องการใช้ aboot หรือไม่" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -94,24 +96,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" @@ -408,31 +414,35 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -448,14 +458,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -612,19 +623,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -640,21 +654,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -671,14 +687,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:526 @@ -719,34 +729,40 @@ msgstr "สำหรับผู้ชำนาญ > ปกติ" #: ../help.pm:536 #, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" @@ -771,8 +787,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -927,7 +944,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -986,7 +1003,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1109,7 +1126,7 @@ msgstr "ให้เป็นกราฟฟิคเมื่อเริ่ม #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1121,12 +1138,14 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "กด \"OK\" ถ้าคุณต้องการลบข้อมูลทั้งหมดบน harddisk นี้\n" "นี่รวมถึง partitions ทั้งหมดซึ่งรวมถึง Windows ด้วย\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/tl.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/tl.po index a473d3cfd..8881368a2 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/tl.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/tl.po @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ msgstr "Gusto ninyong gamitin ang katangian na ito?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -151,28 +151,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Nakalista rito ang mga namamalaging partisyon ng Linux na natiktikan sa\n" -"inyong hard drive. Maaari ninyong itago ang mga pili ng Wizard, dahil sila\n" +"inyong hard disk drive. Maaari ninyong itago ang mga pili ng Wizard, dahil sila\n" "ay mabuti para sa karamihan ng mga karaniwang \"installation\". Kung kayo\n" "ay gagawa ng mga pagbabago, mag-define dapat kayo ng partisyon ng\n" "\"root\" (\"/\"). Huwag pumili ng napakaliit na partisyon dahil hindi kayo " @@ -186,31 +186,31 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Bawat partisyon ay nakalista na sumusunod: \"Pangalan\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Pangalan\" ay naka-structure na: \"uri ng hard drive\", \"bilang ng hard " +"\"Pangalan\" ay naka-structure na: \"uri ng hard disk drive\", \"bilang ng hard " "drive\",\n" "\"bilang ng partisyon\" (halimbawa, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Uri ng hard drive\" ay \"hd\" kung ang inyong hard drive ay isang IDE na " -"hard drive\n" -"at \"sd\" kung ito ay isang SCSI na hard drive.\n" +"\"Uri ng hard disk drive\" ay \"hd\" kung ang inyong hard disk drive ay isang IDE na " +"hard disk drive\n" +"at \"sd\" kung ito ay isang SCSI na hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Bilang ng hard drive\" ay palaging titik pagkatapos ng \"hd\" o \"sd\". " +"\"Bilang ng hard disk drive\" ay palaging titik pagkatapos ng \"hd\" o \"sd\". " "Para\n" -"sa mga IDE na hard drive:\n" +"sa mga IDE na hard disk drive:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" ay nangangahulugang \"master hard drive sa primary IDE controller" +" * \"a\" ay nangangahulugang \"master hard disk drive sa primary IDE controller" "\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" ay nangangahulugang \"slave hard drive sa primary IDE controller" +" * \"b\" ay nangangahulugang \"slave hard disk drive sa primary IDE controller" "\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" ay nangangahulugang \"master hard drive sa secondary IDE controller" +" * \"c\" ay nangangahulugang \"master hard disk drive sa secondary IDE controller" "\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" ay nangangahulugang \"slave hard drive sa secondary IDE controller" +" * \"d\" ay nangangahulugang \"slave hard disk drive sa secondary IDE controller" "\".\n" "\n" -"Sa mga SCSI na hard drive, ang \"a\" ay nangangahulugang \"pinakamababang " +"Sa mga SCSI na hard disk drive, ang \"a\" ay nangangahulugang \"pinakamababang " "SCSI ID\",\n" "ang \"b\" ay nangangahulugang \"pangalawang pinakamababang SCSI ID\", atbp." @@ -746,31 +746,31 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -786,14 +786,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -807,16 +807,16 @@ msgid "" "refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''." msgstr "" "Sa puntong ito, kailangan ninyong magpasya kung saan ninyo nais i-install\n" -"ang Mageia na \"operating system\" (OS) sa inyong \"hard drive\".\n" -"Kung ang inyong \"hard drive\" ay walang laman o kung may namamalaging\n" +"ang Mageia na \"operating system\" (OS) sa inyong \"hard disk drive\".\n" +"Kung ang inyong \"hard disk drive\" ay walang laman o kung may namamalaging\n" "\"operating system\" na gumagamit sa lahat ng available na puwang,\n" "kakailanganin ninyong ipartisyon ang drive. Ang pagpapartisyon ng isang\n" -"\"hard drive\" ay ginagawa sa pamamagitan ng paghahati-hati nito sa\n" +"\"hard disk drive\" ay ginagawa sa pamamagitan ng paghahati-hati nito sa\n" "kaisipan (\"logical\") upang makagawa ng puwang na kinakailangan para\n" "ma-install ang inyong bagong sistema ng Mageia.\n" "\n" "Dahil kadalasan na hindi na mababawi ang paraan ng pagpapartisyon ng\n" -"hard drive at maaaring magdulot ng pagkawala ng data kung mayroon\n" +"hard disk drive at maaaring magdulot ng pagkawala ng data kung mayroon\n" "nang \"operating system\" na naka-install sa drive, ang pagpapartisyon ay\n" "ay maaaring maging nakakatakot at nakaka-stress kung kayo ay baguhang\n" "user.Sa kagandahang palad, ang DrakX ay may kalakip na \"wizard\" na\n" @@ -824,14 +824,14 @@ msgstr "" "basahin muna ang mga nalalabing bahagi ng section na ito at higit sa\n" "lahat, huwag magmadali.\n" "\n" -"Depende sa confiugration ng inyong hard drive, mayroong ilang mga option:\n" +"Depende sa confiugration ng inyong hard disk drive, mayroong ilang mga option:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": ang option na ito ay magsasagawa ng automatic na pagpapartisyon\n" -"ng inyong walang lamang hard drive. Kung gagamitin ninyon ang option na ito\n" +"ng inyong walang lamang hard disk drive. Kung gagamitin ninyon ang option na ito\n" "hindi na magkakaroon ng iba pang mga \"prompt\".\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": natiktikan ng wizard na mayroong isa o mahigit na namamalaging\n" -"partisyon ng Linux sa inyong \"hard drive\". Kung gusto ninyong gamitin " +"partisyon ng Linux sa inyong \"hard disk drive\". Kung gusto ninyong gamitin " "sila,\n" "piliin ang option na ito. Pagkatapos kayo ay papipiliin ng mga \"mount point" "\"\n" @@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ msgstr "" "na bilang default, at para sa karamihang bahagi isang magandang pagkukuro\n" "kung gagamitin sila.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": kung ang Microsoft Windows ay naka-install sa inyong hard drive " +" * \"%s\": kung ang Microsoft Windows ay naka-install sa inyong hard disk drive " "at\n" "ginagamit nito lahat ng mayroong puwang dito, kakailanganin ninyong\n" "gumawa ng libreng puwang para sa GNU/Linux. Para gawin ito, maaari ninyong\n" @@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ msgstr "" "inyong data o mag-install ng bagong software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": kung gusto ninyong tanggalin lahat ng data at mga partisyon\n" -"na mayroon sa inyong hard drive at palitan sila ng inyong bagong sistema\n" +"na mayroon sa inyong hard disk drive at palitan sila ng inyong bagong sistema\n" "ng Mageia, piliin ang option na ito. Maging maingat, dahil hindi na\n" "ninyo maaaring bawiin ang inyong pili matapos ninyong patotohanan ito.\n" "\n" @@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"%s\": piliin ang option na ito kung nais ninyong mano-manong " "ipartisyon\n" -"ang inyong hard drive. Maging maingat -- ito ay makapangyarihan ngunit\n" +"ang inyong hard disk drive. Maging maingat -- ito ay makapangyarihan ngunit\n" "mapanganib na pili at maaaring madali ninyong mawala ang lahat ng\n" "inyong data. Ito ang dahilan kung bakit ipinapayo lamang ang option na ito\n" "kung kayo ay nakagawa na dati ng ganito at mayroong karanasan. Para sa\n" @@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@ msgid "" "bad blocks on the disk." msgstr "" "Kailangang i-format ang kahit anong partisyon na bagong gawa para ito\n" -"magamit (ang ibig sabihin ng pagfo-format ay paglilikha ng \"file system" +"magamit (ang ibig sabihin ng pagfo-format ay paglilikha ng \"filesystem" "\").\n" "\n" "Sa ngayon, maaari ninyong naisin na i-format muli ang ilang mga mayroon\n" @@ -1112,19 +1112,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1140,21 +1140,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1171,36 +1171,30 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Sa puntong ito, kailangan ninyong piliin kung aling mga partisyon ang\n" "gagamitin para sa pag-i-install ng sistema na Mageia. Kung ang\n" "mga partisyon ay nai-define na, mula sa dating pag-i-install ng GNU/Linux\n" "o ng ibang kasangkapang pangpartisyon, maaari ninyong gamiting ang\n" "mga mayroon nang partisyon. Kung hindi, dapat mag-define ng mga\n" -"partisyon ng hard drive.\n" +"partisyon ng hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"Upang makalikha ng mga partisyon, dapat pumili muna kayo ng hard drive.\n" +"Upang makalikha ng mga partisyon, dapat pumili muna kayo ng hard disk drive.\n" "Maaari ninyong piliin ang disk para sa pagpapartisyon sa pamamagitan ng\n" "pagki-click sa ``hda'' para sa unang IDE na drive, ``hdb'' para sa " "pangalawa,\n" "``sda'' para sa unang SCSI na drive at ganon.\n" "\n" -"Para ipartisyon ang napiling hard drive, maaari ninyong gamitin ang mga\n" +"Para ipartisyon ang napiling hard disk drive, maaari ninyong gamitin ang mga\n" "option na ito:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": ang option na ito ay magtatanggal ng lahat ng partisyon sa\n" -"napiling hard drive\n" +"napiling hard disk drive\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": ang option na ito ay hahayaan kayo na automatic na lumikha\n" -"ng ext3 at swap na partisyon sa libreng puwang ng inyong hard drive\n" +"ng ext4 at swap na partisyon sa libreng puwang ng inyong hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": magbibigay daan sa karagdang mga katangian (\"feature\"):\n" "\n" @@ -1216,7 +1210,7 @@ msgstr "" "na hindi iyon parating gumagana.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": babalewalain lahat ng mga pagbabago at kukunin muli ang\n" -"partition table na nasa hard drive noong una pa.\n" +"partition table na nasa hard disk drive noong una pa.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": ang pagtatanggal ng check sa option na ito ay magpipilit sa mga\n" "gumagamit na mano-manong i-mount at i-unmount ang \"removable media\"\n" @@ -1224,16 +1218,16 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"%s\": gamitin ang option na ito kung nais ninyong gumamit ng wizard " "para\n" -"i-partisyon ang inyong hard drive. Ito ay nirerekomenda kung kayo ay walang\n" +"i-partisyon ang inyong hard disk drive. Ito ay nirerekomenda kung kayo ay walang\n" "mabuting kaalaman sa pagpapartisyon.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": gamitin ang option na ito para bawiin ang mga pagbabago.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": magpapahintulot ng karagdagang magagawa sa mga partisyon (uri,\n" ", mga option, format) at magbibigay ng mas maraming inpormasyon tungkol\n" -"sa hard drive.\n" +"sa hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": kung kayo ay tapos na sa pagpapartisyon ng inyong hard drive, " +" * \"%s\": kung kayo ay tapos na sa pagpapartisyon ng inyong hard disk drive, " "ito\n" "ay magse-save ng inyong mga pagbabago pabalik sa disk.\n" "\n" @@ -1253,17 +1247,9 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m para i-set kung saan ilalagay (\"mount point\")\n" "\n" -"Para makakuha ng inpormasyon tungkol sa mga iba't-ibang uri ng \"file system" +"Para makakuha ng inpormasyon tungkol sa mga iba't-ibang uri ng \"filesystem" "\",\n" "pakibasa ang kabanata ng ext2FS mula sa ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"Kung kayo ay nag-i-install sa makina ng PPC, gugustuhin ninyong lumikha ng\n" -"maliit na partisyon na HFS ``bootstrap'' na may laking hindi liliit sa 1MB " -"na\n" -"gagamitin ng yaboot bootloader. Kung pipiliin ninyong mas malaki ang\n" -"partisyon, mga 50MB, makikita ninyong ito ay kapakipakinabang na lugar\n" -"sa pag-iimbak ng mga reserbang kernel at mga \"ramdisk image\" para sa\n" -"panahon ng mahigpit na pangangailangan." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1303,34 +1289,34 @@ msgstr "Lipat sa normal o bihasang mode" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Mahigit sa isang partisyon ng Microsoft ang natiktikan sa inyong hard " @@ -1341,33 +1327,33 @@ msgstr "" "Bawat partition ay nakalista ng ganito: \"Pangalan ng Linux\",\n" "\"Pangalan ng Windows\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Pangalan ng Linux name\" ay may istruktura na: \"uri ng hard drive\",\n" -"\"bilang ng hard drive\",\"bilang ng partisyon\" (halimbawa, \"hda1\").\n" +"\"Pangalan ng Linux name\" ay may istruktura na: \"uri ng hard disk drive\",\n" +"\"bilang ng hard disk drive\",\"bilang ng partisyon\" (halimbawa, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Uri ng hard drive\" ay \"hd\" kung ang inyong hard dive ay isang IDE\n" -"na hard drive at \"sd\" kung iyon ay isang SCSI na hard drive.\n" +"\"Uri ng hard disk drive\" ay \"hd\" kung ang inyong hard dive ay isang IDE\n" +"na hard disk drive at \"sd\" kung iyon ay isang SCSI na hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Bilang ng hard drive\" ay palaging titik pagkatapos ng \"hd\" o \"sd\". " +"\"Bilang ng hard disk drive\" ay palaging titik pagkatapos ng \"hd\" o \"sd\". " "Para\n" -"sa mga IDE na hard drive:\n" +"sa mga IDE na hard disk drive:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" ay nangangahulugang \"master hard drive sa primary IDE controller" +" * \"a\" ay nangangahulugang \"master hard disk drive sa primary IDE controller" "\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" ay nangangahulugang \"slave hard drive sa primary IDE controller" +" * \"b\" ay nangangahulugang \"slave hard disk drive sa primary IDE controller" "\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" ay nangangahulugang \"master hard drive sa secondary IDE controller" +" * \"c\" ay nangangahulugang \"master hard disk drive sa secondary IDE controller" "\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" ay nangangahulugang \"slave hard drive sa secondary IDE controller" +" * \"d\" ay nangangahulugang \"slave hard disk drive sa secondary IDE controller" "\".\n" "\n" -"Sa mga SCSI na hard drive, ang \"a\" ay nangangahulugang \"pinakamababang " +"Sa mga SCSI na hard disk drive, ang \"a\" ay nangangahulugang \"pinakamababang " "SCSI ID\",\n" "ang \"b\" ay nangangahulugang \"pangalawang pinakamababang SCSI ID\", atbp.\n" "\n" -"\"Pangalan ng Windows\" ay ang titik ng inyong hard drive sa ilalim ng " +"\"Pangalan ng Windows\" ay ang titik ng inyong hard disk drive sa ilalim ng " "Windows\n" "(ang unang disk o partisyon ay tinatawag na \"C:\")." @@ -1396,8 +1382,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1416,7 +1402,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"%s\": Para sa karamihang bahagi, ganap na binubura nito ang lumang\n" "sistema. Kung nais ninyong baguhin kung paano ang pagpartisyon sa inyong\n" -"hard drive, o baguhin ang file system, dapat ninyong gamitin ang option na\n" +"hard disk drive, o baguhin ang filesystem, dapat ninyong gamitin ang option na\n" "ito. Subalit, depende sa inyong pakana ng pagpapartisyon, maaari ninyong\n" "pigilang masulatan ang ilan sa inyong mga namamalaging data.\n" "\n" @@ -1685,7 +1671,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1793,7 +1779,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1811,7 +1797,7 @@ msgstr "" "naaangkop na driver.\n" "\n" "Dahil sa hindi perpekto ang pagtiktik sa hardware, ang DrakX ay maaaring\n" -"mabigo sa pagtitiktik sa inyong mga hard drive. Kung gayon, dapat ninyong\n" +"mabigo sa pagtitiktik sa inyong mga hard disk drive. Kung gayon, dapat ninyong\n" "sabihin ang inyong hardware ng mano-mano.\n" "\n" "Kung kinailangan na mano-mano ninyong sabihin ang inyong PCI SCSI adapter,\n" @@ -1996,11 +1982,11 @@ msgstr "Graphical Interface" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" -"Piliin ang hard drive na inyong gustong burahin upang ma-install ang\n" +"Piliin ang hard disk drive na inyong gustong burahin upang ma-install ang\n" "inyong bagong Mageia na partisyon. Mag-ingat, lahat ng data\n" "sa drive na ito ay mawawala at hindi na ito mababawi!" @@ -2008,21 +1994,21 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "I-click ang \"%s\" kung gusto ninyong tangalin lahat ng data at partisyon\n" -"na mayroon sa hard drive na ito. Mag-ingat, pagkatapos ma-click ang\n" +"na mayroon sa hard disk drive na ito. Mag-ingat, pagkatapos ma-click ang\n" "\"%s\", hindi na ninyo mababawi ang kahit anong data at mga partisyon\n" -"na mayroon sa hard drive na ito, kasama ang kahit anong data ng Windows.\n" +"na mayroon sa hard disk drive na ito, kasama ang kahit anong data ng Windows.\n" "\n" "I-click ang \"%s\" para hindi ituloy ang operasyon na ito na walang " "mawawlang\n" -"data at mga partisyon na mayroon sa hard drive na ito." +"data at mga partisyon na mayroon sa hard disk drive na ito." #: ../help.pm:872 #, c-format diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/tr.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/tr.po index 8cda7626d..2c48ade09 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/tr.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/tr.po @@ -2,30 +2,30 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Copyright (c) 2000 Mandriva # ############################################ -# # Ömer Fadıl USTA <omer_fad@hotmail.com> , 1999-2003. # Tuncay YENİAY <tuncayyeniay@mynet.com>,2002. # Nazmi Savga <nsavga@doruk.net.tr>,2001. # Durmuş Celep <durmusc_tr@yahoo.com>,2002. # Erçin EKER <erc.caldera@gmx.net>, 2003. -# # ############################################# -# +# Atilla ÖNTAŞ <tarakbumba@gmail.com>, 2013. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: DrakX-tr\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-12 12:22+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-15 13:35+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Ömer Fadıl USTA <omer_fad@hotmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish <tr@li.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-11-28 20:15+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Atilla ÖNTAŞ <tarakbumba@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Mageia Turkish Translation Team <i18n-tr@ml.mageia.org>\n" +"Language: tr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n" #: ../help.pm:14 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" "covers the entire Mageia distribution. If you agree with all the\n" @@ -33,13 +33,12 @@ msgid "" "button will reboot your computer." msgstr "" "Devam etmeden önce lisans koşullarını dikkatle okumalısınız. Lisans tüm\n" -"Mageia dağıtımını kapsar, bu koşullarını tamamını kabul " -"ediyorsanız,\n" +"Mageia dağıtımını kapsar, bu koşullarını tamamını kabul ediyorsanız,\n" "\"%s\" kutusunu işaretleyiniz aksi halde \"%s\" tuşuna tıklayarak\n" "makinenizi yeniden başlatabilirsiniz." #: ../help.pm:20 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n" "own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n" @@ -78,49 +77,62 @@ msgid "" "security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n" "\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box." msgstr "" -"GNU/Linux çok kullanıcılı bir sistemdir, yani her kullanıcının kendi\n" -"tercihleri, kendi dosyaları, v.s. olabilir. Daha fazla bilgi edinmek için\n" -"\"Kullanıcı Kılavuzu\"nu okuyunuz. Sistem Yöneticisi olan \"root\" dışındaki " -"kullanıcılar kendi dosyaları ve yapılandırmaları dışında hiçbir\n" -"şeyi değiştiremezler. Kendiniz için en az bir normal kullanıcı " -"oluşturmalısınız.\n" -"Bu hesabı sıradan işler için kullanacaksınız. Sisteminizi \"root\" olarak\n" -"kullanmak çok pratik gibi görünse de aslında çok tehlikelidir. En küçük bir\n" -"yanlışlık sisteminizin çalışmamasıyla sonuçlanabilir. Ama normal kullanıcı\n" -"olarak bir sürü yanlış da yapsanız sadece kendi bilgilerinize zarar vermiş\n" -"olursunuz, sisteminize zarar veremezsiniz.\n" -"\n" -"İl alan gerçek isminizi girmeniz içindir. Tabii ki sorunlu değildir, " -"herhangi bir\n" -"şey yazabilirsiniz. DrakX bu bölüme ilk girdiğiniz kelimeyi \"%s\" bölümüne\n" -"kopyalayacak ki bu sisteme giriş için kullanılacak kullanıcı adıdır. " -"İsterseniz\n" -"kullanıcı adını değiştirebilirsiniz. Sonra buraya bir parola gireceksiniz. " -"Bir\n" -"normal kullanıcının parolası \"root\" parolası kadar önemli değildir.\n" -"Fakat bu boş yada basit bir şifre kullanmak için bir gerekçe değildir,\n" -"sonuç olarak kişisel dosyalarınızı tehlikeye atmış olursunuz.\n" -"\n" -"\"%s\"e tıklayarak ile kullanıcı için öntanımlı \"kabuk\"u " -"değiştirebilirsiniz\n" -"(öntanımlı olan bash'dir).\n" -"\n" -"Kullanıcı eklemeyi tamamladıktan sonra, sistem açıldıktan sonra otomatik\n" -"giriş yapılacak kullanıcı sorulacaktır. Eğer bu konu ile ilgileniyorsanızı " -"(ve\n" -"yerel güvenliğe önem vermiyorsanız), istediğiniz kullanıcıyı ve pencere\n" -"yöneticisini seçin ve \"%s\"e tıklayın. Eğer bu konu ilginizi çekmiyorsa\n" -"\"%s\" seçimini kaldırın ve devam edin." +"GNU/Linux, her kullanıcının kendi ayarlarına, kendi dosyalarına v.b. sahip " +"olabileceği çok kullanıcılı bir\n" +"sistemdir. Sistem yöneticisi olan \"kök\" aksine bu noktada eklediğiniz " +"kullanıcılar kendi\n" +"dosyaları ve ve kendi yapılandırmaları haricinde herhangi bir şeyi " +"değiştirme yetkisine sahip\n" +"olmayacaklardır ki böylece bir bütün olarak sistem istenmeyen veya zararlı " +"değişikliklerden korunacaktır.\n" +"Kendiniz için en azından bir normal kullanıcı oluşturmak zorundasınız -- bu, " +"günlük olarak kullanacağınız\n" +"hesap olacaktır. Her ne kadar her şeyi yapabilmek için \"kök\" olarak oturum " +"açabilmeniz mümkünse de\n" +"bu işlem çok tehlikeli olabilir! Çok basit bir hata sisteminizin bir daha " +"işlememesine neden olabilir.\n" +"Normal bir kullanıcı olarak ciddi bir hata yaparsanız en kötü durumda biraz " +"veri kaybedersiniz;\n" +"ama bu, tüm sistemi etkilemeyecektir.\n" +"\n" +"İlk alan gerçek adınızı sorar. Elbette, bu zorunlu değildir -- ne isterseniz " +"onu yazabilirsiniz.\n" +"DrakX yazdığınız ilk sözcüğü alır ve \"%s\" olarak kopyalar. Bu, kullanıcının " +"oturum açarken\n" +"gireceği isimdir. İsterseniz öntanımlı olan kullanıcı ismini " +"değiştirebilirsiniz. Sonraki adım\n" +"bir parola girmektir. Güvenlik açısından, bir tam yetkilendirilmemiş " +"(normal) kullanıcı parolası\n" +"\"kök\" parolası kadar önemli değildir. Ancak, bunu boş geçmek veya çok basit " +"belirlemek için\n" +"bir neden yoktur: sonuçta, risk altına girebilecek olan kendi " +"dosyalarınızdır.\n" +"\n" +"\"%s\" üzerine tıkladığınızda, diğer kullanıcıları da ekleyebilirsiniz. " +"Arkadaşlarınız, babanız, kardeşiniz v.b.\n" +"her biri için bir kullanıcı ekleyin. Bitirdiğinizde \"%s\" üzerine tıklayın.\n" +"\n" +"\"%s\" düğmesine tıklamak o kullanıcı için öntanımlı \"kabuk\"u değiştirmenizi " +"sağlayacaktır.\n" +"(Öntanımılı olan bash kabuktur)\n" +"\n" +"Kullanıcıları eklemeyi bitirdiğinizde, bilgisayar başladığında kendiliğinden " +"oturum açacak kullanıcı\n" +"sorulacaktır. Bu özelliği kullanmak istiyorsanız (ve yerel güvenlik " +"endişeniz yoksa) istediğiniz\n" +"kullanıcıyı ve pencere yöneticisini seçin. Sonra \"%s\" üzerine tıklayın. Bu " +"özelliği kullanmak istemiyorsanız\n" +"\"%s\" kutusundaki işareti kaldırın." #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format msgid "User name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kullanıcı adı" #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format msgid "Accept user" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kullanıcıyı kabul et" #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format @@ -130,7 +142,7 @@ msgstr "Bu özelliği kullanmak istiyor musunuz?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -140,24 +152,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Yukarıdakiler, sabit diskinizde bulunan Linux bölümleridir. Genel kullanım\n" @@ -481,7 +493,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:213 #, c-format msgid "Hardware clock set to GMT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Donanım saati GMT olarak ayarla" #: ../help.pm:213 #, c-format @@ -571,6 +583,12 @@ msgid "" "monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n" "from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer." msgstr "" +"Monitör\n" +"\n" +" Normalde kurulum aracı makinenize bağlı olan monitörü kendiliğinden " +"algılar ve yapılandırır.\n" +"Doğru ayarlama yapılmamışsa, bilgisayarınıza bağlı olan monitörü bu listeden " +"seçebilirsiniz." #: ../help.pm:298 #, c-format @@ -582,6 +600,13 @@ msgid "" "able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n" "configuration is shown in the monitor picture." msgstr "" +"Çözünürlük\n" +"\n" +" Burada ekran kartınız için uygun olan çözünürlükleri ve renk " +"derinliklerini seçebilirsiniz. İhtiyacınıza\n" +"en uygun olanını seçin (kurulum sonrasında değişiklik yapabilirsiniz). " +"Seçilen yapılandırma\n" +"örneği monitör resminde görüntülenir." #: ../help.pm:306 #, c-format @@ -590,9 +615,12 @@ msgid "" "or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n" "suits your needs." msgstr "" +"Ekran kartınız için farklı sunucuların mümkün olduğu durumlarda, 3B " +"hızlandırma etkin veya devredışı,\n" +"ihtiyaçlarınıza en uygun sunucuyu seçmeniz istenir." #: ../help.pm:311 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "Options\n" "\n" @@ -601,42 +629,43 @@ msgid "" "want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n" "not successful in getting the display configured." msgstr "" -"Son olarak açılış sırasında grafik arayüzle başlamak isteyip istemediğiniz\n" -"sorulacaktır. Yapılandırmanızı denemeyi seçmemiş bile olsanız bu soru yine " -"de\n" -"sorulacaktır. Ekranınızı iyi yapılandıramamışsanız ya da makinanızın bir\n" -"sunucu rolü üstlenmesini seçmişseniz bu soruya \"Hayır\" cevabı vermeniz\n" -"önerilir." +"Seçenekler\n" +"\n" +" Bu adımlar önyüklemede makinenizin grafiksel arayüze kendiliğinden " +"geçmesini isteyip istemediğinizi\n" +"seçmenizi sağlar. Elbette, makineniz bir sunucu olarak çalışacaksa veya " +"görüntü almayı başaramadıysanız\n" +"\"%s\" seçeneğini işaretleyebilirsiniz." #: ../help.pm:319 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -652,14 +681,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -672,69 +701,73 @@ msgid "" "experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n" "refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''." msgstr "" -"Bu noktada, Mageia işletim sisteminizi sabit diskinizde\n" -"nereye kuracağınızı seçmeniz gerekiyor. Diskiniz boşsa, ya da\n" -"halihazırda bir işletim sistemi diskin tamamını kullanıyorsa\n" -"diski bölümlendirmeniz gerekmektedir. Temel olarak, bir diski\n" -"bölümlendirmek, Mageia sistemini kurabilmek için onu\n" -"mantıksal olarak bölmek ve böylece boş alan oluşturmak anlamına\n" +"Bu noktada, Mageia işletim sisteminizi sabit diskinizde nereye kuracağınızı " +"seçmeniz\n" +"gerekiyor. Diskiniz boşsa, ya da halihazırda bir işletim sistemi diskin " +"tamamını kullanıyorsa\n" +"diski bölümlendirmeniz gerekmektedir. Temel olarak, bir diski " +"bölümlendirmek, Mageia sistemini\n" +"kurabilmek için onu mantıksal olarak bölmek ve böylece boş alan oluşturmak " +"anlamına\n" "gelir.\n" "\n" -"Bölümlendirme işlemi gerellikle geri alınamaz ve zaten kurulu bir\n" -"işletim sisteminiz var ise bilgi kaybına yol açabilir. Bu işlem, eğer\n" -"tecrübesizseniz, korkutucu ve stresli bir iş olabilir. Mageia,\n" -"bu işlemi oldukça kolaylaştıran bir sihirbaz sunmaktadır.Başlamadan\n" -"önce lütfen aşağıdaki okumak için zaman ayrın.\n" +"Bölümlendirme işlemi genellikle geri alınamaz ve zaten kurulu bir işletim " +"sisteminiz var ise bilgi kaybına yol\n" +"açabilir. Bu işlem, eğer tecrübesizseniz, korkutucu ve stresli bir iş " +"olabilir. Şansınıza, DrakX bu işlemi\n" +"oldukça kolaylaştıran bir sihirbaz sunmaktadır.Başlamadan önce lütfen " +"aşağıdaki okumak için zaman ayrın.\n" "\n" -"Sabit disk yapınıza bağlı olarak, birkaç seçenek mevcut: \n" +"Sabit disk yapınıza bağlı olarak, birkaç seçenek mevcuttur: \n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": bu seçenek boş sabit disk(ler)iniz üzerinde otomatik " -"bölümlendirme\n" -"gerçeklerştirir. Bu seçeneği seçerseniz konu hakkında soru sorulmayacak\n" +" * \"%s\": Bu seçenek boş sabit disk(ler)iniz üzerinde otomatik bölümlendirme " +"gerçekleştirir. Bu seçeneği\n" +"seçerseniz konu hakkında soru sorulmayacaktır.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\" sihirbaz sabit diskiniz üstünde bir ya da daha fazla Linux bölümü\n" -"buldu. Eğer bunları kullanmak istiyorsanız bu seçeneği kullanın. Sonra ki\n" -"adımda bu bölümler ile ilişkili bağlama noktaları seçmeniz istenecek.\n" +" * \"%s\": Sihirbaz sabit diskiniz üstünde bir ya da daha fazla Linux bölümü " +"buldu. Bunları kullanmak istiyorsanız\n" +"bu seçeneği kullanın. Sonraki adımda bu bölümler ile ilişkili bağlama " +"noktaları seçmeniz istenecektir.\n" "Bağlama noktaları öntanımlı olarak seçilir ve genellikle olduğu gibi " -"bırakmak\n" -"en iyisidir.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": eğer sisteminizde Microsoft Windows kurulu ve tük disk " -"kapasitesini\n" -"kullanıyorsa Linux'un kullanabilmesi için yer açmanız gerekecektir. Bunun " -"için,\n" -"Microsoft Window disk bölümünü ve bilgileri silebilir (``Tüm Diski Sil''e " -"bakın)\n" -"yada Microsoft Windows FAT bölümünüzü yeniden boyutlandırabilirsiniz. Bu\n" -"işlem sırasında eğer Windows bölümünüzü birleştirmiş ve biçimi FAT ise\n" -"herhangi bir veri kaybı yaşamazsınız. Verilerinizi yedeklemeniz şiddetle " -"önerilir.\n" -"Eğer aynı bilgisayarda hem Mageia hem de Windows kullanamk\n" -"istiyorsanız bu seçeneği seçmeniz önerilir.\n" -"\n" -" Bu seçeneği seçmeden önce unutmayın ki işlem tamamlandığında Microsoft\n" -"Windows disk bölümünüz küçülmüş olacak. Yeni yazılımları yüklemek ya da " -"kişisel\n" -"verilerinizi saklamak için Microsoft Windows altında daha az boş alanınız " -"olacak.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": Sabit diskinizde bulunan tüm bilgileri silmek ve yeni bir " -"Mageia\n" -"kurulumu yapmak için bu seçeneği seçin. Lütfen bu seçeneği kullanırken " -"dikkatli\n" -"olun, çünkü onayladıktan sonra geri alma şansınız bulunmuyor.\n" -"\n" -" !! Eğer bu seçeneği seçerseniz sabit diskinizdeki tüm bilgi " -"silinecektir. !!\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": Bu seçenek tüm sabit diski silecek ve disk bölümlerini baştan " -"oluşturacak.\n" -"Diskinizdeki tüm bilgiler silinecektir.\n" -"\n" -" !! Eğer bu seçeneği seçerseniz sabit diskinizdeki tüm bilgileri " -"kaybedeceksiniz. !!\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": Sabit diskinizi kendiniz bölümlendirmek istiyorsanız bu seçeneği " +"bırakmak en iyisidir.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": Sisteminizde Microsoft Windows kurulu ve tüm disk alanını " +"kullanıyorsa GNU/Linux 'un\n" +"kullanabilmesi için yer açmanız gerekecektir. Bunun için, Microsoft Window " +"disk bölümünü ve bilgilerini\n" +"tümüyle silebilir (``Tüm Diski Sil''e bakın) ya da Microsoft Windows FAT " +"veya NTFS bölümünüzü yeniden\n" +"boyutlandırabilirsiniz. Bu işlem sırasında eğer Windows bölümünüzü " +"birleştirmişseniz herhangi bir veri\n" +"kaybı yaşamazsınız. Verilerinizi yedeklemeniz şiddetle önerilir. Aynı " +"bilgisayarda hem Mageia hem de\n" +"Windows kullanmak istiyorsanız bu seçeneği seçmeniz önerilir.\n" +"\n" +" Bu seçeneği seçmeden önce unutmayın ki işlem tamamlandığında Microsoft " +"Windows\n" +"disk bölümünüz küçülmüş olacak. Yeni yazılımları yüklemek ya da kişisel " +"verilerinizi saklamak için\n" +"Microsoft Windows altında daha az boş alanınız olacaktır.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": Sabit diskinizde bulunan tüm bilgileri silmek ve yeni bir Mageia " +"kurulumu yapmak için\n" +"bu seçeneği seçin. Lütfen bu seçeneği kullanırken dikkatli olun, çünkü " +"onayladıktan sonra geri alma\n" +"şansınız bulunmuyor.\n" +"\n" +" !! Eğer bu seçeneği seçerseniz sabit diskinizdeki tüm bilgi silinecektir. " +"!!\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": Bu seçenek tüm sabit disk alanı Microsoft Windows tarafından " +"alınmışsa görüntülenir.\n" +"Bu seçeneği seçmek basitçe disk üzerindeki herşeyi silecek ve en baştan yeni " +"bir bölümlendirme\n" +"oluşturacaktır.\n" +"\n" +" !! Eğer bu seçeneği seçerseniz sabit diskinizdeki tüm bilgi silinecektir. " +"!!\n" +"\n" +"* \"%s\": Sabit diskinizi kendiniz bölümlendirmek istiyorsanız bu seçeneği " "seçin.\n" "Dikkati olun -- oldukça güçlü bir seçenektir ama veri kaybetmek oldukça " "kolaydır.\n" @@ -754,7 +787,7 @@ msgstr "Geçerli bölümlendirmeyi kullan" #: ../help.pm:370 #, c-format msgid "Use the free space on the Microsoft Windows® partition" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Microsoft Windows® bölümündeki boş alan kullanılsın" #: ../help.pm:370 #, c-format @@ -799,8 +832,7 @@ msgid "" "/dev/fd0\"." msgstr "" "Buraya kadar geldiyseniz kurulum tamamlanmış ve GNU/Linux sisteminizi\n" -"kullanmaya hazırsınız demektir. \"TAMAM\" düğmesine tıkladığınızda " -"sisteminiz\n" +"kullanmaya hazırsınız demektir. \"TAMAM\" düğmesine tıkladığınızda sisteminiz\n" "yeniden başlatılacaktır. Hem Windows hem de GNU/Linux kullanımını " "seçtiyseniz\n" "makinanızın her açılışında bu sistemlerden biri için tercihinizi\n" @@ -809,16 +841,14 @@ msgstr "" "\"Gelişmiş\" düğmesine (Uzman kipinde görünür) tıkladığınızda size iki\n" "seçenek sunulacaktır:\n" "\n" -" * \"Otomatik kurulum disketi oluşturulsun\": yaptığınız kuruluma benzer " -"bir\n" +" * \"Otomatik kurulum disketi oluşturulsun\": yaptığınız kuruluma benzer bir\n" " kurulumu herhangi bir yardım gerekmeksizin otomatik olarak " "yapılabilmesini\n" " sağlayacak bir kurulum disketi oluşturabilirsiniz.\n" "\n" " Bu seçeneği kullanmaya karar verdiğinizde size iki seçenek sunulacaktır:\n" "\n" -" * \"Etkileşimli\": bu sadece disk bölümlemesinin etkileşimli olduğu " -"yarı\n" +" * \"Etkileşimli\": bu sadece disk bölümlemesinin etkileşimli olduğu yarı\n" " otomatik kurulumdur.\n" "\n" " * \"Otomatik\": sabit diskin tamamen silinip yeniden yazılması\n" @@ -831,8 +861,7 @@ msgstr "" " * \"Paket seçim listesini kaydet\"(*): kurulum sırasında seçtiğiniz\n" " paketlerin listesi kaydedilir. Bir başka kurulum sırasında disketi\n" " sürücüye yerleştirdikten sonra [F1] tuşuna bastıktan sonra\n" -" »linux defcfg=\"floppy\"« yazarak kurulumu yardım ekranına kadar " -"ilerletin\n" +" »linux defcfg=\"floppy\"« yazarak kurulumu yardım ekranına kadar ilerletin\n" "\n" " (*) Bu seçenek için FAT biçemli bir diskete ihtiyacınız olacak. Bu " "disketi\n" @@ -972,19 +1001,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1000,21 +1029,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1031,14 +1060,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Bu noktada, Mageia işletim sisteminizi sabit diskinizde nereye\n" "kuracağınızı seçmeniz gerekiyor. Bölümler önceki bir kurulumda ya da bir\n" @@ -1111,14 +1134,6 @@ msgstr "" "Başka dosya sistemleri hakkında bilgi edinmek için \"Başvuru Kılavuzu" "\"ndaki\n" "ext2fs bölümünü okuyunuz.\n" -"\n" -"Bir PPC makina üzerine kurulum yapıyorsanız, yaboot önyükleyicisi " -"tarafından\n" -"kullanılmak üzere en az 1MB lık küçük bir HFS \"önyükleme\" bölümü " -"oluşturmak\n" -"isteyeceksiniz. Bu disk bölümünü biraz daha büyük, örneğin 50MB yaparsanız\n" -"bir yedek çekirdeğin ve kurtarma açılışı gereksinimleri için ramdisk\n" -"görüntüsünün saklanacağı kullanışlı bir alan elde edebilirsiniz." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1158,34 +1173,34 @@ msgstr "Normal/Uzman kipleri arasında geçiş yap" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Sabit diskinizde birden fazla Windows bölümü bulundu. Yeni Mageia\n" @@ -1245,8 +1260,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1459,7 +1474,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1567,7 +1582,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1661,9 +1676,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:809 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "TV card" -msgstr "ISDN kartı" +msgstr "TV kartı" #: ../help.pm:809 #, c-format @@ -1676,9 +1691,9 @@ msgid "Graphical Interface" msgstr "Grafiksel Arabirim" #: ../help.pm:861 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1687,15 +1702,15 @@ msgstr "" "mümkün olmayacağını unutmayın!" #: ../help.pm:866 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Bu sabit disk üzerindeki tüm verinin ve bölümlerin silinmesini istiyorsanız\n" "\"%s\" tuşuna tıklayın. Dikkatli olun, \"%s\" tuşuna tıkladıktan\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/uk.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/uk.po index e74eb07b7..5a472691e 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/uk.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/uk.po @@ -1,39 +1,40 @@ # translation of DrakX-uk.po to ukrainian # translation of DrakX.po to ukrainian -# $Id: uk.po 26602 2006-04-22 07:43:48Z fwang $ # Copyright (C) 2000,2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# # Dmytro Kovalov <kov@tokyo.email.ne.jp>, 2000. # Taras Boychuk <btr1@torba.com>, 2003, 2004. # Taras Boychuk <btr1@mail.ru>, 2004, 2003. # Taras Boychuk <btr1@ukrpost.net>, 2004, 2005. -# +# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: DrakX-uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-12 12:22+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-01 01:29+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Taras Boychuk <btr1@ukrpost.net>\n" -"Language-Team: ukrainian <uk@li.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-29 16:20+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Language: uk\n" #: ../help.pm:14 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" "covers the entire Mageia distribution. If you agree with all the\n" "terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n" "button will reboot your computer." msgstr "" -"Перш, ніж продовжувати, прочитайте уважно умови ліцензії. Вона\n" -"стосується всього дистрибутиву Мандріва лінакс. Якщо Ви\n" -"погоджуєтесь з умовами ліцензії, помітьте \"%s\". Якщо ні,\n" -"то натисніть \"%s\", щоб перезавантажити комп'ютер." +"Перш ніж продовжувати, прочитайте уважно умови ліцензії. Вона\n" +"стосується всього дистрибутива Mageia. Якщо ви\n" +"погоджуєтесь з умовами ліцензії, позначте пункт «%s». Якщо ні,\n" +"натисніть «%s», щоб перезавантажити комп'ютер." #: ../help.pm:20 #, c-format @@ -77,53 +78,53 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "GNU/Linux - багатокористувацька система, це означає, що кожен з\n" "користувачів може мати свої власні установки, власні файли, тощо. Щоб\n" -"більше дізнатися про це, Ви можете прочитати Підручник користувача з\n" +"більше дізнатися про це, ви можете прочитати Підручник користувача з\n" "системи. Але на відміну від користувача Root, який є адміністратором\n" -"системи, користувачі, яких Ви будете створювати на цьому кроці, не\n" +"системи, користувачі, яких ви будете створювати на цьому кроці, не\n" "мають права змінювати нічого в системі, крім своїх власних файлів і\n" -"власної конфігурації. Ви маєте створити рахунок для хоча б одного\n" -"єдиного користувача - для самого себе. Ви будете користуватися цим\n" +"власної конфігурації. ви маєте створити рахунок для хоча б одного\n" +"єдиного користувача - для самого себе. ви будете користуватися цим\n" "рахунком для того, щоб виконувати щоденні задачі. І хоча це і дуже\n" "зручно реєструватись в системі як Root, але одночасно це і дуже\n" "небезпечно! Найменша помилка може призвести до того, що система буде\n" -"неробочою. Якщо Ви помилитесь як звичайний користувач, Ви можете,\n" +"неробочою. Якщо ви помилитесь як звичайний користувач, ви можете,\n" "звичайно, втратити деякі свої дані, але не всю систему.\n" "\n" -"Перше поле запитує Ваше справжнє ім'я. Звичайно ж, воно не обов'язкове,\n" -"Ви можете надрукувати все, що завгодно. DrakX візьме перше слово з цього\n" -"поля і скопіює його в поле \"%s\", яке є ім'ям користувача, під яким " +"Перше поле запитує ваше справжнє ім'я. Звичайно ж, воно не обов'язкове,\n" +"ви можете надрукувати все, що завгодно. DrakX візьме перше слово з цього\n" +"поля і скопіює його в поле «%s», яке є ім'ям користувача, під яким " "користувач\n" -"буде реєструватись у системі. Якщо захочете, Ви можете змінити це ім'я. \n" -"Потім Вам потрібно ввести пароль. З міркувань безпеки системи пароль\n" +"буде реєструватись у системі. Якщо захочете, ви можете змінити це ім'я. \n" +"Потім вам потрібно ввести пароль. З міркувань безпеки системи пароль\n" "звичайного (не root) користувача не є таким критичним, як пароль \n" "адміністратора, але все одно немає причин для того, щоб нехтувати ним,\n" "залишаючи його порожнім або надто простим: врешті-решт, це загрожує\n" "Вашим власним файлам. \n" "\n" -"Після того, як Ви натиснете кнопку \"%s\", Ви можете додати ще багато \n" +"Після того, як ви натиснете кнопку «%s», ви можете додати ще багато \n" "інших користувачів. Додайте користувача для кожного з Ваших друзів:\n" -"для тата й сестри, наприклад. Після того, як Ви закінчили додавати\n" -"користувачів, натисніть \"%s\".\n" +"для тата й сестри, наприклад. Після того, як ви закінчили додавати\n" +"користувачів, натисніть «%s».\n" "\n" -"Натиснувши на кнопку \"%s\", Ви зможете змінити типову командну оболонку\n" +"Натиснувши на кнопку «%s», ви зможете змінити типову командну оболонку\n" "для кожного користувача (типова оболонка - bash). \n" "\n" -"Коли Ви закінчите додавати користувачів, Вам буде запропоновано вибрати\n" -"користувача, який буде автоматично реєструватися в системі при стартуванні\n" -"комп'ютера. Якщо така можливість Вас цікавить (і не надто турбує про\n" +"Коли ви закінчите додавати користувачів, вам буде запропоновано вибрати\n" +"користувача, який буде автоматично реєструватися в системі при запуску\n" +"комп'ютера. Якщо така можливість вас цікавить (і не надто турбує про\n" "локальну безпеку), виберіть користувача і менеджер вікон, тоді натисніть " "на \n" -"\"%s\". Якщо Вас така можливість не цікавить, відмініть вибір \"%s\"." +"«%s». Якщо вас така можливість не цікавить, скасуйте вибір «%s»." #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format msgid "User name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ім'я користувача" #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format msgid "Accept user" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прийняти користувача" #: ../help.pm:54 #, c-format @@ -133,7 +134,8 @@ msgstr "Ви хочете використовувати цю можливіст #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -143,45 +145,48 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Тут перелічені вже існуючі розділи, знайдені на Вашому твердому\n" -"диску. Ви можете залишити вибір, зроблений Помічником, він підходить\n" -"для більшості випадків встановлення. Якщо Ви робите якісь зміни, то " +"диску. ви можете залишити вибір, зроблений Помічником, він підходить\n" +"для більшості випадків встановлення. Якщо ви робите якісь зміни, то " "потрібно\n" "як мінімум створити кореневу файлову систему (/). Не виділяйте\n" -"для цього занадто малий розділ, бо інакше Ви не зможете встановити\n" -"всі потрібні Вам програми. Якщо Ви бажаєте зберігати всі свої дані в\n" +"для цього занадто малий розділ, бо інакше ви не зможете встановити\n" +"всі потрібні вам програми. Якщо ви бажаєте зберігати всі свої дані в\n" "окремому розділі, потрібно буде також створити розділ \"/home\" (тільки у\n" -"випадку, якщо Ви маєте більше одного розділа для Лінакса). \n" +"випадку, якщо ви маєте більше одного розділу для Linux). \n" "\n" "Кожен розділ показано в такому вигляді: \"Назва\", \"Розмір\".\n" "\n" -"Назва розшифровується так: \"тип твердого диску\", \"номер твердого\n" +"Назва розшифровується так: \"тип жорсткого диска\", \"номер твердого\n" "диску\", \"номер розділу на диску\", (наприклад: \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Тип твердого диску\" - це \"hd\", якщо Ви маєте диск типу IDE, і \"sd\",\n" -"якщо Ви маєте твердий диск типу SCSI.\n" +"\"Тип жорсткого диска\" - це \"hd\", якщо ви маєте диск типу IDE, і \"sd\",\n" +"якщо ви маєте твердий диск типу SCSI.\n" "\n" -"\"Номер твердого диску\" - це завжди літера після \"hd\" чи \"sd\". Для\n" +"\"Номер жорсткого диска\" - це завжди літера після \"hd\" чи \"sd\". Для\n" "дисків типу IDE це:\n" "\n" " * \"a\" - головний диск (master) на першому контролері IDE,\n" @@ -192,12 +197,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"d\" - вторинний диск на другому контролері IDE.\n" "\n" -"Для SCSI дисків \"a\" означає \"головний диск\", \"b\" - другорядний диск, " -"і\n" -"т.д. ..." +"Для SCSI дисків \"a\" означає \"головний диск\", \"b\" - другорядний диск\n" +"тощо." #: ../help.pm:88 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "The Mageia installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n" "selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n" @@ -205,14 +209,14 @@ msgid "" "CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n" "installed." msgstr "" -"Дистрибутив Мандріва лінакс розміщений на кількох компакт-дисках.\n" +"Дані дистрибутива Mageia розміщено на кількох компакт-дисках.\n" "Якщо вибраний пакунок знаходиться на іншому диску, DrakX викине \n" "поточний компакт-диск і попросить вставити потрібний. Якщо у вас немає\n" -"потрібного диску під руками, просто натисніть \"%s\", пакунок не буде\n" +"потрібного диску під руками, просто натисніть «%s», пакунок не буде\n" "встановлено." #: ../help.pm:95 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n" "There are thousands of packages available for Mageia, and to make it\n" @@ -269,59 +273,59 @@ msgid "" "command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n" "megabytes." msgstr "" -"Тепер час вибрати, які програми Ви хочете встановити в своїй\n" -"системі. Мандріва лінакс має тисячі програмних пакунків, і щоб спростити\n" +"Тепер час вибрати, які програми ви хочете встановити в своїй\n" +"системі. Mageia має тисячі програмних пакунків, і щоб спростити\n" "керування ними, пакунки розміщено в групи подібних програм.\n" "\n" "Пакунки розсортовано в групи відповідно до способу використання Вашої\n" -"машини. Мандріва Лінакс має чотири попередньо налаштовані типи\n" -"встановлення. Ви можете комбінувати і підбирати програми з різних\n" +"машини. Mageia має чотири попередньо налаштовані типи\n" +"встановлення. ви можете комбінувати і підбирати програми з різних\n" "груп, і встановлення типу \"Робоча станція\"' може мати програми із групи\n" "пакунків \"Розробник\".\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": якщо Ви збираєтесь використовувати свою машину як робочу\n" +" * «%s»: якщо ви збираєтесь використовувати свою машину як робочу\n" "станцію, виберіть одну чи більше програм з цієї групи.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": якщо Ви збираєтесь використовувати цю машину для\n" +" * «%s»: якщо ви збираєтесь використовувати цю машину для\n" "програмування, виберіть відповідні пакунки з цієї групи. Спеціальна група\n" "\"СБЛ\" налаштує систему таким чином, що вона міститиме якнайповнішу\n" -"специфікацію Стандартної бази Лінакса.\n" +"специфікацію Стандартної бази Linux.\n" "\n" " При виборі групи \"СБЛ\" встановиться ядро серії \"2.4\", на відміну від\n" "\"2.6\", яке встановлюється типово. Ця зроблено для 100%% впевненості у\n" -"сумісності з \"СБЛ\". Проте, якщо Ви не виберете групу \"СБЛ\", всеодно\n" +"сумісності з \"СБЛ\". Проте, якщо ви не виберете групу \"СБЛ\", всеодно\n" "отримаєте систему майже 100%%-сумісну з \"СБЛ\".\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": якщо машина призначається для використання в якості\n" -"сервера, виберіть додаткові сервіси, які Ви хочете встановити на своїй\n" +" * «%s»: якщо машина призначається для використання в якості\n" +"сервера, виберіть додаткові сервіси, які ви хочете встановити на своїй\n" "машині.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": тут Ви можете вибрати графічне середовище собі до вподоби.\n" -"Виберіть хоча б одне, якщо Ви хочете мати графічний інтерфейс.\n" +" * «%s»: тут ви можете вибрати графічне середовище собі до вподоби.\n" +"Виберіть хоча б одне, якщо ви хочете мати графічний інтерфейс.\n" "\n" "При пересуванні курсора над назвою групи буде висвічуватися текст із\n" "коротким поясненням про групу.\n" "\n" -"Ви можете помітити \"%s\", що може використовуватися при добрих\n" -"знаннях пакунків, або якщо Ви хочете мати повний контроль над тим,\n" +"ви можете помітити «%s», що може використовуватися при добрих\n" +"знаннях пакунків, або якщо ви хочете мати повний контроль над тим,\n" "що встановлюєте.\n" "\n" -"Якщо Ви почали встановлення в режимі \"%s\", можете зняти вибір усіх\n" +"Якщо ви почали встановлення в режимі «%s», можете зняти вибір усіх\n" "груп і не встановлювати жодних нових пакунків. Це можна\n" "використовувати при відновленні або поновленні системи.\n" "\n" -"Якщо Ви зняли вибір усіх груп під час підготовки звичайного\n" +"Якщо ви зняли вибір усіх груп під час підготовки звичайного\n" "встановлення (на відміну від поновлення), появиться діалогове\n" "вікно з різними параметрами для мінімального встановлення:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\":встановити найменшу можливу кількість пакунків, щоб мати\n" +" * «%s»:встановити найменшу можливу кількість пакунків, щоб мати\n" "працюючу графічну стільницю.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": встановлює основну систему плюс основні інструменти і їх\n" +" * «%s»: встановлює основну систему плюс основні інструменти і їх\n" "документацію. Цей спосіб використовується для встановлення сервера.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": встановить абсолютно найменшу кількість пакунків, необхідних,\n" -"щоб отримати працюючу систему Лінакс. При цьому встановленні Ви\n" +" * «%s»: встановить абсолютно найменшу кількість пакунків, необхідних,\n" +"щоб отримати працюючу систему Linux. При цьому встановленні Ви\n" "будете мати тільки інтерфейс командного рядка. Загальний розмір цього\n" "встановлення становить біля 65 мегабайтів." @@ -341,7 +345,7 @@ msgid "Truly minimal install" msgstr "Насправді мінімальне встановлення" #: ../help.pm:152 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n" "a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n" @@ -377,28 +381,28 @@ msgid "" "another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n" "such a floppy." msgstr "" -"Якщо Ви вказали програмі встановлення, що хочете мати індивідуальний\n" -"вибір пакунків, Вам буде показано повне дерево пакунків, зібраних за\n" -"групами і підгрупами. Переглядаючи дерево, Ви зможете вибрати повні\n" +"Якщо ви вказали програмі встановлення, що хочете мати індивідуальний\n" +"вибір пакунків, вам буде показано повне дерево пакунків, зібраних за\n" +"групами і підгрупами. Переглядаючи дерево, ви зможете вибрати повні\n" "групи, підгрупи та окремі пакунки.\n" "\n" -"Кожного разу, коли Ви вибираєте пакунок в дереві, справа з'являється\n" +"Кожного разу, коли ви вибираєте пакунок в дереві, справа з'являється\n" "підказка про призначення пакунка.\n" "\n" "!! Якщо було вибрано серверний пакунок, чи то шляхом спеціального\n" "вибору індивідуального пакунка, чи він є складовою частиною групи\n" -"пакунків, Вам буде задане запитання, чи Ви справді бажаєте встановити\n" -"ці сервери. В Мандріва лінакс всі встановлені сервери автоматично\n" +"пакунків, вам буде задане запитання, чи ви справді бажаєте встановити\n" +"ці сервери. В Mageia всі встановлені сервери автоматично\n" "запускаються при завантаженні системи. Навіть, якщо на час придбання\n" "системи не було відомо жодних проблем з безпекою даних серверів,\n" "можливо, що після встановлення системи такі проблеми буде виявлено.\n" -"Якщо Ви не знаєте призначення конкретного сервера або з якою метою\n" -"його встановлено, натисніть \"%s\". Якщо Ви натиснете \"%s\", буде\n" +"Якщо ви не знаєте призначення конкретного сервера або з якою метою\n" +"його встановлено, натисніть «%s». Якщо ви натиснете «%s», буде\n" "встановлено перелічені сервери і вони будуть стартувати автоматично під\n" "час завантаження !!\n" "\n" -"Параметр \"%s\" використовується, щоб заборонити діалог попередження,\n" -"який появляється, як тільки програма встановлення автоматично вибирає\n" +"Параметр «%s» використовується, щоб заборонити показ вікна попередження,\n" +"яке буде з’являється, щойно програма встановлення автоматично вибирає\n" "пакунки для задоволення залежностей. Деякі пакунки мають відношення\n" "до інших так, що встановлення пакунка вимагає, щоб інші програми також були\n" "встановлені. Програма встановлення може визначити, які пакунки необхідні\n" @@ -444,14 +448,14 @@ msgstr "" "запускатися при старті системи.\n" "\n" "При виборі служби появляється короткий текст з поясненням про неї.\n" -"Проте, якщо Ви не впевнені, чи потрібно використовувати якусь службу,\n" +"Проте, якщо ви не впевнені, чи потрібно використовувати якусь службу,\n" "залишіть запропонований вибір.\n" "\n" -"!! Будьте особливо уважними, якщо Ви збираєтесь використовувати цю\n" +"!! Будьте особливо уважними, якщо ви збираєтесь використовувати цю\n" "систему як сервер: можливо, не потрібно стартувати служби, які Вам\n" "не потрібні. Пам'ятайте, будь ласка, що деякі увімкнені служби можуть\n" "бути небезпечними на сервері. Одним словом, вибирайте тільки ті служби,\n" -"які Вам дійсно необхідні. !!" +"які вам дійсно необхідні. !!" #: ../help.pm:209 #, c-format @@ -469,24 +473,24 @@ msgid "" "choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n" "server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well." msgstr "" -"GNU/Linux оперує часом по GMT (середній час по Ґрінвічу) і переводить\n" -"його в місцевий час відповідно до часового поясу, який Ви вказали.\n" -"Якщо годинник на Вашій материнській платі встановлено в локальний\n" -"час, Ви можете відмінити \"%s\", що дасть змогу GNU/Linux знати, що\n" +"GNU/Linux оперує часом GMT (середній час за Гринвічем) і переводить\n" +"його в місцевий час відповідно до часового поясу, який ви вказали.\n" +"Якщо годинник на вашій материнській платі встановлено в локальний\n" +"час, ви можете відмінити «%s», що дасть змогу GNU/Linux знати, що\n" "системний годинник і апаратний годинник встановлені на один часовий\n" "пояс. Це використовується, коли машина також може завантажуватися\n" "в іншу операційну систему.\n" "\n" -"Параметр \"%s\" автоматично наводить годинник шляхом під'єднання до\n" -"віддаленого серверу часу в Інтернеті. Щоб ця можливість працювала, Ви\n" -"повинні мати працююче з'єднання з Інтернетом. Найкраще вибрати сервер\n" -"часу, розташований біля Вас. Цей параметр встановлює сервер часу, який\n" -"також може використовуватися іншими машинами у Вашій місцевій мережі." +"Параметр «%s» автоматично наводить годинник шляхом під'єднання до\n" +"віддаленого серверу часу в інтернеті. Щоб ця можливість працювала, Ви\n" +"повинні мати працююче з'єднання з інтернетом. Найкраще вибрати сервер\n" +"часу, розташований біля вас. Цей параметр встановлює сервер часу, який\n" +"також може використовуватися іншими машинами у вашій місцевій мережі." #: ../help.pm:213 #, c-format msgid "Hardware clock set to GMT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Апаратний годинник налаштовано на Гринвічський час" #: ../help.pm:213 #, c-format @@ -509,15 +513,15 @@ msgstr "" "Графічна карта\n" "\n" " Програма встановлення в нормальному режимі автоматично знаходить\n" -"і налаштовує графічну карту, встановлену на Вашій машині. Якщо цього не\n" -"відбувається, Ви можете вибрати із списку карту, яку Ви встановили.\n" +"і налаштовує графічну карту, встановлену на вашій машині. Якщо цього не\n" +"відбувається, ви можете вибрати із списку карту, яку ви встановили.\n" "\n" -" У випадку, якщо Ваша карта підтримує різні сервери з або без\n" -"3D-прискорення, Вам буде надана можливість вибрати сервер, який найбільше\n" -"Вам підходить." +" У випадку, якщо ваша карта підтримує різні сервери з або без\n" +"3D-прискорення, вам буде надано можливість вибрати сервер, який найбільше\n" +"вам підходить." #: ../help.pm:234 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" "on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" @@ -577,19 +581,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "X (для системи X Window) є серцем графічного інтерфейсу GNU/Linux,\n" "від якого залежать всі графічні середовища (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" -"WindowMaker, і т.і.), пов'язані з Мандріва лінакс.\n" +"WindowMaker тощо), пов'язані з Mageia.\n" "\n" -"Вам буде представлено список різних параметрів для налаштування,\n" +"вам буде представлено список різних параметрів для налаштування,\n" "щоб отримати оптимальний графічний дисплей.\n" "\n" "Графічна карта\n" "\n" " Програма встановлення автоматично визначає і налаштовує графічну\n" -"карту, встановлену в машину. Якщо вона визначена неправильно, Ви можете\n" +"карту, встановлену в машину. Якщо вона визначена неправильно, ви можете\n" "вибрати із списку карту, яка дійсно встановлена.\n" "\n" -" У випадку, якщо Ваша карта підтримує різні сервери з або без 3D\n" -"прискоренням, буде запропоновано вибрати сервер, який Вам найбільше\n" +" У випадку, якщо ваша карта підтримує різні сервери з або без 3D\n" +"прискоренням, буде запропоновано вибрати сервер, який вам найбільше\n" "підходить.\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -597,16 +601,16 @@ msgstr "" "Монітор\n" "\n" " Програма встановлення автоматично визначає і налаштовує монітор,\n" -"під'єднаний до Вашої машини. Якщо це зроблено неправильно, Ви можете\n" -"вибрати із списку монітор, який дійсно під'єднано до Вашого комп'ютера.\n" +"під'єднаний до Вашої машини. Якщо це зроблено неправильно, ви можете\n" +"вибрати із списку монітор, який дійсно під'єднано до вашого комп'ютера.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Роздільна здатність\n" "\n" -" Тут Ви можете вибрати роздільну здатність і кількість кольорів, які\n" +" Тут ви можете вибрати роздільну здатність і кількість кольорів, які\n" "підтримує Ваше обладнання. Підберіть величини, які найбільше Вас\n" -"влаштовують (Ви матимите змогу їх змінити пізніше). Зразок вибраного\n" +"влаштовують (ви матимете змогу їх змінити пізніше). Зразок вибраного\n" "налаштування буде показано на моніторі.\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -616,20 +620,20 @@ msgstr "" " В залежності від обладнання цього пункту може не бути.\n" "\n" " Система спробує відкрити графічний екран з вибраною роздільністю.\n" -"Якщо Ви зможете побачити повідомлення під час тесту і відповісте \"%s\",\n" -"DrakX перейде до наступного кроку. Якщо Ви не зможете бачити\n" +"Якщо ви зможете побачити повідомлення під час тесту і відповісте «%s»,\n" +"DrakX перейде до наступного кроку. Якщо ви не зможете бачити\n" "повідомлення, це означатиме, що певна частина автоматично визначеної\n" "конфігурації неправильна, тест автоматично завершиться через 12\n" -"секунд і Ви повернетесь назад в меню. Змінюйте налаштування, поки\n" +"секунд і ви повернетесь назад в меню. Змінюйте налаштування, поки\n" "не отримаєте коректний графічний дисплей.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Параметри\n" "\n" -" Тут Ви можете вибрати, чи хочете Ви, щоб Ваша машина автоматично\n" +" Тут ви можете вибрати, чи хочете Ви, щоб ваша машина автоматично\n" "перемикалася в графічний інтерфейс при завантаженні. Зрозуміло, що\n" -"Ви захочете вибрати \"%s\", якщо Ваша машина є сервером, або якщо Ви\n" +"ви захочете вибрати «%s», якщо ваша машина є сервером, або якщо Ви\n" "не змогли успішно налаштувати дисплей." #: ../help.pm:291 @@ -644,7 +648,7 @@ msgstr "" "Монітор\n" "\n" " Програма встановлення звичайно автоматично виявляє і налаштовує монітор,\n" -"під'єднаний до Вашої машини. Якщо вона це зробила неправильно, Ви можете\n" +"під'єднаний до Вашої машини. Якщо вона це зробила неправильно, ви можете\n" "вибрати правильний монітор з цього списку." #: ../help.pm:298 @@ -659,8 +663,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Роздільна здатність\n" "\n" -" Тут Ви можете вибрати роздільну здатність і глибину кольору.\n" -"Виберіть величини, які Вас найбільше влаштовують (Ви зможете\n" +" Тут ви можете вибрати роздільну здатність і глибину кольору.\n" +"Виберіть величини, які Вас найбільше влаштовують (ви зможете\n" "їх змінити після встановлення). Зразок вибраного налаштування\n" "буде показано на моніторі." @@ -671,8 +675,8 @@ msgid "" "or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n" "suits your needs." msgstr "" -"У випадку, якщо Ваша карта підтримує різні сервери, з або без 3D\n" -"прискоренням, Вам буде запропоновано вибрати сервер, який Вам\n" +"У випадку, якщо ваша карта підтримує різні сервери, з або без 3D\n" +"прискоренням, вам буде запропоновано вибрати сервер, який Вам\n" "найбільше підходить." #: ../help.pm:311 @@ -688,39 +692,43 @@ msgstr "" "Параметри\n" "\n" " Тут можна вказати, чи хочете Ви, щоб графічний інтерфейс вмикався\n" -"автоматично при завантаженні системи. Вам потрібно вибрати \"%s\", якщо\n" -"Ваша машина буде працювати сервером, або якщо Ви не змогли успішно\n" +"автоматично при завантаженні системи. вам потрібно вибрати «%s», якщо\n" +"ваша машина буде працювати сервером, або якщо ви не змогли успішно\n" "налаштувати дисплей." #: ../help.pm:319 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or " +"if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -736,14 +744,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -756,67 +764,67 @@ msgid "" "experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n" "refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''." msgstr "" -"Тепер потрібно вирішити, де саме Ви б хотіли встановити систему\n" -"Мандріва лінакс на твердому диску. Якщо твердий диск порожній, або\n" +"Тепер потрібно вирішити, де саме ви б хотіли встановити систему\n" +"Mageia на твердому диску. Якщо твердий диск порожній, або\n" "якщо існуюча операційна система використовує весь простір, Вам\n" "потрібно буде перерозподілити диск. Фактично перерозподіл твердого\n" "диску полягає в логічному його розділенні, щоб створити місце для\n" -"встановлення Мандріва Лінакса.\n" +"встановлення Mageiaа.\n" "\n" -"Через те, що процес перерозбиття твердого диску звичайно є\n" +"Через те, що процес перерозбиття твердого диска звичайно є\n" "незворотнім і може призвести до втрати даних, якщо іншу операційну\n" -"систему вже було встановлено, ця операція може бути відлякуючою\n" -"і стресовою, якщо Ви є недосвідченим користувачем. На щастя, DrakX\n" +"систему вже було встановлено, ця операція може видатися загрозливою\n" +"і стресовою, якщо ви є недосвідченим користувачем. На щастя, DrakX\n" "має помічника, який спрощує цей процес. Перед продовженням цього\n" "кроку прочитайте до кінця цього розділу і, що головне, приділіть трохи " "часу.\n" "\n" -"В залежності від конфігурації Вашого твердого диску можливі кілька \n" +"В залежності від конфігурації вашого жорсткого диска можливі кілька \n" "варіантів продовження:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". Цей режим виконує автоматичне розбиття на розділи Вашого\n" -"порожнього диску (дисків). Якщо Ви вибрали цю команду, інших\n" +" * «%s». Цей режим виконує автоматичне розбиття на розділи Вашого\n" +"порожнього диску (дисків). Якщо ви вибрали цю команду, інших\n" "запитань до Вас вже не буде.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". Помічник виявив один або більше розділів Лінакс на Вашому\n" -"твердому диску. Якщо Ви хочете використати їх, виберіть цей режим.\n" -"Тоді Вам буде запропоновано вказати відповідні до кожного розділу точки\n" +" * «%s». Помічник виявив один або більше розділів Linux на Вашому\n" +"твердому диску. Якщо ви хочете використати їх, виберіть цей режим.\n" +"Тоді вам буде запропоновано вказати відповідні до кожного розділу точки\n" "монтування. Попередні точки монтування будуть показані типово і у\n" "більшості випадків залишити їх без змін буде прийнятним варіантом.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". Якщо на Вашому твердому диску встановлено Microsoft Windows\n" -"і він займає весь простір на ньому, Вам потрібно буде створити вільне\n" -"місце для Лінакса. Щоб зробити це, Ви можете стерти всі розділи Microsoft\n" +" * «%s». Якщо на Вашому твердому диску встановлено Microsoft Windows\n" +"і він займає весь простір на ньому, вам потрібно буде створити вільне\n" +"місце для Linux. Щоб зробити це, ви можете стерти всі розділи Microsoft\n" "Windows і дані (дивись команду \"Стерти весь диск\"), або змінити розмір\n" "розділу Microsoft Windows FAT або NTFS. Зміна розміру буде здійснена\n" "без втрати будь яких даних, які знаходяться на попередньо\n" "дефрагментованому розділі Windows. Дуже рекомендується зробити\n" "резервну копію Ваших даних. Використання цього режиму\n" -"рекомендується, якщо Ви хочете використовувати Мандріва Лінакс \n" +"рекомендується, якщо ви хочете використовувати Mageia \n" "і Майкрософт Віндовс на одному комп'ютері.\n" "\n" " Перед вибором цього режиму зрозумійте, що після виконання цієї\n" "процедури розмір розділу Microsoft Windows стане меншим, ніж до\n" -"цього. Ви будете мати менше вільного місця у Microsoft Windows на\n" +"цього. ви будете мати менше вільного місця у Microsoft Windows на\n" "зберігання даних і встановлення нових програм.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". Якщо Ви хочете стерти всі дані і всі розділи, які є на твердому\n" -"диску і замінити їх новою системою Мандріва Лінакс,\n" +" * «%s». Якщо ви хочете стерти всі дані і всі розділи, які є на твердому\n" +"диску і замінити їх новою системою Mageia,\n" "виберіть цей режим. Будьте уважні, бо підтвердивши цей\n" -"вибір, Ви вже не зможете повернутись назад.\n" +"вибір, ви вже не зможете повернутись назад.\n" "\n" -" !! Якщо Ви виберете цей режим, всі дані на твердому диску будуть " +" !! Якщо ви виберете цей режим, всі дані на твердому диску будуть " "видалені. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". Це просто зітре повністю весь диск і почне новий\n" +" * «%s». Це просто зітре повністю весь диск і почне новий\n" "поділ на розділи. Всі дані на диску буде втрачено.\n" "\n" -"!! Якщо Ви виберете цей режим, всі дані на диску будуть втрачені. !!\n" +"!! Якщо ви виберете цей режим, всі дані на диску будуть втрачені. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". Виберіть цей режим, якщо Ви хочете вручну перерозподілити\n" +" * «%s». Виберіть цей режим, якщо ви хочете вручну перерозподілити\n" "простір на Вашому твердому диску. Однак будьте обережними, це --\n" -"потужний, але дуже небезпечний вибір, Ви можете дуже легко втратити\n" -"всі дані. Тому цей режим насправді рекомендується тоді, якщо Ви вже\n" +"потужний, але дуже небезпечний вибір, ви можете дуже легко втратити\n" +"всі дані. Тому цей режим насправді рекомендується тоді, якщо ви вже\n" "щось подібне робили або маєте певний досвід. Для детальнішої інформації,\n" "як використовувати інструмент DiskDrake, звертайтеся до розділу\n" "\"Managing Your Partitions\" в \"Starter Guide\"." @@ -829,7 +837,7 @@ msgstr "Використовувати існуючий розділ" #: ../help.pm:370 #, c-format msgid "Use the free space on the Microsoft Windows® partition" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Використовувати вільний простір на розділі Microsoft Windows®" #: ../help.pm:370 #, c-format @@ -873,38 +881,38 @@ msgid "" "\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n" "/dev/fd0\"." msgstr "" -"Ось і все. Встановлення завершене і Ваша система GNU/Linux готова\n" -"до використання. Просто натисніть \"%s\" для перезавантаження.\n" -"Не забудьте вийняти носії (КД або дискету). Перше, що Ви побачите\n" +"Ось і все. Встановлення завершене і ваша система GNU/Linux готова\n" +"до використання. Просто натисніть «%s» для перезавантаження.\n" +"Не забудьте вийняти носії (КД або дискету). Перше, що ви побачите\n" "після завершення системою тестів обладнання, буде меню\n" -"завантажувача, яке запропонує Вам вибір операційної системи\n" +"завантажувача, яке запропонує вам вибір операційної системи\n" "для запуску.\n" "\n" -"Кнопка \"%s\"покаже дві інші кнопки:\n" +"Кнопка «%s»покаже дві інші кнопки:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": дозволяє створити дискету для встановлення, яка автоматично,\n" +" * «%s»: дозволяє створити дискету для встановлення, яка автоматично,\n" "без допомоги оператора виконає все встановлення, подібне до того, яке\n" -"Ви щойно зробили.\n" +"ви щойно зробили.\n" "\n" " Зауважте, що після натиснення на кнопку будуть можливі два різні\n" "параметри:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". Це частково автоматизоване встановлення. В режимі\n" +" * «%s». Це частково автоматизоване встановлення. В режимі\n" "діалогу відбувається тільки етап розбиття на розділи.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". Повністю автоматизоване встановлення: твердий диск\n" +" * «%s». Повністю автоматизоване встановлення: твердий диск\n" "повністю перезаписується, всі дані втрачаються.\n" "\n" " Цей параметр є дуже зручним при встановленні на багато подібних\n" "машин. Дивіться розділ Auto install на нашому веб-сайті для детальної\n" "інформації.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\"(*): зберігає список пакунків, вибраних при цьому встановленні.\n" +" * «%s»(*): зберігає список пакунків, вибраних при цьому встановленні.\n" "Щоб використати цей вибір при іншому встановленні, вставте дискету і\n" "запустіть встановлення. При підказці натисніть клавішу [F1] і введіть\n" ">>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" << і натисніть [Enter].\n" "\n" -"(*) Вам потрібно мати дискету у FAT-форматі. Щоб створити таку в\n" +"(*) вам потрібно мати дискету у FAT-форматі. Щоб створити таку в\n" "GNU/Linux, введіть \"mformat a:\", або \"fdformat /dev/fd0\", а після цього\n" "\"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0\"." @@ -916,20 +924,20 @@ msgstr "Створити дискету для автоматичного вст #: ../help.pm:405 #, c-format msgid "Replay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Повторити" #: ../help.pm:405 #, c-format msgid "Automated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Автоматично" #: ../help.pm:405 #, c-format msgid "Save packages selection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зберегти перелік пакунків" #: ../help.pm:408 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n" "reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n" @@ -953,32 +961,32 @@ msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n" "bad blocks on the disk." msgstr "" -"Якщо Ви вирішили використовувати деякі з існуючих розділів\n" +"Якщо ви вирішили використовувати деякі з існуючих розділів\n" "GNU/Linux, можливо, захочете переформатувати деякі з них\n" "для того, щоб стерти дані, які на них записані. Якщо Ви\n" "хочете це зробити, виберіть також розділи, які хочете\n" "відформатувати.\n" "\n" "Зауважте, однак, що не обов'язково форматувати всі розділи, які\n" -"існували раніше. Ви повинні відформатувати розділи, які містять\n" +"існували раніше. ви повинні відформатувати розділи, які містять\n" "операційну систему (такі, як \"/\", \"/usr\" чи \"/var\"), але не мусите\n" -"форматувати ті розділи, які містять дані, які Ви б хотіли зберегти\n" +"форматувати ті розділи, які містять дані, які ви б хотіли зберегти\n" "(типово це розділ \"/home\").\n" "\n" "Будьте уважні з вибором розділів. Після форматування всі дані на\n" "вибраних розділах будуть стерті і їх вже не можна буде відновити.\n" "\n" -"Натисніть на \"%s\", коли будете готові приступити до форматування\n" +"Натисніть на «%s», коли будете готові приступити до форматування\n" "розділів.\n" "\n" -"Натисніть на \"%s\", якщо Ви хочете вибрати інші розділи для\n" -"того, щоб встановити нову систему Мандріва лінакс.\n" +"Натисніть на «%s», якщо ви хочете вибрати інші розділи для\n" +"того, щоб встановити нову систему Mageia.\n" "\n" -"Натисніть на \"%s\", якщо Ви хочете вибрати розділи для\n" +"Натисніть на «%s», якщо ви хочете вибрати розділи для\n" "перевірки на існування збійних блоків." #: ../help.pm:437 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "By the time you install Mageia, it's likely that some packages will\n" "have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n" @@ -992,20 +1000,20 @@ msgid "" "will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n" "the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort." msgstr "" -"Коли Ви встановлюєте Мандріва лінакс, деякі пакунки можуть\n" -"бути поновлені з часу виходу дистрибутиву. Можуть бути виправлені\n" +"Коли ви встановлюєте Mageia, деякі пакунки можуть\n" +"бути поновлені з часу виходу дистрибутива. Можуть бути виправлені\n" "помилки, вирішені проблеми безпеки. Щоб мати користь від цих поновлень,\n" -"зараз Ви можете звантажити їх з Інтернету. Перевірте \"%s\", якщо маєте\n" -"зв'язок з Інтернетом, або \"%s\", якщо бажаєте встановити поновлені пакунки\n" +"зараз ви можете звантажити їх з інтернету. Перевірте «%s», якщо маєте\n" +"зв'язок з інтернетом, або «%s», якщо бажаєте встановити поновлені пакунки\n" "пізніше.\n" "\n" -"Вибравши \"%s\", Ви побачите список адрес, звідки можуть бути взяті\n" -"поновлення. Вам потрібно вибрати якісь із найближчих до Вас. Появиться\n" -"дерево вибору пакунків: зробіть вибір і натисніть \"%s\", щоб звантажити\n" -"і встановити їх, або \"%s\", щоб вийти." +"Вибравши «%s», ви побачите список адрес, звідки можуть бути взяті\n" +"поновлення. вам потрібно вибрати якісь із найближчих до вас. Буде показано\n" +"дерево вибору пакунків: зробіть вибір і натисніть «%s», щоб звантажити\n" +"і встановити їх, або «%s», щоб вийти." #: ../help.pm:450 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n" "for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" @@ -1020,18 +1028,18 @@ msgid "" "Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n" "security. Security messages will be sent to that address." msgstr "" -"В цьому місці DrakX дасть Вам можливість вибрати рівень безпеки\n" +"В цьому місці DrakX дасть вам можливість вибрати рівень безпеки\n" "для Вашої системи. На практиці можна використовувати таке правило:\n" "рівень безпеки повинен бути вищий, якщо на машині зберігатимуться\n" -"важливі дані, або якщо вона буде безпосередньо під'єднана до Інтернету.\n" +"важливі дані, або якщо вона буде безпосередньо під'єднана до інтернету.\n" "Платою за вищий рівень безпеки у більшості випадків є легкість у\n" "використанні.\n" "\n" -"Якщо Ви не знаєте, на чому зупинитись, залиште все, як є. Ви зможете\n" +"Якщо ви не знаєте, на чому зупинитись, залиште все, як є. ви зможете\n" "змінити рівень безпеки пізніше з допомогою інструменту draksec з \n" -"Центру керування Мандріва.\n" +"Центру керування Mageia.\n" "\n" -"Поле \"%s\" може використовуватися для сповіщення користувача, який\n" +"Поле «%s» може використовуватися для сповіщення користувача, який\n" "відповідає за безпеку. Повідомлення відправлятиметься на вказану адресу." #: ../help.pm:461 @@ -1040,24 +1048,27 @@ msgid "Security Administrator" msgstr "Адміністратор з безпеки" #: ../help.pm:464 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1073,21 +1084,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1104,73 +1117,67 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" -"Зараз Вам потрібно вибрати, які розділи використовувати для встановлення\n" -"Вашої нової системи Мандріва лінакс. Якщо ці розділи вже були створені\n" +"Зараз вам потрібно вибрати, які розділи використовувати для встановлення\n" +"Вашої нової системи Mageia. Якщо ці розділи вже були створені\n" "при попередньому встановленні системи GNU/Linux, або створені іншою\n" -"програмою розподілу диску, Ви можете скористатися вже існуючими\n" +"програмою розподілу диску, ви можете скористатися вже існуючими\n" "розділами. В іншому випадку потрібно створити розділи на твердому диску.\n" "\n" -"Щоб створити розділи, Вам потрібно вибрати твердий диск. Ви можете\n" +"Щоб створити розділи, вам потрібно вибрати твердий диск. ви можете\n" "вибрати диск, клацнувши на \"hda\" для першого диску типу IDE,\n" -"\"hdb\" для другого диску типу IDE, \"sda\", якщо Ви будете встановлювати\n" +"\"hdb\" для другого диску типу IDE, \"sda\", якщо ви будете встановлювати\n" "систему на першому диску типу SCSI і так далі.\n" "\n" -"Щоб розбити диск на розділи, Ви можете скористатися такими командами:\n" +"Щоб розбити диск на розділи, ви можете скористатися такими командами:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": видаляє всі розділи на вибраному твердому диску\n" +" * «%s»: вилучає всі розділи на вибраному твердому диску\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": ця команда автоматично створить розділи типу ext3 та swap\n" +" * «%s»: ця команда автоматично створить розділи типу ext4 та swap\n" "на вільному місці диску\n" "\n" -"\"%s\": дає доступ до додаткових параметрів:\n" +"«%s»: дає доступ до додаткових параметрів:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": записує таблицю розділів на дискету. Використовується для\n" +" * «%s»: записує таблицю розділів на дискету. Використовується для\n" "відновлення таблиці розділів при потребі. Дуже рекомендується виконувати\n" "цей крок.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": дає змогу Вам відновити раніше записану таблицю розділів з\n" +" * «%s»: дає змогу вам відновити раніше записану таблицю розділів з\n" "дискети.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": якщо таблиця розділів Вашого диску пошкоджена, Ви можете\n" +" * «%s»: якщо таблиця розділів вашого диску пошкоджена, ви можете\n" "спробувати відновити її, скориставшись цією командою. Будь ласка,\n" "будьте обережними і пам'ятайте, що ця команда не завжди спрацьовує.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": відмовитися від всіх змін і завантажити таблицю розділів, яка\n" +" * «%s»: відмовитися від всіх змін і завантажити таблицю розділів, яка\n" "була на Вашому твердому диску.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": відміна цього параметра зробить необхідним монтування і\n" +" * «%s»: відміна цього параметра зробить необхідним монтування і\n" "розмонтування знімних носіїв - дискети і компакт-диску - користувачами\n" "вручну.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": використайте цю команду, якщо Ви хочете, щоб помічник розподілив\n" -"Ваш диск. Рекомендується, якщо Ви не розумієтесь добре про\n" +" * «%s»: використайте цю команду, якщо ви хочете, щоб помічник розподілив\n" +"ваш диск. Рекомендується, якщо ви не розумієтесь добре про\n" "розподіл диску. \n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": використайте цю команду, щоб скасувати всі зміни.\n" +" * «%s»: використайте цю команду, щоб скасувати всі зміни.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": дозволити додаткові дії при розбиванні (тип, параметри, формат)\n" +" * «%s»: дозволити додаткові дії при розбиванні (тип, параметри, формат)\n" "і отримати більше інформації про твердий диск.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": ця команда запише зміни на диск після того, як Ви закінчите " +" * «%s»: ця команда запише зміни на диск після того, як ви закінчите " "розбиття\n" -"Вашого твердого диску. \n" +"вашого жорсткого диска. \n" "\n" -"Коли Ви задаєте розмір розділу, можете точніше задати розмір,\n" +"Коли ви задаєте розмір розділу, можете точніше задати розмір,\n" "використовуючи клавіші курсора на клавіатурі.\n" "\n" -"Примітка: Ви можете виконати будь-яку команду з клавіатури. Переміщайтеся\n" +"Примітка: ви можете виконати будь-яку команду з клавіатури. Переміщайтеся\n" "по розділах з допомогою клавіш [Tab] і [Up/Down].\n" "\n" -"Коли певний розділ вибрано, Ви можете використовувати:\n" +"Коли певний розділ вибрано, ви можете використовувати:\n" "\n" " * Ctrl-c, щоб створити новий розділ (якщо вибрано порожній розділ)\n" "\n" @@ -1178,30 +1185,23 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m, щоб встановити точку монтування\n" "\n" -"Щоб отримати інформацію про різні типи файлових систем, які Ви можете\n" +"Щоб отримати інформацію про різні типи файлових систем, які ви можете\n" "створити, прочитайте розділ ext2FS з \"Reference Manual\".\n" -"\n" -"Якщо Ви встановлюєте систему на комп'ютер з процесором PPC, можете\n" -"створити маленький розділ типу HFS для завантаження 'bootstrap'\n" -"(розміром не менше 1Мб) для завантажувача yaboot. Якщо Ви вирішите\n" -"створити розділ трохи більшого розміру, скажімо 50Мб, Ви зможете\n" -"також зберігати на ньому резервне ядро системи та віртуальний диск для\n" -"аварійних завантажень системи. " #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Save partition table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зберегти таблицю розділів" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Restore partition table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Відновити таблицю розділів" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Rescue partition table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виправити таблицю розділів" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1211,12 +1211,12 @@ msgstr "Автоматичне монтування змінних носіїв" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Wizard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Майстер" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format msgid "Undo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вернути" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1224,53 +1224,57 @@ msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode" msgstr "Перемикнути між режимами Експерт/Звичайний" #: ../help.pm:536 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" -"На Вашому диску знайдено більше одного розділа Майкрософт.\n" -"Виберіть, будь ласка, розмір якого з них Ви хотіли б змінити, для\n" -"того, щоб встановити операційну систем Мандріва лінакс.\n" +"На Вашому диску знайдено більше одного розділу Microsoft.\n" +"Виберіть, будь ласка, розмір якого з них ви хотіли б змінити, для\n" +"того, щоб встановити операційну систем Mageia.\n" "\n" -"Кожен розділ подано в такому вигляді: \"Назва в Лінаксі\", \"Назва у\n" -"Віндовс\", \"Розмір\".\n" +"Кожен розділ подано в такому вигляді: \"Назва в Linux\", \"Назва у\n" +"Windows\", \"Розмір\".\n" "\n" -"\"Назва в Лінаксі\" подана таким чином: \"тип твердого диску\",\n" -"\"номер твердого диску\", \"номер розділу на диску\", (наприклад:\n" +"\"Назва в Linux\" подана таким чином: \"тип твердого диска\",\n" +"\"номер жорсткого диска\", \"номер розділу на диску\", (наприклад:\n" "\"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"Тип твердого диску\" - це \"hd\", якщо Ви маєте диск типу IDE, і \"sd\",\n" -"якщо Ви маєте твердий диск типу SCSI.\n" +"Тип жорсткого диска\" - це \"hd\", якщо ви маєте диск типу IDE, і \"sd\",\n" +"якщо ви маєте твердий диск типу SCSI.\n" "\n" -"\"Номер твердого диску\" - це завжди літера після \"hd\" чи \"sd\". Для\n" +"\"Номер жорсткого диска\" - це завжди літера після \"hd\" чи \"sd\". Для\n" "дисків типу IDE це:\n" "\n" " * \"a\" - головний диск (master) на першому контролері IDE,\n" @@ -1285,7 +1289,7 @@ msgstr "" "і\n" "т.д. ...\n" "\n" -"\"Назва у Віндовс\" - це літера Вашого твердого диску, як Ви її бачите\n" +"\"Назва у Віндовс\" - це літера вашого жорсткого диска, як ви її бачите\n" "при роботі у Віндовс (перший диск чи розділ називається \"C:\")." #: ../help.pm:567 @@ -1296,13 +1300,13 @@ msgid "" "the\n" "list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list." msgstr "" -"\"%s\": перевірити поточний вибір країни. Якщо Ви знаходитесь не\n" -"в цій країні, натисніть кнопку \"%s\" і виберіть іншу країну. Якщо Вашої\n" -"країни немає в першому переліку, натисніть \"%s\", щоб отримати повний\n" +"«%s»: перевірити поточний вибір країни. Якщо ви знаходитесь не\n" +"в цій країні, натисніть кнопку «%s» і виберіть іншу країну. Якщо Вашої\n" +"країни немає в першому переліку, натисніть «%s», щоб отримати повний\n" "список країн." #: ../help.pm:572 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n" "found on your machine.\n" @@ -1313,8 +1317,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1325,26 +1330,26 @@ msgid "" "running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n" "to Mageia version \"8.1\" is not recommended." msgstr "" -"Цей крок виконується тільки у випадку, якщо на Вашій машині було\n" +"Цей крок виконується тільки у випадку, якщо на вашій машині було\n" "знайдено старий розділ GNU/Linux.\n" "\n" -"DrakX зараз потрібно знати, чи Ви хочете виконати нове встановлення,\n" -"чи поновити існуючу систему Мандріва лінакс:\n" +"DrakX зараз потрібно знати, чи ви хочете виконати нове встановлення,\n" +"чи поновити існуючу систему Mageia:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": В більшій частині це повністю знищує стару систему. Якщо Ви\n" -"хочете змінити розбиття твердого диску на розділи або змінити файлову\n" +" * «%s»: В більшій частині це повністю знищує стару систему. Якщо Ви\n" +"хочете змінити розбиття жорсткого диска на розділи або змінити файлову\n" "систему, використовуйте цей параметр. Проте в залежності від схеми\n" -"розбиття на розділи Ви можете оберегти деякі з існуючих даних від\n" +"розбиття на розділи ви можете оберегти деякі з існуючих даних від\n" "переписування.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": цей тип встановлення дозволяє Вам поновити пакунки, вже\n" -"встановлені на Вашій системі Мандріва лінакс. Ваша існуюча схема\n" +" * «%s»: цей тип встановлення дозволяє вам поновити пакунки, вже\n" +"встановлені на вашій системі Mageia. ваша існуюча схема\n" "розбиття на розділи і дані користувачів не змінюються. Більшість інших\n" "кроків встановлення залишаються, подібно до стандартного встановлення.\n" "\n" "Використання параметра \"Поновлення\" працюватиме на системах з\n" -"Мандріва лінакс версії \"8.1\" і пізніших. Виконання поновлення версій,\n" -"попередніх до Мандріва лінакс \"8.1\" не рекомендується." +"Mageia версії \"8.1\" і пізніших. Виконання поновлення версій,\n" +"попередніх до Mageia \"8.1\" не рекомендується." #: ../help.pm:594 #, c-format @@ -1366,27 +1371,27 @@ msgid "" "dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n" "keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts." msgstr "" -"В залежності від типової мови, яку Ви вказали у розділі, drakX\n" +"В залежності від типової мови, яку ви вказали у розділі, drakX\n" "автоматично вибере певний тип конфігурації клавіатури. Перевірте,\n" "щоб виділення відповідало Вашому вибору, якщо потрібно, виберіть\n" "відповідну мапу.\n" "\n" -"Проте, може не існувати мапи клавіатури, що точно відповідає Вашій мові:\n" -"наприклад, якщо Ви англомовний швейцарець, Ви все одно можете\n" -"забажати користуватись швейцарською мапою. Або, якщо Ви говорите\n" -"англійською, але живете в Квебеку, Ви потрапляєте в аналогічну\n" -"ситуацію, коли Ваша рідна мова і мапа клавіатури не співпадають. В\n" -"таких випадках цей крок встановлення дасть Вам змогу вибрати\n" +"Проте, може не існувати мапи клавіатури, що точно відповідає вашій мові:\n" +"наприклад, якщо ви англомовний швейцарець, ви все одно можете\n" +"забажати користуватись швейцарською мапою. Або, якщо ви говорите\n" +"англійською, але живете в Квебеку, ви потрапляєте в аналогічну\n" +"ситуацію, коли ваша рідна мова і мапа клавіатури не співпадають. В\n" +"таких випадках цей крок встановлення дасть вам змогу вибрати\n" "відповідну клавіатуру з наданого списку.\n" "\n" -"Натисніть кнопку \"%s\", щоб побачити повний список мап клавіатур.\n" +"Натисніть кнопку «%s», щоб побачити повний список мап клавіатур.\n" "\n" -"Якщо Ви вибрали мапу, що основана на нелатинському алфавіті,\n" +"Якщо ви вибрали мапу, що основана на нелатинському алфавіті,\n" "наступний діалог дасть змогу вибрати комбінацію клавіш, яка\n" "перемикатиме клавіатуру між латинською і нелатинською мапами." #: ../help.pm:612 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n" "\n" @@ -1430,40 +1435,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Перший крок - вибір мови.\n" "\n" -"Ваш вибір мови вплине на мову документації, програми встановлення\n" -"і систему в цілому. Спочатку виберіть регіон, в якому Ви знаходитесь,\n" -"потім мову, якою Ви розмовляєте.\n" +"ваш вибір мови вплине на мову документації, програми встановлення\n" +"і систему в цілому. Спочатку виберіть регіон, в якому ви знаходитесь,\n" +"потім мову, якою ви розмовляєте.\n" "\n" -"Натиснувши кнопку \"%s\" Ви зможете вибрати інші мови, які можна\n" -"встановити на Вашій робочій станції, при цьому встановлюються особливі\n" +"Натиснувши кнопку «%s», ви зможете вибрати інші мови, які можна\n" +"встановити на вашій робочій станції, при цьому встановлюються особливі\n" "для мови файли системної документації і програми. Наприклад, якщо\n" "в системі будуть працювати користувачі з Іспанії, виберіть англійську\n" -"мову типовою з дерева перегляду і \"%s\" в розділі Додатково.\n" +"мову типовою з дерева перегляду і «%s» в розділі «Додатково».\n" "\n" -"Кілька слів про підтримку UTF-8 (юнікоду): Юнікод - це нове кодування\n" -"символів, яке вміщує усі мови. Повна підтримка для GNU/Linux все ще\n" -"знаходиться в стадії розробки. Через це Мандріва лінакс\n" +"Кілька слів про підтримку UTF-8 (юнікоду): Unicode — це нове кодування\n" +"символів, яке містить символи всіх мов. Повна підтримка для GNU/Linux\n" +"все ще перебуває у стадії розробки. Через це Mageia\n" "використовуватиме його залежно від вибору користувача:\n" "\n" -" * Якщо Ви вибрали мови із традиційним кодуванням (мови latin1\n" +" * Якщо ви вибрали мови із традиційним кодуванням (мови latin1\n" "Українська, Японська, Китайська, Корейська, Тайська, Грецька,\n" "Турецька, більшість мов iso-8859-2), це кодування і\n" "використовуватиметься;\n" "\n" " * Інші мови використовуватимуть юнікод типово;\n" "\n" -" * Якщо вибирається підтримка двох чи більше мов і вони не\n" -"використовують однакове кодування, юнікод використовуватиметься\n" -"для всієї системи;\n" +" * Якщо вибрано підтримку двох або декількох мов з різним\n" +"кодуванням, юнікод використовуватиметься для всієї системи;\n" "\n" " * Нарешті, незалежно від вибраної мови юнікод також\n" "використовуватиметься для системи у випадку, якщо користувач\n" -"вказав \"%s\".\n" +"вказав «%s».\n" "\n" -"Зауважте, що Ви не обмежені вибором однієї додаткової мови. Ви\n" -"можете вибрати їх кілька або встановити їх всі, вибравши пункт \"%s\".\n" +"Зауважте, що ви не обмежені вибором однієї додаткової мови. Ви\n" +"можете вибрати їх кілька або встановити їх всі, вибравши пункт «%s».\n" "Вибір підтримки мови означає вибір перекладів, шрифтів, перевірку\n" -"орфографії і т.д.\n" +"орфографії тощо.\n" "\n" "Для перемикання між різними мовами, встановленими в системі, можете\n" "виконати команду \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" з правами \"root\", щоб змінити\n" @@ -1478,7 +1482,7 @@ msgstr "Іспанська" #: ../help.pm:643 #, c-format msgid "Use Unicode by default" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Типово використовувати Unicode" #: ../help.pm:646 #, c-format @@ -1517,24 +1521,24 @@ msgid "" "move your mouse about." msgstr "" "Здебільшого DrakX не має проблем при визначенні кількості кнопок на\n" -"Вашій миші. Якщо це стається, приймається, що Ви маєте двохкнопкову\n" +"вашій миші. Якщо це стається, приймається, що ви маєте двохкнопкову\n" "мишу, і можете сконфігурувати її для емуляції третьої кнопки. Третя\n" "кнопка на двохкнопковій миші може бути \"натиснута\" одночасним\n" "натисканням лівої і правої кнопок. DrakX автоматично знатиме, який\n" -"інтерфейс використовує Ваша миша: PS/2, послідовний чи USB.\n" +"інтерфейс використовує ваша миша: PS/2, послідовний чи USB.\n" "\n" -"У випадку, якщо Ви маєте мишу з трьома кнопками і без коліщатка,\n" -"можете вибрати мишу \"%s\". DrakX тоді налаштує її так, щоб Ви могли\n" +"У випадку, якщо ви маєте мишу з трьома кнопками і без коліщатка,\n" +"можете вибрати мишу «%s». DrakX тоді налаштує її так, щоб ви могли\n" "симулювати його: для цього натисніть середню кнопку і переміщуйте\n" "мишу вперед-назад.\n" "\n" -"Якщо з певних міркувань Ви хочете задати інший тип миші, виберіть його\n" +"Якщо з певних міркувань ви хочете задати інший тип миші, виберіть його\n" "із списку, який пропонується.\n" "\n" -"Ви можете вибрати пункт \"%s\", щоб встановити \"загальний\" тип,\n" +"ви можете вибрати пункт «%s», щоб встановити \"загальний\" тип,\n" "який працює майже з усіма типами мишок.\n" "\n" -"Якщо Ви вибрали мишу, відмінну від запропонованої, буде показано\n" +"Якщо ви вибрали мишу, відмінну від запропонованої, буде показано\n" "тестове вікно. Перевірте кнопки і коліщатко, щоб переконатися, що\n" "миша працює добре. Якщо миша працює неправильно, натисніть\n" "пробіл або [Return], щоб припинити тест і повернутися в список вибору.\n" @@ -1542,7 +1546,7 @@ msgstr "" "Миші з коліщатком деколи не визначаються автоматично, тому Вам\n" "буде потрібно вибрати мишу із списку. Переконайтеся, що Ви\n" "вибираєте мишу відповідно до порта, до якого вона під'єднана. Після\n" -"того, як Ви виберете мишу і натиснете на кнопку \"%s\", на екрані\n" +"того, як ви виберете мишу і натиснете на кнопку «%s», на екрані\n" "появиться зображення миші. Покрутіть коліщатко миші, щоб\n" "переконатися, що воно активізоване правильно. Після того, як Ви\n" "побачите, що коліщатко на екрані рухається відповідно до коліщатка\n" @@ -1566,7 +1570,7 @@ msgid "" "Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." msgstr "" "Будь ласка, виберіть вірний порт. Наприклад, порт COM1 у MS\n" -"Windows має назву ttyS0 у GNU/Лінаксі." +"Windows має назву ttyS0 у GNU/Linux." #: ../help.pm:684 #, c-format @@ -1582,7 +1586,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1595,19 +1599,19 @@ msgstr "" "і відповідно до знайденого на ньому виконає таке:\n" "\n" " * якщо знайдено сектор завантаження Windows, він замінить його на\n" -"сектор завантаження GRUB/LILO. В такий спосіб Ви зможете\n" +"сектор завантаження GRUB/LILO. В такий спосіб ви зможете\n" "завантажувати як GNU/Linux, так і іншу ОС.\n" "\n" " * якщо знайдено сектор завантаження GRUB або LILO, його буде\n" "замінено на новий.\n" "\n" "Якщо неможливо визначити, DrakX запитає Вас, куди встановити\n" -"завантажувач. В загальному випадку \"%s\" є найкращим місцем.\n" -"Вибравши \"%s\", Ви не встановите завантажувач. Використовуйте\n" +"завантажувач. В загальному випадку «%s» є найкращим місцем.\n" +"Вибравши «%s», ви не встановите завантажувач. Використовуйте\n" "це тільки тоді, коли розумієте, що робите." #: ../help.pm:745 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n" "operating systems may offer you one, but Mageia offers two. Each of\n" @@ -1635,30 +1639,30 @@ msgid "" "Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button." msgstr "" "Зараз настав час вибрати систему друку на Вашому комп'ютері. Інші\n" -"ОС мають одну систему друку, але Мандріва лінакс пропонує дві.\n" +"ОС мають одну систему друку, але Mageia пропонує дві.\n" "Кожна система друку найкраще підходить до різних типів конфігурації.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\" -- який є акронімом для \"друкувати, не ставити в чергу\", є\n" -"вибором, коли Ви маєте безпосередньо під'єднану друкарку і не\n" +" * «%s» — який є акронімом для \"друкувати, не ставити в чергу\", є\n" +"вибором, коли ви маєте безпосередньо під'єднану друкарку і не\n" "хочете мати проблем із зминанням паперу, і не маєте мережевих\n" -"друкарок. (\"%s\" керуватиме тільки дуже простими випадками з\n" +"друкарок. («%s» керуватиме тільки дуже простими випадками з\n" "мережею і є в деякій мірі повільнішим, ніж використання з мережами).\n" -"Рекомендується використовувати \"pdq\", якщо це Ваш перший досвід\n" +"Рекомендується використовувати \"pdq\", якщо це ваш перший досвід\n" "використання GNU/Linux.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\" - \"Загальна система друку для Лінакс\", є відміннім вибором\n" +" * «%s» - \"Загальна система друку для Linux\", є відміннім вибором\n" "для друку на місцеву друкарку або на іншу в будь-якій точці планети.\n" "Вона проста для налаштування і може працювати як клієнт або сервер\n" "для старих систем друку \"lpd \", тобто є сумісною з попередніми\n" "операційними системами, які можуть все ще вимагати сервісів друку.\n" "Хоч вона і є дуже потужною, загальне встановлення є майже таким\n" -"самим простим, як і \"pdq\". Якщо Вам потрібно емулювати сервер \"lpd\",\n" -"переконайтеся, що увімкнена служба \"cups-lpd \". \"%s\" має графічну\n" -"оболонку для друку або вибору параметрів друкарки і управління нею.\n" +"самим простим, як і \"pdq\". Якщо вам потрібно емулювати сервер \"lpd\",\n" +"переконайтеся, що увімкнена служба \"cups-lpd \". «%s» має графічну\n" +"оболонку для друку або вибору параметрів принтера і управління ним.\n" " \n" -"Якщо Ви зараз зробите вибір, а пізніше побачите, що ця система друку\n" -"Вам не подобається, Ви можете її замінити з допомогою PrinterDrake з\n" -"Центру керування Мандріва , натиснувши кнопку \"%s\"." +"Якщо ви зараз зробите вибір, а пізніше побачите, що ця система друку\n" +"вам не подобається, ви можете її замінити з допомогою PrinterDrake з\n" +"Центру керування Mageia, натиснувши кнопку «%s»." #: ../help.pm:768 #, c-format @@ -1668,7 +1672,7 @@ msgstr "pdq" #: ../help.pm:724 #, c-format msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CUPS" #: ../help.pm:724 #, c-format @@ -1683,7 +1687,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1701,16 +1705,16 @@ msgstr "" "драйвер.\n" "\n" "Через те, що визначення заліза не є простим, DrakX може завершити\n" -"визначення твердих дисків невдало. Якщо таке трапиться, Вам потрібно\n" +"визначення твердих дисків невдало. Якщо таке трапиться, вам потрібно\n" "буде ввести тип обладнання вручну.\n" "\n" -"Якщо Вам потрібно буде вручну вибирати драйвер, DrakX запитає,\n" -"чи хочете Ви налаштувати його параметри. Краще, якщо Ви вкажете\n" +"Якщо вам потрібно буде вручну вибирати драйвер, DrakX запитає,\n" +"чи хочете ви налаштувати його параметри. Краще, якщо ви вкажете\n" "DrakX випробувати плату з особливими для неї параметрами, потрібними\n" "для ініціалізації адаптера. У більшості випадків це працює нормально.\n" "\n" "Якщо DrakX не зможе встановити тип параметрів, необхідних для\n" -"передачі обладнанню, Вам потрібно буде налаштувати драйвер вручну." +"передачі обладнанню, вам потрібно буде налаштувати драйвер вручну." #: ../help.pm:789 #, c-format @@ -1719,12 +1723,12 @@ msgid "" "here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n" "system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver." msgstr "" -"\"%s\": якщо система визначить звукову карту, її тип буде показано тут.\n" -"Якщо Ви побачите, що вона не того типу, що дійсно вставлена у Вашій\n" +"«%s»: якщо система визначить звукову карту, її тип буде показано тут.\n" +"Якщо ви побачите, що вона не того типу, що дійсно вставлена у Вашій\n" "системі, можете натиснути кнопку і вибрати інший драйвер." #: ../help.pm:794 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" "As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n" "about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n" @@ -1791,76 +1795,73 @@ msgstr "" "про Вашу систему. В залежності від встановленого заліза, у Вас\n" "повинні бути або всі, або деякі пункти. Кожен пункт може бути\n" "налаштований, що завершується коротким підсумком про поточну\n" -"конфігурацію. Натисніть на відповідну \"%s\" кнопку, щоб змінити.\n" +"конфігурацію. Натисніть на відповідну «%s» кнопку, щоб змінити.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": перевірити поточну мапу клавіатури і змінити, якщо потрібно.\n" +" * «%s»: перевірити поточну мапу клавіатури і змінити, якщо потрібно.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": перевірити вибір країни. Якщо Ви знаходитесь не в цій\n" -"країні, натисніть кнопку \"%s\" і виберіть іншу. Якщо Вашої країни\n" -"немає в показаному початковому списку, натисніть кнопку \"%s\",\n" +" * «%s»: перевірити вибір країни. Якщо ви знаходитесь не в цій\n" +"країні, натисніть кнопку «%s» і виберіть іншу. Якщо вашої країни\n" +"немає в показаному початковому списку, натисніть кнопку «%s»,\n" "щоб отримати повний список країн.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": типово DrakX визначає часовий пояс на основі країни, яку\n" -"Ви вибрали. Ви можете натиснути кнопку \"%s\", якщо його визначено\n" +" * «%s»: типово DrakX визначає часовий пояс на основі країни, яку\n" +"ви вибрали. ви можете натиснути кнопку «%s», якщо його визначено\n" "неправильно.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": перевірте налаштування миші і натисніть на кнопку, щоб\n" +" * «%s»: перевірте налаштування миші і натисніть на кнопку, щоб\n" "змінити, якщо необхідно.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": натиснувши на кнопку \"%s\", Ви викличите Помічника\n" -"налаштування друкарки. Зверніться до відповідного розділу \"Starter\n" -"Guide\" для детальнішої інформації про те, як встановити нову\n" -"друкарку. Інтерфейс, представлений там, є подібним до того, що\n" -"використовується при встановленні.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": якщо у Вашій системі знайдено звукову карту, її буде\n" -"показано тут. Якщо Ви виявите, що показана звукова карта не є\n" -"тою, що насправді встановлена у системі, можете натиснути на\n" +" * «%s»: якщо у вашій системі знайдено звукову карту, її буде\n" +"показано тут. Якщо ви виявите, що показана звукова карта не є\n" +"тією, що насправді встановлена у системі, можете натиснути на\n" "кнопку і вибрати інший драйвер.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": якщо у Вашій системі знайдено карту ТБ, її має бути показано\n" -"тут. Якщо ж Ви маєте карту ТБ, але її не знайдено, натисніть \"%s\",\n" +" * «%s»: якщо у вашій системі знайдено карту ТБ, її має бути показано\n" +"тут. Якщо ж ви маєте карту ТБ, але її не знайдено, натисніть «%s»,\n" "щоб спробувати налаштувати її вручну.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": Ви можете натиснути \"%s\", щоб змінити параметри, пов'язані\n" +" * «%s»: ви можете натиснути «%s», щоб змінити параметри, пов'язані\n" "з картою, якщо бачите, що конфігурацію встановлено неправильно.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": типово DrakX налаштовує графічний інтерфейс з роздільною\n" +" * «%s»: типово DrakX налаштовує графічний інтерфейс з роздільною\n" "здатністю \"800x600\" або \"1024x768\". Якщо це Вас не задовольняє,\n" -"натисніть \"%s\", щоб переналаштувати графічний інтерфейс.\n" +"натисніть «%s», щоб переналаштувати графічний інтерфейс.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": Якщо Ви хочете зараз налаштувати доступ до Інтернету\n" +" * «%s»: Якщо ви хочете зараз налаштувати доступ до інтернету\n" "або місцевої мережі. Зверніться до друкованої документації, або\n" -"Центру керування Мандріва після завершення встановлення,\n" +"Центру керування Mageia після завершення встановлення,\n" "щоб отримати повну довідку.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": тут можна налаштувати адреси проксі HTTP і FTP, якщо\n" -"Ваша машина знаходиться за проксі-сервером.\n" +" * «%s»: тут можна налаштувати адреси проксі HTTP і FTP, якщо\n" +"ваша машина знаходиться за проксі-сервером.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": цей пункт дасть змогу перевизначити рівень безпеки, який\n" +" * «%s»: цей пункт дасть змогу перевизначити рівень безпеки, який\n" "встановлено попереднім кроком ().\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": якщо Ви плануєте під'єднати Вашу машину до Інтернету,\n" +" * «%s»: якщо ви плануєте під'єднати ваш комп’ютер до інтернету,\n" "хорошою ідеєю є захистися від вторгнення шляхом встановлення\n" "захисного шлюзу. Зверніться до відповідного розділу \"Starter Guide\"\n" "для детальнішої інформації про встановлення захисного шлюзу.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": якщо Ви хочете змінити конфігурацію завантажувача,\n" -"натисніть цю кнопку. Це зарезервовано для досвідчених користувачів.\n" +" * «%s»: якщо ви хочете змінити конфігурацію завантажувача,\n" +"натисніть цю кнопку. Ці налаштування призначено для досвідчених\n" +"користувачів. Зверніться до паперової документації або вбудованої\n" +"довідки щодо налаштувань завантажувача у Центрі керування\n" +"Mageia.\n\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": тут Ви можете підправити, які служби будуть виконуватися\n" -"на Вашій машині. Якщо Ви плануєте використовувати цю машину в\n" -"якості сервера, хорошою ідеєю є переглянути ці налаштування." +" * «%s»: тут ви можете підправити, які служби будуть виконуватися\n" +"у вашій системі. Якщо ви плануєте використовувати цю машину як\n" +"сервер, варто є переглянути ці налаштування." #: ../help.pm:809 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "TV card" -msgstr "Карта ISDN" +msgstr "ТБ-картка" #: ../help.pm:809 #, c-format msgid "ISDN card" -msgstr "Карта ISDN" +msgstr "Картка ISDN" #: ../help.pm:858 #, c-format @@ -1868,34 +1869,36 @@ msgid "Graphical Interface" msgstr "Графічний інтерфейс" #: ../help.pm:861 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" -"Виберіть твердий диск, який Ви хочете відформатувати для\n" -"створення нового розділу Мандріва лінакса. Будьте обережні,\n" -"всі дані, що знаходяться в цьому розділі, будуть втрачені і їх\n" +"Виберіть твердий диск, який ви хочете відформатувати для\n" +"створення нового розділу Mageia. Будьте обережні:\n" +"всі дані, що знаходяться в цьому розділі, буде втрачено, їх\n" "неможливо буде відновити!" #: ../help.pm:866 #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" -"Натисніть \"%s\", якщо Ви хочете стерти всі дані і розділи на цьому\n" -"твердому диску. Будьте уважні, після натиснення на \"%s\" Ви\n" +"Натисніть «%s», якщо ви хочете стерти всі дані і розділи на цьому\n" +"твердому диску. Будьте уважні, після натиснення на «%s» Ви\n" "не зможете відновити жодних даних і розділів на цьому твердому\n" "диску, включаючи також будь-які дані Віндовс.\n" "\n" -"Натисніть \"%s\", щоб зупинити цю операцію без втрати даних і\n" +"Натисніть «%s», щоб зупинити цю операцію без втрати даних і\n" "розділів, які знаходяться на цьому твердому диску." #: ../help.pm:872 @@ -1906,7 +1909,7 @@ msgstr "Далі ->" #: ../help.pm:872 #, c-format msgid "<- Previous" -msgstr "<- Попередній" +msgstr "<- Назад" #~ msgid "" #~ "\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer " diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/uz.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/uz.po index a4fe9e074..2169106cb 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/uz.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/uz.po @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ msgstr "Bu qulaylikdan foydalanishni istaysizmi?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -98,24 +98,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" @@ -428,31 +428,31 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -468,14 +468,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -632,19 +632,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -660,21 +660,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -691,14 +691,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:526 @@ -739,34 +733,34 @@ msgstr "Odiy/ekspert usuliga o'tish" #: ../help.pm:536 #, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" @@ -791,8 +785,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -949,7 +943,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1008,7 +1002,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1115,7 +1109,7 @@ msgstr "Grafik interfeys" #: ../help.pm:861 #, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1124,12 +1118,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Bu diskdagi barcha ma'lumotni va diskning barcha qismlarini\n" "o'chirish uchun \"%s\"ni bosing. Ehtiyot bo'ling, \"%s\"ni bosganingizdan\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/uz@cyrillic.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/uz@cyrillic.po index 6ddfdd00d..c318abb18 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/uz@cyrillic.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/uz@cyrillic.po @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ msgstr "Бу қулайликдан фойдаланишни истайсизм #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -98,24 +98,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" @@ -427,31 +427,31 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -467,14 +467,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -631,19 +631,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -659,21 +659,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -690,14 +690,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" #: ../help.pm:526 @@ -738,34 +732,34 @@ msgstr "Одий/эксперт усулига ўтиш" #: ../help.pm:536 #, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" @@ -790,8 +784,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -948,7 +942,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1007,7 +1001,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1114,7 +1108,7 @@ msgstr "График интерфейс" #: ../help.pm:861 #, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1123,12 +1117,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Бу дискдаги барча маълумотни ва дискнинг барча қисмларини\n" "ўчириш учун \"%s\"ни босинг. Эҳтиёт бўлинг, \"%s\"ни босганингиздан\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/vi.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/vi.po index faa0e6e7d..887d001df 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/vi.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/vi.po @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-02 21:17+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Larry Nguyen <larry@vnlinux.org>\n" "Language-Team: <gnomevi-list@lists.sourceforge.net>\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -121,7 +122,8 @@ msgstr "Bạn muốn dùng tính năng này không?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -131,24 +133,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Trên đây là danh sách các phân vùng Linux hiện có trên đĩa cứng của bạn.\n" @@ -259,8 +265,7 @@ msgstr "" "nhóm các ứng dụng giống nhau để dễ dàng quản lý.\n" "\n" "Các gói phần mềm được xếp loại theo các nhóm tương ứng với việc sử dụng\n" -"cụ thể cho máy tính. Mageia có 4 kiểu cài đặt sẵn với nhiều loại gói " -"tin.\n" +"cụ thể cho máy tính. Mageia có 4 kiểu cài đặt sẵn với nhiều loại gói tin.\n" "Bạn có thể chọn dùng các ứng dụng pha trộn của các kiểu cài đặt này, ví dụ\n" "như cài đặt kiểu ``Máy trạm'' cùng với việc cài các ứng dụng của kiểu cài\n" "đặt ``Máy chủ''.\n" @@ -675,31 +680,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -715,14 +724,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1009,19 +1019,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1037,21 +1050,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1068,14 +1083,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Vào lúc này, bạn cần chọn những phân vùng nào sẽ được dùng để cài đặt\n" "hệ thống Mageia. Nếu các phân vùng đã được xác lập từ lần cài\n" @@ -1092,7 +1101,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"%s\": để xóa mọi phân vùng có trên đĩa cứng được chọn.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": cho phép tự động tạo các phân vùng ext3 và swap\n" +" * \"%s\": cho phép tự động tạo các phân vùng ext4 và swap\n" "tại không gian trống của đĩa cứng.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\" : cho phép thực hiện thêm một số tính năng:\n" @@ -1140,13 +1149,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Để có thêm thông tin về các loại hệ thống tập tin hiện có, hãy đọc chương\n" "ext2FS ở trong ``Tài liệu Tham khảo''.\n" -"\n" -"Nếu đang thực hiện cài đặt trên máy PPC, có thể bạn muốn tạo một phân vùng\n" -"``bootstrap'' HFS có kích thước ít nhất 1MB để cho trình nạp khởi động\n" -"yaboot. Nếu lập kích thước phân vùng này lớn hơn một chút (50MB), bạn sẽ " -"thấy\n" -"đó là nơi hữu ích để lưu trữ kernel dự phòng và các ảnh ramdisk cho các\n" -"trường hợp khởi động khẩn cấp." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1186,34 +1188,40 @@ msgstr "Chuyển đổi giữa chế độ bình thường và chuyên gia" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Phát hiện ra có hơn một phân vùng Microsoft Windows trên đĩa cứng.\n" @@ -1271,8 +1279,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1519,7 +1528,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1616,7 +1625,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1801,7 +1810,7 @@ msgstr "Giao Diện Đồ Họa" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1813,12 +1822,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Nhấn chuột lên \"%s\" nếu muốn xóa mọi dữ liệu và phân vùng hiện có\n" "trên đĩa cứng này. Hãy thận trọng, sau khi nhấn \"%s\", bạn sẽ không\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/wa.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/wa.po index 144649301..5a1ff1248 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/wa.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/wa.po @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-24 21:42+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Pablo Saratxaga <pablo@walon.org>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa@walon.org>\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -133,7 +134,8 @@ msgstr "Voloz vs eployî cisse fonccionålité chal?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -143,24 +145,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "Chal pa dzeur i gn a ene djivêye des pårticions Linux k' i gn a so vosse\n" @@ -170,7 +176,8 @@ msgstr "" "Ni prindoz nén ene trop ptite grandeu ôtrumint vos n' pôrîz astaler " "åjheymint\n" "des programes, fåte di plaece. Si vos vloz mete vos dnêyes so ene pårticion\n" -"diferinne, vos dvroz ossu fé ene po «/home» (çou ki vos pôroz fé seulmint si\n" +"diferinne, vos dvroz ossu fé ene po «/home» (çou ki vos pôroz fé seulmint " +"si\n" "vos avoz pus d' ene pårticion del sôre Linux).\n" "\n" "Po l' informåcion, tchaeke pårticion est mostrêye come çoula: «no», " @@ -294,8 +301,8 @@ msgstr "" "ostant ki possibe, les specifiaedjes del «Linux Standard Base».\n" "\n" " Tchoezi l' groupe «LSB» astalrè eto les naweas del séreye «2.4»,\n" -"el plaece do prémetou nawea «2.6». Çoula c' est po-z esse 100%% copatibe avou " -"LSB. Mins nerén, si vos n' tchoezixhoz nén li groupe «LSB»\n" +"el plaece do prémetou nawea «2.6». Çoula c' est po-z esse 100%% copatibe " +"avou LSB. Mins nerén, si vos n' tchoezixhoz nén li groupe «LSB»\n" "vos ploz tot l' minme aveur on sistinme k' est copatibe LSB cåzu a 100%%.\n" "\n" " * «%s»: al fén, si l' såme di l' éndjole c' est d' esse on sierveu,\n" @@ -714,31 +721,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -754,14 +765,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -1071,19 +1083,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -1099,21 +1114,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1130,14 +1147,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Chal, vos dvoz tchoezi so kéne/kénès pårticion(s) ki vos voloz astaler\n" "vosse sistinme Mageia. Si vos pårticions ont ddja stî fwaites\n" @@ -1157,8 +1168,8 @@ msgstr "" " * «%s»: cisse tchuze va disfacer totes les pårticions k' i gn a sol " "tchoezeye deure plake.\n" "\n" -" * «%s»: cisse tchuze va fé des pårticions ext3 pol sistinme et ene di swap " -"e prindant li plaece di libe k' i gn a sol deure plake et carculant " +" * «%s»: cisse tchuze va fé des pårticions ext4 pol sistinme et ene di " +"swap e prindant li plaece di libe k' i gn a sol deure plake et carculant " "otomaticmint li grandeu li meyeuse.\n" "\n" "«%s» dene des ôtes tchuzes, pus spepieuses:\n" @@ -1212,12 +1223,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Po-z aveur des informåcions so les diferins sistinmes di fitchîs k' i gn a,\n" "lijhoz li tchaptrê so «ext2FS» do «Manuel di Referince».\n" -"\n" -"Si vos alez astaler sor ene éndjole PPC, motoit ki vos vôroz fé ene pitite " -"pårticion HFS «d' enondaedje» di 1 Mo å moens po l' eployî avou l' enondrece " -"«yaboot». Si vos decidez del fé on pô pus grande, par egzimpe 50 Mo, çoula " -"pôreut fé ene clapante plaece po-z î mete on nawea et ene imådje ramdisk po " -"des cas d' urdjince k' i gn åreut." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1257,34 +1262,40 @@ msgstr "Candjî pol môde normå/spepieus" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "Pus d' ene pårticion Windows a stî detectêye so vosse deure plake.\n" @@ -1295,8 +1306,8 @@ msgstr "" "«no Linux», «no Windows», «grandeu».\n" "\n" "Li «no Linux» est costrût come çouchal:\n" -"«sôre del deure plake» + «limero del deure plake» + «limero del pårticion» (par " -"egzimpe, hd+a+1 --> «hda1»)\n" +"«sôre del deure plake» + «limero del deure plake» + «limero del " +"pårticion» (par egzimpe, hd+a+1 --> «hda1»)\n" "\n" "Li «sôre del deure plake» est «hd» si vosse deure plake est del sôre IDE,\n" "oudonbén «sd» si elle est del sôre SCSI.\n" @@ -1344,8 +1355,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1624,7 +1636,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1704,8 +1716,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Si vos tchoezixhoz asteure, et ki pus tård vos n' inmez nén vosse sistinme\n" "d' imprimaedje, vos l' poloz åjheymint candjî avou l' usteye d' apontiaedje\n" -"des scrireces, a-z enonder a pårti do cinte di contrôle di Mageia, " -"tot\n" +"des scrireces, a-z enonder a pårti do cinte di contrôle di Mageia, tot\n" "clitchant sol boton «%s»." #: ../help.pm:768 @@ -1731,7 +1742,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1920,7 +1931,7 @@ msgstr "Eterface grafike" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1932,12 +1943,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "Clitchîz so «%s» si vos vloz disfacer totes les dnêyes et totes les\n" "pårticions k' i gn a so vosse deure plake.\n" @@ -2029,8 +2042,10 @@ msgstr "<- Di dvant" #~ "GNU/Linux: vos dvoz dner li scret po «root». «root» est li manaedjeu\n" #~ "do sistinme eyet l' seu otorijhî a fé des metaedjes a djoû, radjouter\n" #~ "des uzeus, candjî l' apontiaedje djenerå do sistinme, evnd. Po fé court,\n" -#~ "«root» pout fé ttafwait! C' est po çoula k' i vs fåt bén tchoezi li scret\n" -#~ "di «root», onk ki soeye målåjhey a trover - DrakX vos dirè s' il est trop\n" +#~ "«root» pout fé ttafwait! C' est po çoula k' i vs fåt bén tchoezi li " +#~ "scret\n" +#~ "di «root», onk ki soeye målåjhey a trover - DrakX vos dirè s' il est " +#~ "trop\n" #~ "åjhey. Come vos l' poloz vey, vos avoz l' tchuze di n' nén dner di " #~ "scret,\n" #~ "mins nos nel consians nén; «root» pout tot fé, çoula vout dire eto k' i " @@ -2058,7 +2073,8 @@ msgstr "<- Di dvant" #~ "\n" #~ "Si vosse rantoele eploye li protocole LDAP, NIS ou les dominnes Windows " #~ "PDC\n" -#~ "po l' otintifiaedje, tchoezixhoz li moyén d' otintifiaedje corek po «%s».\n" +#~ "po l' otintifiaedje, tchoezixhoz li moyén d' otintifiaedje corek po " +#~ "«%s».\n" #~ "Si vos n' savoz nén, dimandez a l' administreu del rantoele locåle.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Si vos avoz des rujhes po vs rimimbrer les screts, vos ploz tchoezi di\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/zh_CN.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/zh_CN.po index b70524fbc..0e309574e 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/zh_CN.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/zh_CN.po @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ msgstr "您要使用此特性吗?" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -126,24 +126,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "在此列出了您硬盘上已有的 Linux\n" @@ -640,31 +640,31 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -680,14 +680,14 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -961,19 +961,19 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -989,21 +989,21 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -1020,14 +1020,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "在这一步中, 您需要选择要使用哪个或哪些分区来安装您的 Mageia 系统。如" "果已经定义了分区, 不管是先前安装的 GNU/Linux\n" @@ -1042,7 +1036,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"%s\": 此选项将删除选中硬盘上的全部分区\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": 此选项可在您硬盘的剩余空间中为您自动创建 ext3 和交换分区\n" +" * \"%s\": 此选项可在您硬盘的剩余空间中为您自动创建 ext4 和交换分区\n" "\n" "\"%s\": 使您可以访问额外特性: \n" "\n" @@ -1082,11 +1076,6 @@ msgstr "" " * Ctrl+M 设定挂载点\n" "\n" "要的关于不同的文件系统类型的更多信息, 请查看“参考手册”中 ext2FS 一章。\n" -"\n" -"如果您在 PPC 计算机上安装, 您可能需要创建至少 1MB 大小的 HFS“bootstrap”分区, " -"该分区将用于 yaboot\n" -"引导程序。如果您创建的分区再稍微大点, 比如说 50MB, 您可能会发现这个分区可用来" -"存储内核或紧急引导时的虚拟磁盘映像。" #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1126,34 +1115,34 @@ msgstr "在正常/专家模式间切换" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "在硬盘上检测到了多个 Microsoft 分区。请选择一个分区改变大小, 以便安装您新\n" @@ -1207,8 +1196,8 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1458,7 +1447,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1553,7 +1542,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1727,7 +1716,7 @@ msgstr "图形界面" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1738,12 +1727,12 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "如果您想要删除此硬盘上的所有数据和分区, 请单击“%s”。注意, 单击“%s”后, \n" "您将无法恢复此硬盘上的任何数据或分区(包括任何 Windows 数据)。\n" diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/zh_TW.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/zh_TW.po index 189c95df7..f95db7e15 100644 --- a/perl-install/install/help/po/zh_TW.po +++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/zh_TW.po @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-06 20:30+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Shiva Huang <shivahuang@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Traditional Chinese <zh@li.org>\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -129,7 +130,8 @@ msgstr "您想要使用這個功能嗎？" #: ../help.pm:57 #, c-format msgid "" -"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n" "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n" "root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n" @@ -139,24 +141,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive number" +"\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard disk drive is an IDE hard " +"disk drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." msgstr "" "目前所列出來的是硬碟機上偵測到已經存在的 Linux 分割區.\n" @@ -555,31 +561,35 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" "You now need to decide where you want to install the Mageia\n" -"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n" +"operating system on your hard disk drive. If your hard disk drive is empty " +"or if an\n" "existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n" -"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n" +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard disk drive means to\n" "logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n" "Mageia system.\n" "\n" -"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard disk drive is usually " +"irreversible\n" "and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n" "for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" "\n" -"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard disk drive, several options are\n" "available:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" -"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"your hard disk drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will " +"then\n" "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" "a good idea to keep them.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard disk drive and " +"takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" @@ -595,14 +605,15 @@ msgid "" "to store your data or to install new software.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" -"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" +"your hard disk drive and replace them with your new Mageia system, choose\n" "this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this " "operation\n" "after you confirm.\n" "\n" " !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n" +" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard disk drive is entirely taken " +"by\n" "Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n" "drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n" "\n" @@ -854,8 +865,8 @@ msgstr "" "安全性等級應該設定較高. 權衡之下, 較高的安全性等級換得不容易使用.\n" "\n" "如果您不知道選什麼, 保留預設選項. 您將能在稍後用 draksec 工具改變它,\n" -"draksec 是 Mageia 控制中心的一部分.用負責安全性的人的 e-mail 地址填" -"入 \"%s\" 欄位. 安全性訊息將被寄到\n" +"draksec 是 Mageia 控制中心的一部分.用負責安全性的人的 e-mail 地址填入 \"%s\" " +"欄位. 安全性訊息將被寄到\n" "那個位址." #: ../help.pm:461 @@ -869,19 +880,22 @@ msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mageia system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" -"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard disk " +"drive\n" "partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard disk drive. You can " +"select\n" "the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" "``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"To partition the selected hard disk drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard disk " +"drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" -"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext4 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard disk drive\n" "\n" "\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" @@ -897,21 +911,23 @@ msgid "" "work.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" -"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"originally on the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" -"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"and gives more information about the hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard disk drive, this " +"will\n" "save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" "When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" @@ -928,14 +944,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" "read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" -"\n" -"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" -"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" -"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" -"emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "在這個階段, 您需要選擇要用來安裝 Mageia 系統的分割區.\n" "如果分割區已經被定義了, 不管是從舊有的 GNU/Linux 安裝或是\n" @@ -949,7 +959,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"%s\": 這個選項刪除在所選的影碟上的全部分割區\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": 這個選項使您自動建立 ext3 與 swap 分割區於您的硬碟上的空白空間\n" +" * \"%s\": 這個選項使您自動建立 ext4 與 swap 分割區於您的硬碟上的空白空間\n" "\n" "\"%s\": 給多加的功能的使用:\n" "\n" @@ -967,7 +977,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * \"%s\": 如果您想用精靈來分割您的硬碟, 使用這個選項. 如果您沒有對於\n" "操作分割的好的了解, 這是被建議的.\n" -"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"hard disk drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding " +"of\n" "partitioning.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": 用這個選項來取消您的變更.\n" @@ -990,12 +1001,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "要得到關於不同可用的檔案系統的資訊, 請從 ``Reference Manual (參考手冊)''\n" "閱讀 ext2FS 章節.\n" -"\n" -"如果您正在安裝於一個 PPC 機器, 您將想要建立一個小的 HFS\n" -"``bootstrap'' 分割至少 1MB 以用於 yaboot 開機載入器. 如果您選擇使分割大一" -"些,\n" -"像 50MB, 您或許發現它是一個好用的貯存一個備用核心與 ramdisk\n" -"影像給緊急使用開機的好地方." #: ../help.pm:526 #, c-format @@ -1035,34 +1040,40 @@ msgstr "切換一般/專家模式" #: ../help.pm:536 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard disk " +"drive.\n" "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n" "Mageia operating system.\n" "\n" "Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" "\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard disk drive type\", \"hard disk drive " +"number\",\n" "\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\"Hard disk drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard disk " +"drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard disk drive.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"\"Hard disk drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With " +"IDE\n" +"hard disk drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard disk drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"With SCSI hard disk drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" " +"means\n" "\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard disk drive under Windows (the " +"first\n" "disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" "多於一個 Microsoft 分割區已經在您的硬碟上被偵測到. 請選擇您希望要重新調整 大" @@ -1116,8 +1127,9 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n" "However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n" "your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n" -"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n" -"the file system, you should use this option.\n" +"If you wish to change how your hard disk drives are partitioned, or to " +"change\n" +"the filesystem, you should use this option.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n" "currently installed on your Mageia system. Your current partitioning\n" @@ -1231,8 +1243,7 @@ msgstr "" "選擇英文當預設語言且在進階部份選擇 \"%s\".\n" "\n" "關於 UTF-8 (unicode) 支援：Unicode 是一個新的字元編碼以涵蓋所有存在的語言。\n" -"然而, 在 GNU/Linux 下完全的支援仍然在開發中. 因為那個原因, Mageia " -"的\n" +"然而, 在 GNU/Linux 下完全的支援仍然在開發中. 因為那個原因, Mageia 的\n" " UTF-8 使用將根據使用者的選擇而定：\n" "\n" " * 如果您選擇一個有偏重傳統編碼的語言 (latin1 語言、俄羅斯文、日文、中文、\n" @@ -1357,7 +1368,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" +"If DrakX cannot determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n" "where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if " "you\n" @@ -1404,8 +1415,7 @@ msgid "" "Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button." msgstr "" "現在要選擇您的電腦要使用的列印系統. 其他作業系統或許只有提供您一種選擇,\n" -"但是 Mageia 這邊提供了兩種選擇. 每一種列印系統是最適合於特別設定型" -"態.\n" +"但是 Mageia 這邊提供了兩種選擇. 每一種列印系統是最適合於特別設定型態.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\" - 是 ``print, do not queue (列印, 不排隊)'' 之縮寫字, 是當您有一" "個\n" @@ -1447,7 +1457,7 @@ msgid "" "found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" "Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"your hard disk drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" "If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" "want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" @@ -1565,7 +1575,7 @@ msgstr "圖形介面" #: ../help.pm:861 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Choose the hard disk drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" "Mageia partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n" "and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" @@ -1576,12 +1586,14 @@ msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"this hard disk drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be " +"able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard disk drive, " +"including\n" "any Windows data.\n" "\n" "Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n" -"present on this hard drive." +"present on this hard disk drive." msgstr "" "您如果想要刪除在這個硬碟上的全部資料與分割, 點選 \"%s\".\n" "小心, 點選 \"%s\" 之後, 您將無法挽回任何在這個硬碟上的資料與分割, 包含\n" |